S-1 1 d137089ds1.htm S-1 S-1
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 10, 2021

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Dermata Therapeutics, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   2834   86-3218736

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

3525 Del Mar Heights Rd., #322

San Diego, CA 92130

(858) 800-2543

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Gerald T. Proehl

President and Chief Executive Officer

3525 Del Mar Heights Rd., #322

San Diego, CA 92130

(858) 800-2543

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

Michael J. Lerner

Steven M. Skolnick

Lowenstein Sandler LLP

1251 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10020

(212) 262-6700

 

Barry Grossman

Sarah E. Williams

Matthew Bernstein

Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP

1345 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10105

(212) 370-1300

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public:

As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☒

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to Be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum
Aggregate

Offering Price(1)

    Amount of
Registration Fee(2)
 

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (3)

  $ 17,250,000     $ 1,881.98  

Underwriters’ warrant (4)

    —         —    

Common Stock underlying underwriters’ warrant (5)

  $ 991,875     $ 108.21  

Total

  $ 18,241,875     $ 1,990.19  

 

 

 

 
(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(2)

Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.

(3)

Includes shares of common stock which may be issued on exercise of a 45-day option granted to the underwriters to cover over-allotments, if any.

(4)

No separate registration fee required pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act.

(5)

Estimated solely for the purposes of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act. We have calculated the proposed maximum aggregate offering price of the common stock underlying the underwriters’ warrants by assuming that such warrants are exercisable at a price per share equal to 115% of the price per share sold in this offering.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information contained in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS    SUBJECT TO COMPLETION    DATED JUNE 10, 2021

                    Shares

Common Stock

 

LOGO

Dermata Therapeutics, Inc.

 

 

This is a firm commitment initial public offering of                shares of Dermata Therapeutics, Inc. common stock. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We anticipate that the initial public offering price of our common stock will be between $                and $                per share.

We have applied to list our shares of common stock for trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “DRMA.” No assurance can be given that our application will be approved. If our common stock is not approved for listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market, we will not consummate this offering.

We are an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012, or JOBS Act, and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.

 

 

Investing in our common stock is highly speculative and involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11 of this prospectus for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our common stock.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                        $                    

Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)

   $        $    

Proceeds to us, before expenses

   $        $    
(1)

Does not include the reimbursement of certain expenses of the underwriters. We refer you to “Underwriting” beginning on page 145 for additional information regarding the underwriters’ compensation.

The underwrites may also exercise their option to purchase up to                additional shares of common stock at the public offering price per share, less the underwriting discount, for 45 days after the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments, if any. If the underwriters exercise this option in full, the total underwriting discounts and commissions will be $                 and the additional proceeds to us, before expenses, from the over-allotment option exercise will be $                .

The underwriters expect to deliver our shares of common stock in the offering on or about                , 2021.

 

 

Book Running Manager

Maxim Group LLC

The date of this prospectus is                , 2021


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

THE OFFERING

     7  

SUMMARY SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     9  

RISK FACTORS

     11  

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

     61  

INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

     63  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     64  

DIVIDEND POLICY

     66  

CAPITALIZATION

     67  

DILUTION

     69  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     72  

BUSINESS

     84  

MANAGEMENT

     109  

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

     117  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     128  

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     130  

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

     133  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     138  

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

     140  

UNDERWRITING

     145  

LEGAL MATTERS

     151  

EXPERTS

     152  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     153  

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  

We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information, and we take no responsibility for any other information others may give you. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this prospectus.

No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of our common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

We and the underwriters are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of our common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

 

-i-


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes thereto and the information set forth in the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” If any of the risks materialize, our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment. Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms “Dermata,” “company,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this prospectus to refer to Dermata Therapeutics, Inc. Except where the historical context specifically requires otherwise, disclosures in this prospectus reflect our conversion from a limited liability company to a corporation on March 24, 2021.

Our Company

We are a clinical-stage biotechnology company focusing on the treatment of medical and aesthetic skin conditions. Our lead product candidate, DMT310, is the first product candidate being developed from our Spongilla technology platform. DMT310 is of a once-weekly topical product derived from a naturally sourced freshwater sponge with multiple components. Based on DMT310’s multiple mechanisms of action, it is currently under clinical development for the treatment of acne vulgaris (or acne), psoriasis vulgaris (or psoriasis), and papulopustular rosacea (or rosacea).

Our Spongilla technology platform is based on the use of a naturally growing freshwater sponge, Spongilla lacustris, or Spongilla. Spongilla is a freshwater sponge that grows in rivers and lakes in commercial quantities in select regions of the world, typically in the northern hemisphere. However, there are only a limited number of places in which it grows in the quantity, and of the quality, necessary to be used as raw material in a pharmaceutical product. One such location is the Volga River in central Russia. We have signed an exclusive supply agreement with one of the larger known harvesters of Spongilla raw material in the Volga River area for utilization in DMT310. Our exclusive supplier has been harvesting Spongilla for over 18 years, and has the capacity to collect and process large quantities of Spongilla raw material per year. Traditionally, locals would harvest the sponge to be used as a folk medicine to treat various inflammatory ailments, but research has been conducted to evaluate the use of Spongilla for the possible treatment of various skin diseases and aesthetic conditions.

The Spongilla technology used in our product candidates, such as DMT310 and DMT410, comes from the unique chemical and mechanical components produced by Spongilla for its natural defense mechanisms. These specialized mechanisms consist of unique, naturally occurring microscopic siliceous spicules that are uniquely sized to penetrate a patient’s skin, creating microchannels which allow for the naturally occurring chemical components of the Spongilla, or other macromolecules such as botulinum toxin, to penetrate into the dermis for a clinical result. In addition to the creation of microchannels, the mechanical spicules are also believed to open closed comedones (also known as blackheads) and promote collagen production which may accelerate the skin’s rejuvenation period, thus accelerating the skins natural healing properties. These mechanical components are coupled with chemical components that have been shown in-vitro to directly kill C. acnes, the bacteria that cause inflammatory lesions in acne patients. During in-vitro studies for DMT310, our first product candidate utilizing our Spongilla technology, we observed the inhibition of lipogenesis of sebocytes, which may translate to a reduction in sebum (an oily and waxy substance produced by the human body’s sebaceous glands) production and oiliness of the skin in patients. We believe the dual mode of action of our Spongilla technology may allow our product candidates to treat many different skin diseases and conditions, unlike other current products that treat only one aspect of a disease. We believe these unique properties may also only require DMT310 to be applied once-weekly, which, if approved for acne, would make DMT310 the first once-weekly topical prescription product on the market.



 

-1-


Table of Contents

We recently received results from our Phase 2b clinical trial of DMT310 for the treatment of moderate-to-severe acne. This trial produced statistically significant results for all efficacy endpoints, including absolute reduction in inflammatory lesions, non-inflammatory lesions and the Investigator Global Assessment of acne, as early as week four and continued until the end of the trial at week 12. The clinical endpoints used in the Phase 2b trial are identical to those endpoints we intend to use in our two Phase 3 acne clinical trials, which trials we believe will form the basis of our new drug application, or NDA, for DMT310.

While moderate-to-severe acne is the first indication for which we are developing DMT310, based on the data obtained from non-clinical trials of DMT310, which suggests DMT310’s ability to inhibit various cytokines that trigger inflammatory responses and generate anti-inflammatory responses in humans, in March 2021 we initiated a Phase 1b Proof-of-Concept, or POC, trial of DMT310 for once-weekly topical treatment of psoriasis. We expect results from this trial in the second half of 2021. In addition, during the second half of 2021, we plan on initiating a Phase 2 trial of DMT310 for the treatment of rosacea, another inflammatory skin disease which we believe has a high unmet need in the market. We anticipate results from this trial in the second half of 2022.

We believe there is a growing demand within the dermatology market, which consists of both medical and aesthetic skin conditions including acne vulgaris, psoriasis vulgaris, papulopustular rosacea, hyperhidrosis, reduction of fine lines and pore size and improved skin quality, for innovative, naturally derived treatment options. We believe our Spongilla technology provides us the opportunity to develop product candidates that satisfy this growing demand, as there are no other naturally derived prescription products currently on the market for the treatment of these skin diseases and conditions which impact millions of people worldwide annually.    

Our Clinical Development Pipeline

 

LOGO

Our Strategy

We plan on developing, in-licensing and commercializing differentiated medical and aesthetic dermatology product candidates for the treatment of various skin diseases and conditions, which we believe have significant unmet needs in the market. The key components of this strategy are as follows:

 

   

Complete development and regulatory approval of DMT310 for acne. We recently completed a Phase 2b clinical trial of DMT310 for the treatment of moderate-to-severe acne. We plan to hold an End of Phase 2 meeting with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, in the second half of 2022, and subject to the end of this Phase 2 meeting, we plan to initiate two pivotal Phase 3 clinical trials for DMT310 in the second half of 2022, with top-line results expected in the first half of 2024. Assuming we receive positive clinical results, we would expect to submit an NDA for DMT310 for the treatment of moderate-to-severe acne in the second half of 2024.



 

-2-


Table of Contents
   

Complete a proof-of-concept, or POC, trial of DMT310 for the treatment of psoriasis. In March 2021, we initiated a Phase 1b POC trial in patients with mild-to-moderate psoriasis, and expect top-line results in the second half of 2021. We believe the anti-inflammatory properties of DMT310 on IL-17A and IL-17F, the major effector cytokines in the pathogenesis of psoriasis, may result in a topical product that can be used to treat psoriasis. If successfully developed and commercialized, we believe DMT310 would be the first once-weekly topical product available to treat mild-to-moderate psoriasis.

 

   

Complete a Phase 2 trial of DMT310 in rosacea. Based on the data obtained from our Phase 2b trials in acne and the anti-inflammatory results seen in-vitro, we plan to initiate a Phase 2 trial for DMT310 in rosacea in the second half of 2021, with top-line results expected in the second half of 2022. We believe this will help bolster our pipeline and could establish the broader use of DMT310 in inflammatory skin diseases.

 

   

Complete a POC trial for our DMT410 program in aesthetic conditions. In November 2020, we initiated a Phase 1b POC trial of DMT410 for the treatment of multiple aesthetic conditions and expect to receive top-line results in the second quarter of 2021. We believe this trial may provide further positive data for the DMT410 regimen to topically deliver botulinum toxin for skin conditions and diseases.

 

   

Explore mutually beneficial partnership opportunities for our DMT410 program in hyperhidrosis and aesthetic conditions. Based on the results of DMT410 in hyperhidrosis and the future results in the ongoing aesthetic trial, we plan to pursue mutually beneficial partnerships with botulinum toxin companies to target topical treatment of skin diseases and aesthetic conditions utilizing our DMT410 program.

 

   

Acquire or in-license additional dermatology programs to our portfolio that complement our current product candidates. We continuously evaluate potential partnering opportunities that will bolster our current product candidate portfolio and provide substantial value to our organization. We intend to focus on early to mid-stage development product candidates to generate clinical data and potentially move to later stages of development and ultimately on to commercialization.

 

   

Maximize the value of our portfolio by commercializing our product candidates in territories where we can do so effectively and partner for other territories to help us reach new markets. If we receive FDA approval for our product candidates, we plan to maximize the territories where they could be sold by partnering with established companies in new territories outside of the U.S. market, if possible.

 

   

Further strengthen our intellectual property portfolio, path to new chemical entity, or NCE, exclusivity, raw material supply and advance our regulatory filings. We plan to continue to strengthen our IP portfolio, seek NCE exclusivity for DMT310, maintain our exclusive supply agreement for our raw material requirements, and continue to protect our proprietary information. We believe these activities will be our primary competitive advantages if our product candidates receive regulatory approval.

The dates reflected in the foregoing are estimates only, and there can be no assurances that the events included will be completed on the anticipated timeline presented, or at all. Further, there can be no assurances that we will be successful in the development of DMT310 or DMT410, or any other product candidate we may develop in the future, or that DMT310 or DMT410, or any other product candidate we may develop in the future, will receive FDA approval for any indication.

Our Team

Our founders and management team have many years of experience in the biotech space holding senior management and board positions at leading biotech companies, including Hoechst Marion Roussel, Johnson & Johnson, Santarus, Inc., SkinMedica Inc., Allergan Inc., Receptos Inc., Dura Pharmaceuticals Inc., and Micromet



 

-3-


Table of Contents

Inc., among others, and possess substantial experience and expertise across the spectrum of drug development and commercialization of pharmaceutical products.

Gerald T. Proehl, our Co-Founder, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, was previously President and Chief Executive Officer of Santarus, Inc. until its acquisition by Salix Pharmaceuticals Inc. in 2014 for $2.6 billion, and has also served in senior leadership roles at Hoechst Marion Roussel. David Hale, our Co-Founder and Lead Director, is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Hale BioPharma Ventures, LLC and has over 30 years of senior leadership experience at both large and small biopharmaceutical companies, including as Chairman of Santaurus, Inc. and SkinMedica Inc. Christopher J. Nardo, M.P.H., Ph.D., our Senior Vice President, Development, previously served as Senior Director, Clinical Development at Allergan Inc. and Vice President, Clinical Operations, at Spectrum Pharmaceuticals Inc. Maria Munera, Ph.D., M.B.A., our Senior Vice President, Regulatory Affairs and Quality Assurance, previously served in similar roles at Receptos Inc. and Santarus, Inc. The development, operational and commercial expertise of our executive team will be essential as we execute on our strategy of building a successful dermatology biopharmaceutical company to deliver significant value to both patients and stockholders.

Summary of Risks Associated with Our Business

Our ability to implement and execute our business strategy is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties that you should be aware of prior to making any investment decisions. The risks described in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this summary may cause us to not realize the full benefits of our strengths or to be unable to successfully execute all or part of our strategy. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

We are a pre-revenue, clinical stage biopharmaceutical company with limited operating history.

 

   

We have incurred significant losses in the past and expect to incur additional significant losses and may never become profitable or be able to sustain profitability.

 

   

The net proceeds of this offering will only fund our operations for twelve months and we will need to raise additional capital to support our product development and commercialization efforts.

 

   

Our business success is dependent on our ability to successfully complete the development of our main product candidate, DMT310, and other product candidates. The development process is long and expensive and success is uncertain.

 

   

Even if we successfully complete the development and clinical testing of our product candidates, we still need to obtain regulatory approval from the FDA in order to market our products in the U.S., which may be difficult to obtain.

 

   

We may not receive regulatory approval for any of our product candidates, and even if we receive such regulatory approval, we may not be able to successfully commercialize any products and the revenue that we generate from sales, if any, may be limited.

 

   

The commercial markets we are targeting are highly competitive and we may be unsuccessful commercializing due to, among other things, third-party coverage and reimbursement policies, and unfavorable pricing models.

 

   

Although we attempt to keep apprised of risks related to competition in commercialization of our product candidates, it is difficult to predict the effects of third party activities on our development activities and future markets for our product candidates. Also, we cannot predict the effect potential competing patent claims may have on our patent portfolio and our business.



 

-4-


Table of Contents
   

It is difficult and costly to protect our intellectual property rights. Accordingly, we cannot predict the breadth of patent claims that may be allowable, or whether any claims will be allowed in our pending patent applications or, the enforceability of our existing and future patents. DMT310 and our other product candidates may infringe the intellectual property rights of others, all of which could increase our costs and delay or prevent our development and commercialization efforts.

 

   

Clinical drug development involves a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome, and results of earlier studies and trials may not be predictive of future trial results.

 

   

If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, we may incur substantial liabilities and may be required to limit product development and commercialization of our product candidates.

 

   

The market for DMT310 and our other product candidates may not be as large as we expect.

 

   

We currently rely on a third party for the raw materials needed for DMT310 and DMT410, and if we encounter any difficulties in accessing or procuring alternative sources on acceptable terms, or at all, our business may suffer.

 

   

The raw material for our main product candidate, DMT310, is derived from naturally occurring ingredients that grow only in limited areas that need to be harvested annually. Due to unforeseen environmental conditions or circumstances, our supplier may not be able to harvest as much raw material as we require, or any at all, which may negatively impact our ability to conduct preclinical studies, clinical trials, and ultimately commercialize our product candidates.

 

   

Our current issued patents covering DMT310 expire in 2023, which is prior to our anticipated date for any market launch. We may not be able to obtain additional patent coverage, which could limit our market opportunity due to competition from other products.

 

   

We will need to add personnel, which will increase the size and complexity of our organization and we may experience difficulties executing growth and corporate strategies.

 

   

The continued spread of COVID-19 and the resulting global pandemic could adversely impact our clinical trial operations, including our ability to recruit and retain patients and principal investigators and site staff who, as healthcare providers, may have heightened exposure to COVID-19 if an outbreak occurs in their geography.

 

   

After this offering, our directors, executive officers and certain stockholders (certain of which are affiliates of members of our board of directors) will continue to own a significant percentage of our common stock and, if they choose to act together, will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

Corporate Information

We were formed as a Delaware limited liability company under the name Dermata Therapeutics, LLC in December 2014. On March 24, 2021, we converted into a Delaware corporation and changed our name to Dermata Therapeutics, Inc. Our website address is www.dermatarx.com. Information contained in, or accessible through, our website does not constitute part of this prospectus or registration statement and inclusions of our website address in this prospectus or registration statement are inactive textual references only.

“Dermata” and our other common law trademarks, service marks or trade names appearing herein are the property of Dermata Therapeutics, Inc. We do not intend the use or display of other companies’ trademarks and trade names to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.



 

-5-


Table of Contents

Reverse Stock Split

Our board of directors, subject to the approval of the holders of outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote thereon, plans to approve a reverse stock split of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock. We expect to effect the reverse stock split of our shares of common stock at a ratio of 1-for-                prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. No fractional shares of common stock will be issued in connection with the reverse stock split, and all such fractional interests will be rounded up to the nearest whole number. Issued and outstanding stock options and warrants will be split on the same basis and exercise prices will be adjusted accordingly. Unless noted otherwise, all information presented in this prospectus assumes that the 1-for                reverse stock split of our outstanding shares of common stock, stock options and warrants has not occurred.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our most recently completed fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of relief from certain reporting requirements and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

 

   

reduced obligations with respect to financial data, including presenting only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of selected financial data in this prospectus;

 

   

an exception from compliance with the auditor attestation requirement of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

   

reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and

 

   

exemptions from the requirements of holding non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.

We may take advantage of exemptions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock. We would cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest to occur of: (1) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.07 billion in annual gross revenue or (2) following the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering, (3) we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, which means the market value of our securities that is held by non-affiliate exceeds $700 million, and (4) the issuance of, in any three year period, by us of more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities.

The JOBS Act also permits us, as an emerging growth company, to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with the new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies and thereby allow us to delay the adoption of those standards until those standards would apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption and therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.



 

-6-


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Shares being offered

                shares of common stock

 

Number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately before this offering

                shares

 

Number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering (1)

                shares (or             shares if the underwriters exercise the option to purchase additional shares in full).

 

Use of proceeds

We expect to receive net proceeds, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us, of approximately $             million (or approximately $             million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

 

  We intend to use substantially all of the net proceeds from this offering to complete our planned non-clinical trials and pharmacokinetic study for the DMT310 program, to advance the clinical development of DMT310 for the treatment of rosacea and psoriasis, to advance the clinical development of DMT410 for the treatment of various aesthetic indications, for manufacturing drug product for our clinical trials in acne, rosacea and psoriasis, and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds”.

 

Lock-up

In connection with our initial public offering, we, our directors, executive officers, and certain stockholders holding one percent (1%) or more of our common stock have agreed not to offer, issue, sell, contract to sell, encumber, grant any option for the sale of or otherwise dispose of any of our securities for a period of six (6) months following the closing of the offering of the shares. See “Underwriting” for more information.

 

Underwriters’ over-allotment option

We have granted the underwriters a 45 day option from the date of this prospectus to purchase up to an additional             shares (15% of the total number of shares to be offered by us in the offering).

 

Underwriters’ warrants

Upon the closing of this offering, we have agreed to issue to the underwriters warrants exercisable for a period of five years from the commencement of sales in this offering entitling the underwriters to purchase 5% of the number of shares of common stock sold in this offering, at an exercise price equal to 115% of the public offering price. The warrants will not be exercisable for a period of six months from the date of effectiveness of the registration statement. For additional information regarding our arrangement with the underwriters, please see “Underwriting.”


 

-7-


Table of Contents

Proposed stock exchange symbol

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “DRMA.” No assurance can be given that our application will be approved.

 

Risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11, and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in our common stock.

(1) The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering is based on    shares of our common stock outstanding as of                , 2021, which gives effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock and the conversion of outstanding convertible promissory notes, or the Notes, into shares of common stock, and excludes:

 

   

8,163,479 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options, at an exercise price of $0.28 per share;

 

   

2,758,040 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants outstanding, at a weighted-average exercise price of $    per share;

 

   

            shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the warrants to purchase shares of our common stock issued to the underwriters in connection with this offering; and

 

   

4,000,000 shares of our common stock that are available for future issuance under our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (or, the 2021 Plan) or shares that will become available under our 2021 Plan.

Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

 

   

conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 71,044,171 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering;

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of its over-allotment option;

 

   

no exercise of the Underwriters’ warrants;

 

   

a 1-for-    reverse stock split of our common stock effected on    , 2021 (no fractional shares were issued); and

 

   

conversion of the Notes upon the closing of this offering into an aggregate of                shares of our common stock at a conversion price of $            per share (80% of the assumed offering price of $            , the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).



 

-8-


Table of Contents

SUMMARY SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the following summary selected financial data together with our financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section of this prospectus. We have derived the statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and March 31, 2021, and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 2021 from our unaudited interim financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus. These unaudited financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements and, in our opinion, contain all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of such financial data. We have derived the statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020 from our audited financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results that should be expected in any future period.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2019     2020     2020     2021  
                 (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Statement of operations data:

        

Costs and expenses:

        

Research and development

   $ (2,623,280   $ (1,607,819   $ (961,104   $ (680,588

General and administrative

     (1,847,328     (1,565,034     (387,473     (1,581,185
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     (4,470,608     (3,172,853     (1,348,577     (2,261,773
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (4,470,608     (3,172,853     (1,348,577     (2,261,773

Other income and expenses:

        

Forgiveness of Payroll

        

Protection Plan loan

     —         133,592       —         —    

Interest expense, net

     (250,748     (197,269     (72,596     (43,135
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

     (4,721,356     (3,236,530     (1,421,173     (2,304,908
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss applicable to stockholders and members

   $ (4,721,356   $ (3,236,530   $ (1,421,173   $ (2,304,908
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders per share (1):

        

Basic and diluted

   $ (0.12   $ (0.08   $ (0.04   $ (0.06
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average basic and diluted common units/shares

     39,176,146       39,176,146       39,176,146       39,176,146  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

See Note 3 to our audited and unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a description of the method used to calculate the basic and diluted net loss per share.



 

-9-


Table of Contents
     December 31,      March 31,  
     2019      2020      2021
(unaudited)
 

Balance sheet data:

        

Cash

   $ 1,991,802      $ 530,400      $ 1,330,415  

Working capital (deficit)

   $ 342,710      $ (3,177,939    $ 712,003  

Total assets

   $ 2,065,803      $ 605,453      $ 1,651,185  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   $ 992,224      $ 237,753      $ 764,416  

Related party subordinated convertible promissory notes

   $ —        $ 1,140,984      $ —    

Subordinated convertible promissory notes

   $ —        $ 1,848,495      $ 174,766  

Total liabilities

   $ 2,275,962      $ 3,783,392      $ 939,182  

Convertible preferred units

   $ 21,556,395      $ 21,825,145      $ —    

Preferred warrant units

   $ 723,431      $ 723,431      $ —    

Common units

   $ 2,353,283      $ 2,353,283      $ —    

Preferred stock, par value

   $ —        $ —        $ 7,104  

Preferred warrants, par value

   $ —        $ —        $ 142  

Common stock, par value

   $ —        $ —        $ 3,918  

Additional paid-in capital

   $ —        $ —        $ 31,085,545  

Accumulated deficit

   $ (24,843,268    $ (28,079,798    $ (30,384,706


 

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including the consolidated financial statements, the notes thereto and the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus before deciding whether to invest in shares of our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of or that we deem immaterial may also become important factors that adversely affect our business. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Financial Position and Need for Capital

We are a clinical stage pharmaceutical company with a limited operating history.

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history upon which you can evaluate our business and prospects. We must complete clinical studies and receive regulatory approval before commercial sales of a product can commence. The likelihood of success of our business plan must be considered in light of the problems, substantial expenses, difficulties, complications and delays frequently encountered in connection with developing and expanding early-stage businesses and the regulatory and competitive environment in which we operate. Pharmaceutical product development is a highly speculative undertaking, involves a substantial degree of risk and is a capital-intensive business.

Accordingly, you should consider our prospects in light of the costs, uncertainties, delays and difficulties frequently encountered by companies in the early stages of development, especially early stage clinical pharmaceutical companies such as ours. Potential investors should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties that a company with a limited operating history will face. In particular, potential investors should consider that we cannot assure you that we will be able to, among other things:

 

   

successfully implement or execute our current business plan, and we cannot assure you that our business plan is sound;

 

   

successfully complete the clinical trials, non-clinical testing and other requirements necessary to obtain regulatory approval for the marketing of our drug candidates, including DMT310 and DMT410;

 

   

successfully manufacture our clinical products and establish commercial drug supply;

 

   

secure, maintain and, as necessary, defend our intellectual property rights;

 

   

secure market exclusivity and/or adequate intellectual property protection for our drug candidates;

 

   

attract and retain an experienced management and advisory team;

 

   

secure acceptance of our drug candidates in the medical community and with third-party payors and consumers;

 

   

launch commercial sales of our drug candidates, whether alone or in collaboration with others;

 

   

comply with post-marketing regulatory requirements;

 

   

raise sufficient funds in the capital markets or otherwise to effectuate our business plan; and

 

   

utilize the funds that we do have and/or raise in this offering or in the future to efficiently execute our business strategy.

If we cannot successfully execute any one of the foregoing, our business may fail and your investment will be adversely affected.

 

-11-


Table of Contents

We have incurred losses since inception and anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future. We are not currently profitable, and we may never achieve or sustain profitability.

We have never generated revenue from operations, are unlikely to generate revenues for several years, and are currently operating at a loss and expect our operating costs will increase significantly as we incur costs related to preclinical development, the clinical trials for our drug candidates and to operating as a public company. We expect to incur substantial expenses without corresponding revenues unless and until we are able to obtain regulatory approval and successfully commercialize any of our drug candidates. We may never be able to obtain regulatory approval for the marketing of our drug candidates in any indication in the United States or internationally. Even if we are able to commercialize our drug candidates, there can be no assurance that we will generate significant revenues or ever achieve profitability. We have incurred losses in each year since we commenced operations in December 2014. We incurred net losses of approximately $3.2 million and approximately $4.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and incurred net losses of approximately $2.3 million and $1.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $28.1 million, and as of March 31, 2021, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $30.4 million. The size of our future net losses will depend, in part, on our future expenses and our ability to generate revenue, if any. Revenue from our current and potential future collaborations is uncertain because milestones or other contingent payments under our agreements may not be achieved or received.

As of May 31, 2021, we had capital resources consisting of cash of $773,623. We will continue to expend substantial cash resources for the foreseeable future for the clinical development of our product candidates and development of any other indications and product candidates we may choose to pursue. These expenditures will include costs associated with research and development, conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials, manufacturing and supply, as well as marketing and selling any products approved for sale. In particular, our Phase 3 clinical studies for our product candidates will require substantial funds to complete. Because the conduct and results of any clinical trial are highly uncertain, we cannot reasonably estimate the actual amounts necessary to successfully complete the development and commercialization of our current and any future product candidates.

We are uncertain when or if we will be able to achieve or sustain profitability. If we achieve profitability in the future, we may not be able to sustain profitability in subsequent periods. Failure to become and remain profitable would impair our ability to sustain operations and adversely affect the price of our common stock and our ability to raise capital.

Even if this offering is successful, we will require additional capital to fund our operations, and if we fail to obtain necessary financing, we may not be able to complete the development and commercialization of our drugs.

We believe that the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash, together with interest thereon, will be sufficient to fund our operations through at least the next 12 months. We have based these estimates, however, on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could spend our available capital resources much faster than we currently expect or require more capital to fund our operations than we currently expect. Our currently anticipated expenditures for the development of our product candidates, DMT310 and DMT410, exceed the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash. We will need to raise additional capital following this offering to fund our operations and continue to support our planned development and commercialization activities.

The amount and timing of our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

   

the timing, rate of progress and cost of any preclinical and clinical trials and other product development activities for our current and any future product candidates that we develop, in-license or acquire;

 

   

the results of the clinical trials for our product candidates in the United States and any foreign countries;

 

-12-


Table of Contents
   

the timing of, and the costs involved in, FDA approval and any foreign regulatory approval of our product candidates, if at all;

 

   

the number and characteristics of any additional future product candidates we develop or acquire;

 

   

our ability to establish and maintain strategic collaborations, licensing, co-promotion or other arrangements and the terms and timing of such arrangements;

 

   

the cost of commercialization activities if our current or any future product candidates are approved for sale, including manufacturing, marketing, sales and distribution costs;

 

   

the degree and rate of market acceptance of any approved products;

 

   

costs under our third-party manufacturing and supply arrangements for our current and any future product candidates and any products we commercialize;

 

   

costs and timing of completion of any additional outsourced commercial manufacturing or supply arrangements that we may establish;

 

   

costs of preparing, filing, prosecuting, maintaining, defending and enforcing any patent claims and other intellectual property rights associated with our product candidates;

 

   

costs associated with prosecuting or defending any litigation that we are or may become involved in and any damages payable by us that result from such litigation;

 

   

costs associated with any product recall that could occur;

 

   

costs of operating as a public company;

 

   

the emergence, approval, availability, perceived advantages, relative cost, relative safety and relative efficacy of alternative and competing products or treatments;

 

   

costs associated with any acquisition or in-license of products and product candidates, technologies or businesses; and

 

   

personnel, facilities and equipment requirements.

We cannot be certain that additional funding will be available on acceptable terms, or at all. In addition, future debt financing into which we enter may impose upon us covenants that restrict our operations, including limitations on our ability to incur liens or additional debt, pay dividends, redeem our stock, make certain investments and engage in certain merger, consolidation or asset sale transactions.

If we are unable to raise additional capital when required or on acceptable terms, we may be required to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue the development or commercialization of one or more of our product candidates, restrict our operations or obtain funds by entering into agreements on unattractive terms, which would likely have a material adverse effect on our business, stock price and our relationships with third parties with whom we have business relationships, at least until additional funding is obtained. If we do not have sufficient funds to continue operations, we could be required to seek bankruptcy protection or other alternatives that would likely result in our stockholders losing some or all of their investment in us. In addition, our ability to achieve profitability or to respond to competitive pressures would be significantly limited.

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our stockholders, including purchasers of common stock in this offering, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies or product candidates.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial revenue, we may finance our cash needs through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, marketing and distribution arrangements and other collaborations, strategic alliances and licensing arrangements or other sources. We do not currently have any committed external source of funds. In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe that we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans.

 

-13-


Table of Contents

To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a common stockholder. Debt financing and preferred equity financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we raise additional funds through collaborations, strategic alliances or marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may be required to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, intellectual property, future revenue streams or product candidates or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate product candidate development or future commercialization efforts.

The reports of our independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 contain an explanatory paragraph regarding substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

Due to the uncertainty of our ability to meet our current operating and capital expenses, in its report on our audited annual financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020, our independent auditors included an explanatory paragraph regarding concerns about our ability to continue as a going concern. Substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern may materially and adversely affect the price per share of our common stock and we may have a more difficult time obtaining financing. Further, the perception that we may be unable to continue as a going concern may impede our ability to raise additional funds or operate our business due to concerns regarding our ability to discharge our contractual obligations.

Changes in tax laws may materially adversely affect our business financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are subject to tax laws, regulations and policies of the jurisdictions in which we do business, which may include U.S. federal, state, and local governments and taxing authorities in foreign jurisdictions. Changes in tax laws, as well as other factors, could cause us to experience fluctuations in our tax obligations and otherwise adversely affect our tax positions and/or our tax liabilities. The income tax rules in the jurisdictions in which we operate are constantly under review by taxing authorities and other governmental bodies. Changes to tax laws (which changes may have retroactive application) could adversely affect us or our stockholders. We are unable to predict what tax proposals may be proposed or enacted in the future or what effect such changes would have on our business, but such changes, to the extent they are brought into tax legislation, regulations, policies or practices, could affect our financial position and overall effective tax rates in the future in jurisdictions where we have operations, and increase the complexity, burden and cost of tax compliance.

Risks Related to Development, Regulatory Approval and Commercialization

A pandemic, epidemic, or outbreak of an infectious disease, such as COVID-19 could cause a disruption to the development of our product candidates.

Public health crises such as pandemics or similar outbreaks could adversely impact our business. In December 2019, a novel strain of a virus named SARS-CoV-2 (severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2), or coronavirus, which causes COVID-19, surfaced in Wuhan, China and has since spread worldwide. The coronavirus pandemic is evolving, and to date has led to the implementation of various responses, including government-imposed quarantines, travel restrictions and other public health safety measures. The extent to which the coronavirus impacts our operations or those of our third-party partners, including our preclinical studies or clinical trial operations, will also depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted with confidence, including the duration of the outbreak, new information that will emerge concerning the severity of the coronavirus and the actions to contain the coronavirus or treat its impact, among others. The

 

-14-


Table of Contents

continued spread of COVID-19 globally could adversely impact our preclinical or clinical trial operations in the U.S. and abroad, including our ability to recruit and retain patients and principal investigators and site staff who, as healthcare providers, may have heightened exposure to COVID-19. For example, similar to other biopharmaceutical companies, we may experience delays in enrolling our clinical trials currently planned for 2021. COVID-19 may also affect employees of third-party CROs located in affected geographies that we rely upon to carry out our clinical trials. In addition, the patient populations that our lead and other core product candidates target may be particularly susceptible to COVID-19, which may make it more difficult for us to identify patients able to enroll in our future clinical trials and may impact the ability of enrolled patients to complete any such trials. Any negative impact COVID-19 has to patient enrollment or treatment or the execution of our product candidates could cause costly delays to clinical trial activities, which could adversely affect our ability to obtain regulatory approval for and to commercialize our product candidates, increase our operating expenses, and have a material adverse effect on our financial results.

Additionally, timely enrollment in planned clinical trials is dependent upon clinical trial sites which could be adversely affected by global health matters, such as pandemics. We plan to conduct clinical trials for our product candidates in geographies which are currently being affected by the coronavirus. Some factors from the coronavirus outbreak that will delay or otherwise adversely affect enrollment in the clinical trials of our product candidates, as well as our business generally, include:

 

   

the potential diversion of healthcare resources away from the conduct of clinical trials to focus on pandemic concerns, including the attention of physicians serving as our clinical trial investigators, hospitals serving as our clinical trial sites and hospital staff supporting the conduct of our prospective clinical trials;

 

   

limitations on travel that could interrupt key trial and business activities, such as clinical trial site initiations and monitoring, domestic and international travel by employees, contractors or patients to clinical trial sites, including any government-imposed travel restrictions or quarantines that will impact the ability or willingness of patients, employees or contractors to travel to our clinical trial sites or secure visas or entry permissions, a loss of face-to-face meetings and other interactions with potential partners, any of which could delay or adversely impact the conduct or progress of our prospective clinical trials;

 

   

the potential negative effect on the operations of our third-party manufacturers.

 

   

interruption in global shipping, affecting the transport of raw materials for our products, clinical trial materials, such as patient samples, investigational drug product and conditioning drugs and other supplies used in our prospective clinical trials; and

 

   

business disruptions caused by potential workplace, laboratory and office closures and an increased reliance on employees working from home, disruptions to or delays in ongoing laboratory experiments and operations, staffing shortages, travel limitations or mass transit disruptions, any of which could adversely impact our business operations or delay necessary interactions with local regulators, ethics committees and other important agencies and contractors.

We have taken temporary precautionary measures intended to help minimize the risk of the virus to our employees, including having all of our employees to work remotely, suspending all non-essential travel worldwide for our employees and discouraging employee attendance at industry events and in-person work-related meetings, which could negatively affect our business. We cannot presently predict the scope and severity of the planned and potential shutdowns or disruptions of businesses and government agencies, such as the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, or FDA.

Our business is dependent on the successful development, regulatory approval and commercialization of our product candidates, in particular DMT310.

Our portfolio of product candidates includes one mid-stage product candidate, DMT310, a once-weekly topical, naturally-derived product for the treatment of moderate-to-severe acne, and an early-stage candidate,

 

-15-


Table of Contents

DMT410, a combination treatment regimen to aid in the topical delivery of botulinum toxin. The success of our business, including our ability to finance our company and generate any revenue in the future, will primarily depend on the successful development, regulatory approval and commercialization or partnering of our product candidates. In the future, we may also become dependent on just one of our product candidates or any future product candidates that we may in-license, acquire or develop. The clinical and commercial success of our product candidates will depend on a number of factors, including the following:

 

   

the ability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms, or at all;

 

   

timely completion of our clinical trials, which may be significantly slower or cost more than we currently anticipate and will depend substantially upon the performance of third-party contractors;

 

   

whether we are required by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, or similar foreign regulatory agencies to conduct additional clinical trials beyond those planned to support the approval and commercialization of our product candidates or any future product candidates;

 

   

acceptance of our proposed indications and primary endpoint assessments relating to the proposed indications of our product candidates by the FDA and similar foreign regulatory authorities;

 

   

our ability to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA and similar foreign regulatory authorities, the safety and efficacy of our product candidates or any future product candidates;

 

   

our ability to develop a suitable drug product release assay;

 

   

our ability to identify an active compound within the drug product that can be detected in a pharmacokinetics study;

 

   

the prevalence, duration and severity of potential side effects experienced in connection with our product candidates or future approved products, if any;

 

   

the timely receipt of necessary marketing approvals from the FDA and similar foreign regulatory authorities;

 

   

achieving and maintaining, and, where applicable, ensuring that our third-party contractors achieve and maintain, compliance with our contractual obligations and with all regulatory requirements applicable to our product candidates or any future product candidates or approved products, if any;

 

   

the ability of third parties with whom we contract to manufacture clinical trial and commercial supplies of our product candidates or any future product candidates, remain in good standing with regulatory agencies and develop, validate and maintain commercially viable manufacturing processes that are compliant with current good manufacturing practices, or cGMP, or good agricultural and collection practices, or GACP;

 

   

a continued acceptable safety profile during clinical development and following approval of our product candidates or any future product candidates;

 

   

our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates or any future product candidates in the United States and internationally, if approved for marketing, sale and distribution in such countries and territories, whether alone or in collaboration with others;

 

   

acceptance by physicians, patients and payors of the benefits, safety and efficacy of our product candidates or any future product candidates, if approved, including relative to alternative and competing treatments;

 

   

our ability to comply with numerous post-approval regulatory requirements;

 

   

our and our partners’ ability to establish and enforce intellectual property rights in and to our product candidates or any future product candidates;

 

   

our and our partners’ ability to avoid third-party patent interference or intellectual property infringement claims; and

 

-16-


Table of Contents
   

our ability to in-license or acquire additional product candidates or commercial-stage products that we believe we can successfully develop and commercialize.

If we are unable to achieve one or more of the above factors, many of which are beyond our control, in a timely manner or at all, we could experience significant delays and increased costs or an inability to obtain regulatory approvals or commercialize our product candidates. Even if regulatory approvals are obtained, we may never be able to successfully commercialize any of our product candidates. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will be able to generate sufficient revenue through the sale of our product candidates or any future product candidates to continue operations.

The FDA requires companies developing topical products to complete a standard dermal pharmacokinetic development plan prior to holding an End of Phase 2 meeting with the agency. The pharmacokinetic plan can be complicated and expensive and we may be unsuccessful in completing the required studies, which could prevent or delay regulatory approval and commercialization.

Part of required drug development for topical products is completion of a standard dermal pharmacokinetic development plan prior to holding an End of Phase 2 meeting with the FDA. This plan can be difficult to design and conduct and its outcome is uncertain. As part of this dermal pharmacokinetic development plan, we need to develop and validate an analytical method to detect an analyte in rat, minipig and human plasma, which will be difficult and expensive. While we have identified an analyte that is present in DMT310, we have yet to develop a method with sufficient sensitivity to detect the analyte at the required levels. If we are delayed or unable to develop such method, we may be required to identify a new analyte of DMT310 to use in the pharmacokinetic development plan. Even if we are able to successfully develop a bioanalytical method to detect the identified analyte, we still must validate the bioanalytical method under good laboratory practice, or GLP, conditions. There is no guarantee that we will be able to do so successfully. If we are unable to validate such a bioanalytical method then we may be required to develop a new bioanalytical method or identify a new analyte for the pharmacokinetic development plan, which could prevent or delay regulatory approval and commercialization.

Prior to holding an End of Phase 2 meeting with the FDA and after validating the bioanalytical method under GLP conditions, we must conduct a 90-day minipig toxicokinetic study and a maximum use pharmacokinetic study in humans, the outcomes of which are unknown and difficult to predict. If the outcomes of these studies are not satisfactory to the FDA, then we may be required to redo the entire pharmacokinetic development plan, which could alter and/or delay our clinical development plan, which would be time consuming, expensive and without certainty of success.

Clinical drug development for our product candidates is very expensive, time-consuming and uncertain. Our clinical trials may fail to adequately demonstrate the safety and efficacy of our product candidates, which could prevent or delay regulatory approval and commercialization.

Clinical drug development for our product candidates is very expensive, time-consuming, difficult to design and implement and its outcome is inherently uncertain. Before obtaining regulatory approval for the commercial sale of a product candidate, we must demonstrate through clinical trials that a product candidate is both safe and effective for use in the target indication, which is impossible to predict. Most product candidates that commence clinical trials are never approved by regulatory authorities for commercialization. Our product candidates are in various stages of development and a failure of one more clinical trials can occur at any stage of testing or at any time during the trial process. We expect that clinical trials for these product candidates will continue for several years, but may take significantly longer than expected to complete.

We have not completed all clinical trials for the approval of any of our product candidates. We have yet to hold an End of Phase 2 meeting with the FDA and do not know what feedback they will provide us. In previous communications with the FDA they had asked us to show that hydrogen peroxide was not an active ingredient in our DMT310 product. If we do not supply sufficient evidence and data to convince the FDA that hydrogen

 

-17-


Table of Contents

peroxide is not an active ingredient and merely a fluidizing agent (hydrogen peroxide), then we may have to alter our clinical plans or reformulate our product based on FDA feedback. If we chose to reformulate our lead product, DMT310, then we may decide to redo our Phase 2 studies, which would be time consuming and expensive and there is no certainty of success.

We may experience delays in ongoing and future clinical trials for our product candidates and do not know if future clinical trials, if any, will begin on time, need to be redesigned, enroll adequate number of patients on time or be completed on schedule, if at all. In addition, we, any partner with which we currently or may in the future collaborate, the FDA, an IRB or other regulatory authorities, including state and local agencies and counterpart agencies in foreign countries, may suspend, delay, require modifications to or terminate our clinical trials at any time, for various reasons, including:

 

   

discovery of safety or tolerability concerns, such as serious or unexpected toxicities or side effects or exposure to otherwise unacceptable health risks, experienced by study participants or other safety issues;

 

   

lack of effectiveness of any product candidate during clinical trials or the failure of our product candidates to meet specified endpoints;

 

   

slower than expected rates of subject recruitment and enrollment rates or inability to enroll a sufficient number of patients in clinical trials resulting from numerous factors, including the prevalence of other companies’ clinical trials for their product candidates for the same indication, or clinical trials for indications for which patients do not as commonly seek treatment;

 

   

delays or difficulties in our clinical trials due to quarantines or other restrictions resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic;

 

   

difficulty in retaining subjects who have initiated a clinical trial but may withdraw at any time due to adverse side effects from the therapy, insufficient efficacy, fatigue with the clinical trial process or for any other reason;

 

   

difficulty in obtaining IRB approval for studies to be conducted at each clinical trial site;

 

   

delays in manufacturing or obtaining, or inability to manufacture or obtain, sufficient quantities of materials for use in clinical trials;

 

   

difficulty or inability to find a partner that will allow us to test their product for our DMT410 program;

 

   

inadequacy of or changes in our manufacturing process or the product formulation or method of delivery;

 

   

changes in applicable laws, regulations and regulatory policies;

 

   

delays or failure in reaching agreement on acceptable terms in clinical trial contracts or protocols with prospective CROs, clinical trial sites and other third-party contractors;

 

   

inability to add a sufficient number of clinical trial sites;

 

   

uncertainty regarding proper formulation and dosing;

 

   

failure by us, our employees, our CROs or their employees or other third-party contractors to comply with contractual and applicable regulatory requirements or to perform their services in a timely or acceptable manner;

 

   

failure by us, our employees, our CROs or their employees or any partner with which we may collaborate or their employees to comply with applicable FDA or other regulatory requirements relating to the conduct of clinical trials or the handling, storage, security and recordkeeping for drug and biologic products;

 

   

scheduling conflicts with participating clinicians and clinical institutions;

 

-18-


Table of Contents
   

failure to design appropriate clinical trial protocols;

 

   

insufficient data to support regulatory approval;

 

   

inability or unwillingness of medical investigators to follow our clinical protocols; or

 

   

difficulty in maintaining contact with subjects during or after treatment, which may result in incomplete data.

In the case of our topical product candidates, we are seeking to deliver sufficient concentrations of the active pharmaceutical ingredient, or API, through the skin barrier to the targeted dermal tissue to achieve the intended therapeutic effect. As a result, safety and efficacy can be difficult to establish. The topical route of administration may involve new formulations and dosage forms, which can be difficult to develop and manufacture and may raise novel regulatory issues and result in development or review delays. For example, the API for DMT310 is a milled sponge powder, and we are not aware of previous FDA approvals of sponges as a prescription drug.

We or any partner with which we may collaborate may suffer significant setbacks in our clinical trials similar to the experience of a number of other companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries, even after receiving promising results in earlier trials. In the event that we or our potential partners abandon or are delayed in the clinical development efforts related to our product candidates, we may not be able to execute on our business plan effectively and our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects would be harmed.

Changes in methods of product candidate manufacturing or formulation may result in additional costs or delay.

As product candidates proceed through preclinical studies to late-stage clinical trials towards potential approval and commercialization, it is common that various aspects of the development program, such as manufacturing methods and formulation, are altered along the way in an effort to optimize processes and results. Such changes carry the risk that they will not achieve these intended objectives. Any of these changes could cause our product candidates to perform differently and affect the results of planned clinical trials or other future clinical trials conducted with the altered materials. Such changes may also require additional testing, FDA notification or FDA approval. This could delay completion of clinical trials, require the conduct of bridging clinical trials or the repetition of one or more clinical trials.

We may be unable to obtain regulatory approval for DMT310, or our early-stage product candidates under applicable regulatory requirements. The FDA and foreign regulatory bodies have substantial discretion in the approval process, including the ability to delay, limit or deny approval of product candidates. The delay, limitation or denial of any regulatory approval would adversely impact commercialization, our potential to generate revenue, our business and our operating results.

We currently have no products approved for sale, and we may never obtain regulatory approval to commercialize any of our current or future product candidates. The research, testing, manufacturing, safety surveillance, efficacy, quality control, recordkeeping, labeling, packaging, storage, approval, sale, marketing, distribution, import, export, and reporting of safety and other post-market information related to our drug products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other regulatory authorities in the United States and in foreign countries, and such regulations differ from country to country. We are not permitted to market any of our current product candidates in the United States until we receive approval of a new drug application, or NDA, or other applicable regulatory filing from the FDA. We are also not permitted to market any of our current product candidates in any foreign countries until we or our partners receive the requisite approval from the applicable regulatory authorities of such countries.

To gain approval to market a new drug such as DMT310, the FDA and/or foreign regulatory authorities must receive, among other things, preclinical and clinical data that adequately demonstrate the safety, purity,

 

-19-


Table of Contents

potency, efficacy and compliant manufacturing of the drug product for the intended indication applied for in an NDA, or other applicable regulatory filing. The development and approval of a product derived from a natural source and new drug products involves a long, expensive and uncertain process, and delay or failure can occur at any stage. A number of companies in the pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical industry have suffered significant setbacks in nonclinical development, clinical trials, including in Phase 3 clinical development, even after promising results in earlier preclinical studies or clinical trials. These setbacks have been caused by, among other things, findings made while clinical trials were underway and safety or efficacy observations made in clinical trials, including previously unreported adverse events. Success in clinical trials does not ensure that later clinical trials will be successful, or that nonclinical studies will be successful. The results of clinical trials by other parties may not be indicative of the results in trials we or our partners may conduct. For example, for DMT310, the results of our Phase 2a and Phase 2b clinical trials may not accurately predict results in Phase 3 clinical trials that will have larger numbers of patients. Nor will the human safety data collected from our Phase 2a and Phase 2b clinical trial predict the outcome of our pharmacokinetic plan.

The FDA and foreign regulatory bodies have substantial discretion in the drug approval process, including the ability to delay, limit or deny approval of product candidates for many reasons. The FDA or the applicable foreign regulatory body may:

 

   

disagree with the design or implementation of one or more clinical trials;

 

   

not deem a product candidate safe and effective for its proposed indication, or may deem a product candidate’s safety or other perceived risks to outweigh its clinical or other benefits;

 

   

not find the data from preclinical studies and clinical trials sufficient to support approval, or the results of clinical trials may not meet the level of statistical or clinical significance required by the FDA or the applicable foreign regulatory body for approval;

 

   

disagree with our interpretation of data from preclinical studies or clinical trials performed by us or third parties, or with the interpretation of any partner with which we may collaborate;

 

   

determine the data collected from clinical trials may not be sufficient to support the submission of an NDA, or other applicable regulatory filing;

 

   

require additional preclinical studies or clinical trials;

 

   

identify deficiencies in the formulation, quality control, labeling or specifications of our current or future product candidates;

 

   

require clinical trials in pediatric patients in order to establish pharmacokinetics or safety for this more drug-sensitive population;

 

   

grant approval contingent on the performance of costly additional post-approval clinical trials;

 

   

approve our current or any future product candidates for a more limited indication or a narrower patient population than we originally requested or with strong warnings that may affect marketability;

 

   

not approve the labeling that we believe is necessary or desirable for the successful commercialization of our product candidates;

 

   

not approve of the manufacturing processes, controls or facilities of third-party manufacturers or testing labs with which we contract;

 

   

consider our products a device instead of a drug requiring a different approval process and manufacturing needs;

 

   

consider one of our products a combination product instead of a singular drug requiring additional clinical trials or increased number of patients per study, or

 

   

change its approval policies or adopt new regulations in a manner rendering our clinical data or regulatory filings insufficient for approval.

 

-20-


Table of Contents

There have been only three products approved by the FDA under the botanical guidance and none in the indication for acne vulgaris with all three approved products’ active ingredient coming from an extract of a plant. While freshwater sponges, such as Spongilla, are technically animals, because we are using the entirety of the sponge for the DMT310 drug product, the FDA has allowed us to reference the botanical guidance for raw material quality control relating to the manufacturing of the drug product. We do not know how any other regulatory authority will treat DMT310 for their approval process. In addition, the FDA or other regulatory authorities may change their policies, issue additional regulations or revise existing regulations or take other actions, which may prevent or delay approval of our future products under development on a timely basis. Such policy or regulatory changes could impose additional requirements upon us that could delay our ability to obtain approvals, increase the costs of compliance or restrict our ability to maintain any marketing authorizations we may have obtained.

Any delay, limitation or denial in any applicable regulatory approval for any of our product candidates would delay or adversely impact commercialization of our product candidates and would harm our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects.

We are preparing to conduct our first Phase 3 clinical trials, and may be unable to successfully complete it or any future clinical trials.

The conduct of a Phase 3 clinical trial is a complicated process. Although members of our management team have conducted Phase 3 clinical trials in the past while employed at other companies, we as a company have not conducted a Phase 3 clinical trial before, and as a result may require more time and incur greater costs than we anticipate. Failure to include the correct treatment regimen, complete, or delays in, our Phase 3 clinical trials, could prevent us from or delay us in commencing future clinical trials for DMT310, obtaining regulatory approval of and commercializing our product candidates, which would adversely impact our financial performance. In addition, some of our competitors are currently conducting clinical trials for product candidates that treat the same indications as DMT310, and patients who are otherwise eligible for our clinical trials may instead enroll in clinical trials of our competitors’ product candidates.

Patient enrollment is affected by other factors including:

 

   

the severity of the disease under investigation;

 

   

the eligibility criteria for the study in question;

 

   

the perceived risks and benefits of the product candidate under study;

 

   

the efforts to facilitate timely enrollment in clinical trials;

 

   

the patient referral practices of physicians;

 

   

the ability to monitor patients adequately during and after treatment;

 

   

the proximity and availability of clinical trial sites for prospective patients; and

 

   

factors we may not be able to control, such as potential pandemics that may limit subjects, principal investigators or staff or clinical site availability (e.g., the outbreak of COVID-19).

Even if our current product candidates or any future product candidates obtain regulatory approval, they may fail to achieve the broad degree of physician and patient adoption and use necessary for commercial success.

The commercial success of any of our current or future product candidates, if approved, will depend significantly on the broad adoption and use of the resulting product by physicians, patients and payors for approved indications, and may not be commercially successful. The degree and rate of adoption of our current or future product candidates, if approved, will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

   

the clinical indications for which the product is approved and patient demand for approved products that treat those indications;

 

-21-


Table of Contents
   

the effectiveness of our product as compared to other available therapies;

 

   

the availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement from managed care plans and other healthcare payors for any of our product candidates that may be approved;

 

   

the cost of treatment with our product candidates in relation to alternative treatments and willingness to pay for the product, if approved, on the part of patients;

 

   

acceptance by physicians, major operators of clinics and patients of the product as a safe and effective treatment;

 

   

physician and patient willingness to adopt a new therapy, including for DMT310, a sponge product, over other available therapies to treat approved indications;

 

   

patients’ perception of a product derived from a freshwater sponge as one for which will provide medical treatment;

 

   

overcoming any biases physicians or patients may have toward particular therapies for the treatment of approved indications;

 

   

proper training and administration of our product candidates by physicians and medical staff;

 

   

patient satisfaction with the results and administration of our product candidates and overall treatment experience;

 

   

the willingness of patients to pay for certain of our product candidates relative to other discretionary items, especially during economically challenging times;

 

   

the revenue and profitability that our product candidate may offer a physician as compared to alternative therapies;

 

   

the prevalence and severity of side effects;

 

   

limitations or warnings contained in the FDA-approved labeling for our product candidates;

 

   

any FDA requirement to undertake a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS;

 

   

the effectiveness of our sales, marketing and distribution efforts;

 

   

our ability to maintain sufficient quantities of supply to meet demand;

 

   

adverse publicity about our product candidates or favorable publicity about competitive products; and

 

   

potential product liability claims.

If any of our current or future product candidates are approved for use but fail to achieve the broad degree of physician and patient adoption necessary for commercial success, our operating results and financial condition will be adversely affected, which may delay, prevent or limit our ability to generate revenue and continue our business.

We intend to seek NCE exclusivity for DMT310 and future product candidates, and we may be unsuccessful in obtaining such exclusivity.

As part of our business strategy, we intend to seek new chemical entity, or NCE, exclusivity for DMT310 or future product candidates. In the United States, a pharmaceutical manufacturer may obtain five years of non-patent exclusivity upon NDA approval of an NCE which is a drug that contains an active moiety that has not been approved by the FDA in any other NDA. An “active moiety” is defined as the molecule or ion responsible for the drug substance’s physiological or pharmacologic action. During the five-year exclusivity period, the FDA cannot accept for filing any ANDA seeking approval of a generic version of that drug or any 505(b)(2) NDA for the same active moiety and that relies on the FDA’s findings regarding that drug, except that FDA may accept an

 

-22-


Table of Contents

application for filing after four years if the follow-on applicant makes a paragraph IV certification. This exclusivity period may be extended by an additional six months if certain requirements are met to qualify the product for pediatric exclusivity, including the receipt of a written request from the FDA that we conduct certain pediatric studies, the submission of study reports from such studies to the FDA after receipt of the written request and satisfaction of the conditions specified in the written request. We believe that DMT310 constitutes an NCE and should be eligible for NCE exclusivity. However, we may be unable to successfully obtain such exclusivity, and if any of our competitors obtains FDA approval of an NDA for a similar drug product before we do, they, and not us, may be eligible for NCE exclusivity. If we do not obtain NCE exclusivity for DMT310, or if a competitor obtains NCE exclusivity for a similar product before we submit and receive approval of an NDA for DMT310, our ability to commence sales and generate revenue would be adversely affected.

Our product candidates, if approved, will face significant competition and our failure to effectively compete may prevent us from achieving significant market penetration.

The pharmaceutical industry is characterized by rapidly advancing technologies, intense competition and a strong emphasis on developing proprietary therapeutics. Numerous pharmaceutical companies, generic drug companies, biotechnology companies, cosmetic companies and academic and research institutions are engaged in the development, patenting, manufacturing and marketing of health care products competitive with those that we are developing, including VYNE Therapeutics, Cassiopea, Sol-Gel, Arcutis Biotherapeutics, Arena Pharmaceuticals, Amgen, AbbVie, Bristol Meyers Squib, Lilly, Nestle, Pfizer, and others. Many of our competitors have greater financial resources, marketing capabilities, sales forces, manufacturing capabilities, research and development capabilities, clinical trial expertise, intellectual property portfolios, experience in obtaining patents and regulatory approvals for product candidates and other resources than us. Some of the companies that offer competing products also have a broad range of other product offerings, large direct sales forces and long-term customer relationships with our target physicians, which could inhibit our market penetration efforts. In addition, certain of our product candidates, if approved, may compete with other dermatological products, including over-the-counter treatments, for a share of some patients’ discretionary budgets and for physicians’ attention within their clinical practices.

We anticipate that, if we obtain regulatory approval of our product candidates, we will face significant competition from other approved therapies. If approved, our product candidates may also compete with unregulated, unapproved, off-label, and over the counter treatments. Certain of our product candidates, if approved, will present novel therapeutic approaches for the approved indications and will have to compete with existing therapies, some of which are widely known and accepted by physicians and patients. To compete successfully in this market, we will have to demonstrate that the relative cost, safety and efficacy of our approved products, if any, provide an attractive alternative to existing and other new therapies. Such competition could lead to reduced market share for our product candidates and contribute to downward pressure on the pricing of our product candidates, which could harm our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects. For more information about the competition we face, see “Business—Competition.”

Due to less stringent regulatory requirements in certain foreign countries, there are many more dermatological products and procedures available for use in those international markets than are approved for use in the United States. In certain international markets, there are also fewer limitations on the claims that our competitors can make about the effectiveness of their products and the manner in which they can market them. As a result, we expect to face more competition in these markets than in the United States.

We expect to face generic or similar type of product competition for our product candidates, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects.

Upon the expiration or loss of any patent protection for any of our product candidates that are approved, or upon the “at-risk” launch, despite pending patent infringement litigation against the generic product or its equivalent, by a generic competitor of a generic version of any of our product candidates that are approved,

 

-23-


Table of Contents

which may be sold at significantly lower prices than our approved product candidates, we could lose a significant portion of sales of that product in a short period of time, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects.

It is unknown how the FDA or any regulatory authority will view an attempted generic version of DMT310 because it is a derived from a natural material that refers to principles of the botanical guidelines. There are no currently approved generic versions of a natural product on the market and no FDA guidelines on the approval process for a generic version of a natural product. Therefore, it is unknown how difficult it will be for a generic version of a natural product to be approved for commercial sale in the United States. It is unclear whether the FDA will view spongilla lacustris or a similar sponge species that is harvested from a different location than DMT310 raw material is harvested as identical to DMT310 raw material and therefore could follow the generic pathway to approval.

Any product candidates that we commercialize, or that any partner with which we may collaborate commercializes, will be subject to ongoing and continued regulatory review.

Even after we or our partners achieve U.S. regulatory approval for a product candidate, if any, we or our partners will be subject to continued regulatory review and compliance obligations. For example, with respect to our product candidates, the FDA may impose significant restrictions on the approved indicated uses for which the product may be marketed or on the conditions of approval. A product candidate’s approval may contain requirements for potentially costly post-approval studies and surveillance, including Phase 4 clinical trials or a REMS, to monitor the safety and efficacy of the product. We will also be subject to ongoing FDA obligations and continued regulatory review with respect to, among other things, the manufacturing, processing, labeling, packaging, distribution, adverse event reporting, storage, advertising, promotion and recordkeeping for our product candidates. These requirements include submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports, registration, as well as continued compliance with cGMP requirements, with the FDA’s good clinical practice, or GCP, or good agricultural and collections practices, or GACP, requirements and good laboratory practice, or GLP, requirements, which are regulations and guidelines enforced by the FDA for all of our product candidates in clinical and preclinical development, and for any clinical trials that we conduct post-approval. To the extent that a product candidate is approved for sale in other countries, we may be subject to similar restrictions and requirements imposed by laws and government regulators in those countries.

If we, our partners, our product candidates or the manufacturing facilities for our product candidates fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, a regulatory agency may:

 

   

impose restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, suspend or withdraw product approvals or revoke necessary licenses;

 

   

mandate modifications to promotional materials or require us to provide corrective information to healthcare practitioners;

 

   

require us or our partners to enter into a consent decree, which can include imposition of various fines, reimbursements for inspection costs, required due dates for specific actions and penalties for noncompliance;

 

   

issue warning letters, show cause notices or untitled letters describing alleged violations, which may be publicly available;

 

   

commence criminal investigations and prosecutions;

 

   

impose injunctions, suspensions or revocations of necessary approvals or other licenses;

 

   

impose other civil or criminal penalties;

 

   

suspend any ongoing clinical trials;

 

-24-


Table of Contents
   

delay or refuse to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications filed by us or our potential partners;

 

   

refuse to permit drugs or precursor chemicals to be imported or exported to or from the United States;

 

   

suspend or impose restrictions on operations, including costly new manufacturing requirements; or

 

   

seize or detain products or require us or our partners to initiate a product recall.

The regulations, policies or guidance of the FDA and other applicable government agencies may change and new or additional statutes or government regulations may be enacted that could prevent or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates or further restrict or regulate post-approval activities. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of adverse government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action, either in the United States or abroad. If we are not able to achieve and maintain regulatory compliance, we may not be permitted to market our product candidates, which would adversely affect our ability to generate revenue and achieve or maintain profitability.

We may in the future conduct clinical trials for our product candidates outside the United States and the FDA and applicable foreign regulatory authorities may not accept data from such trials.

We may in the future choose to conduct one or more of our clinical trials outside the United States, including in Canada, Europe and South America. Although the FDA or applicable foreign regulatory authority may accept data from clinical trials conducted outside the United States or the applicable jurisdiction, acceptance of such study data by the FDA or applicable foreign regulatory authority may be subject to certain conditions. Where data from foreign clinical trials are intended to serve as the basis for marketing approval in the United States, the FDA will not approve the application on the basis of foreign data alone unless those data are applicable to the U.S. population and U.S. medical practice; the studies were performed by clinical investigators of recognized competence; and the data are considered valid without the need for an on-site inspection by the FDA or, if the FDA considers such an inspection to be necessary, the FDA is able to validate the data through an on-site inspection or other appropriate means. Many foreign regulatory bodies have similar requirements. In addition, such foreign studies would be subject to the applicable local laws of the foreign jurisdictions where the studies are conducted. There can be no assurance the FDA or applicable foreign regulatory authority will accept data from trials conducted outside of the United States or the applicable jurisdiction. If the FDA or applicable foreign regulatory authority does not accept such data, it would likely result in the need for additional trials, which would be costly and time-consuming and delay aspects of our business plan.

Our product candidates may cause undesirable side effects or have other unexpected properties that could delay or prevent their regulatory approval, limit the commercial profile of an approved label or result in post-approval regulatory action.

Unforeseen side effects from any of our product candidates could arise either during clinical development or, if approved, after the approved product has been marketed. Undesirable side effects caused by product candidates could cause us, any partners with which we may collaborate or regulatory authorities to interrupt, modify, delay or halt clinical trials and could result in a more restrictive label or the delay or denial of regulatory approval by the FDA or comparable foreign authorities. Results of clinical trials could reveal a high and unacceptable severity and prevalence of side effects. In such an event, trials could be suspended or terminated and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities could order us, or our potential partners, to cease further development of or deny approval of product candidates for any or all targeted indications. The drug-related side effects could affect patient recruitment or the ability of enrolled patients to complete the trial or result in product liability claims. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects.

 

-25-


Table of Contents

Additionally, if we or others identify undesirable side effects, or other previously unknown problems, caused by our product candidates after obtaining U.S. or foreign regulatory approval or other products with the same or related active ingredients, a number of potentially negative consequences could result, including:

 

   

regulatory authorities may withdraw their approval of the product;

 

   

regulatory authorities may require a recall of the product or we or our potential partners may voluntarily recall a product;

 

   

regulatory authorities may require the addition of warnings or contraindications in the product labeling, narrowing of the indication in the product label or field alerts to physicians and pharmacies;

 

   

we may be required to create a medication guide outlining the risks of such side effects for distribution to patients or institute a REMS;

 

   

we may have limitations on how we promote the product;

 

   

we may be required to change the way the product is administered or modify the product in some other way; the FDA or applicable foreign regulatory authority may require additional clinical trials or costly post-marketing testing and surveillance to monitor the safety or efficacy of the product;

 

   

the FDA or applicable foreign regulatory authority may require additional clinical trials or costly post-marketing testing and surveillance to monitor the safety or efficacy of the product

 

   

sales of the product may decrease significantly;

 

   

we could be sued and held liable for harm caused to patients; and

 

   

our brand and reputation may suffer.

Any of the above events resulting from undesirable side effects or other previously unknown problems could prevent us or our potential partners from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of the affected product candidate and could substantially increase the costs of commercializing our product candidates.

We may face product liability exposure, and if successful claims are brought against us, we may incur substantial liability if our insurance coverage for those claims is inadequate.

We face an inherent risk of product liability as a result of the clinical testing of our product candidates and will face an even greater risk if we commercialize any products. This risk exists even if a product is approved for commercial sale by the FDA and manufactured in facilities licensed and regulated by the FDA or an applicable foreign regulatory authority. Our products and product candidates are designed to affect important bodily functions and processes. Any side effects, manufacturing defects, misuse or abuse associated with our product candidates could result in injury to a patient or even death. We cannot offer any assurance that we will not face product liability suits in the future, nor can we assure you that our insurance coverage will be sufficient to cover our liability under any such cases.

In addition, a liability claim may be brought against us even if our product candidates merely appear to have caused an injury. Product liability claims may be brought against us by consumers, health care providers, pharmaceutical companies or others selling or otherwise coming into contact with our product candidates, among others. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims we will incur substantial liabilities and reputational harm. In addition, regardless of merit or eventual outcome, product liability claims may result in:

 

   

withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

 

   

termination of clinical trial sites or entire trial programs;

 

   

inability to gain regulatory approval of our product candidates;

 

-26-


Table of Contents
   

the inability to commercialize our product candidates;

 

   

decreased demand for our product candidates;

 

   

impairment of our business reputation;

 

   

product recall or withdrawal from the market or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions;

 

   

substantial costs of any related litigation or similar disputes;

 

   

distraction of management’s attention and other resources from our primary business;

 

   

substantial monetary awards to patients or other claimants against us that may not be covered by insurance; or

 

   

loss of revenue.

We currently maintain product liability insurance coverage, which may not be sufficient to cover all of our product liability related expenses or losses and may not cover us for any expenses or losses we may suffer. Moreover, insurance coverage is becoming increasingly expensive, and, in the future, we may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost, in sufficient amounts or upon adequate terms to protect us against losses due to product liability. We will need to increase our product liability coverage if any of our product candidates receive regulatory approval, which will be costly, and we may be unable to obtain this increased product liability insurance on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. A successful product liability claim or series of claims brought against us could cause our stock price to decline and, if judgments exceed our insurance coverage, could decrease our cash and could harm our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects.

If any of our product candidates are approved for marketing and we are found to have improperly promoted off-label uses, or if physicians misuse our products or use our products off-label, we may become subject to prohibitions on the sale or marketing of our products, product liability claims and significant fines, penalties and sanctions, and our brand and reputation could be harmed.

The FDA and other regulatory agencies strictly regulate the marketing and promotional claims that are made about drug and biologic products. In particular, a product may not be promoted for uses or indications that are not approved by the FDA or such other regulatory agencies as reflected in the product’s approved labeling and comparative safety or efficacy claims cannot be made without direct comparative clinical data. If we are found to have promoted off-label uses of any of our product candidates, we may receive warning or untitled letters and become subject to significant liability, which would materially harm our business. Both federal and state governments have levied large civil and criminal fines against companies for alleged improper promotion and have enjoined several companies from engaging in off-label promotion. If we become the target of such an investigation or prosecution based on our marketing and promotional practices, we could face similar sanctions, which would materially harm our business. In addition, management’s attention could be diverted from our business operations, significant legal expenses could be incurred and our brand and reputation could be damaged. The FDA has also requested that companies enter into consent decrees or permanent injunctions under which specified promotional conduct is changed or curtailed. If we are deemed by the FDA to have engaged in the promotion of our products for off-label use, we could be subject to FDA regulatory or enforcement actions, including the issuance of an untitled letter, a warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil fine or criminal penalties. It is also possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities might take action if they consider our business activities constitute promotion of an off-label use, which could result in significant penalties, including criminal, civil or administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations.

We cannot, however, prevent a physician from using our product candidates outside of those indications for use when in the physician’s independent professional medical judgment he or she deems appropriate. Physicians

 

-27-


Table of Contents

may also misuse our product candidates or use improper techniques, potentially leading to adverse results, side effects or injury, which may lead to product liability claims. If our product candidates are misused or used with improper technique, we may become subject to costly litigation by physicians or their patients. Furthermore, the use of our product candidates for indications other than those cleared by the FDA may not effectively treat such conditions, which could harm our reputation among physicians and patients.

We may choose not to continue developing or commercializing any of our product candidates at any time during development or after approval, which would reduce or eliminate our potential return on investment for those product candidates.

At any time, we may decide to discontinue the development of any of our product candidates or not to continue commercializing one or more of our approved product candidates for a variety of reasons, including the appearance of new technologies that make our product obsolete, competition from a competing product or changes in or failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements. If we terminate a program in which we have invested significant resources, we will not receive any return on our investment and we will have missed the opportunity to have allocated those resources to potentially more productive uses.

We or our current and prospective partners may be subject to product recalls in the future that could harm our brand and reputation and could negatively affect our business.

We or our current and prospective partners may be subject to product recalls, withdrawals or seizures if any of our product candidates, if approved for marketing, fail to meet specifications or are believed to cause injury or illness or if we are alleged to have violated governmental regulations including those related to the manufacture, labeling, promotion, sale or distribution. Any recall, withdrawal or seizure in the future could materially and adversely affect consumer confidence in our brands and lead to decreased demand for our approved products. In addition, a recall, withdrawal or seizure of any of our approved products would require significant management attention, would likely result in substantial and unexpected expenditures and would harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

If we or any partners with which we may collaborate are unable to achieve and maintain coverage and adequate levels of reimbursement for any of our product candidates for which we receive regulatory approval, or any future products we may seek to commercialize, their commercial success may be severely hindered.

For any of our product candidates that become available only by prescription, successful sales by us or by any partners with which we may collaborate depend on the availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors. Patients who are prescribed medicine for the treatment of their conditions generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the costs associated with their prescription drugs. The availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement from governmental healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and private third-party payors is critical to new product acceptance. Coverage decisions may depend upon clinical and economic standards that disfavor new drug products when more established or lower cost therapeutic alternatives are already available or subsequently become available. If any of our product candidates do not demonstrate attractive efficacy profiles, they may not qualify for coverage and reimbursement. Even if we obtain coverage for a given product, the resulting reimbursement payment rates might not be adequate or may require co-payments that patients find unacceptably high. Patients are unlikely to use our products unless coverage is provided and reimbursement is adequate to cover a significant portion of the cost of our products.

In addition, the market for our product candidates will depend significantly on access to third-party payors’ drug formularies, or lists of medications for which third-party payors provide coverage and reimbursement. The industry competition to be included in such formularies often leads to downward pricing pressures on pharmaceutical companies. Also, third-party payors may refuse to include a particular branded drug in their formularies or otherwise restrict patient access to a branded drug when a less costly generic equivalent or other alternative is available.

 

-28-


Table of Contents

Further, third-party payors, whether foreign or domestic, or governmental or commercial, are developing increasingly sophisticated methods of controlling healthcare costs. In addition, in the United States, although private third-party payors tend to follow Medicare, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for drug products exists among third-party payors. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for drug products can differ significantly from payor to payor. As a result, the coverage determination process is often a time-consuming and costly process that will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our product candidates to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be obtained.

Further, we believe that future coverage and reimbursement will likely be subject to increased restrictions both in the United States and in international markets. Third-party coverage and reimbursement for any of our product candidates for which we may receive regulatory approval may not be available or adequate in either the United States or international markets, which could harm our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects.

Healthcare legislative or regulatory reform measures, including government restrictions on pricing and reimbursement, may have a negative impact on our business and results of operations.

In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been, and continue to be, several legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could prevent or delay marketing approval of product candidates, restrict or regulate postapproval activities, and affect our ability to profitably sell any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval.

Among policy makers and payors in the United States and elsewhere, there is significant interest in promoting changes in healthcare systems with the stated goals of containing healthcare costs, improving quality and/or expanding access. In the United States, the pharmaceutical industry has been a particular focus of these efforts and has been significantly affected by major legislative initiatives. For example, in the United States, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, or the ACA, substantially changed the way health care is financed by both governmental and private insurers and significantly affects the pharmaceutical industry. Many provisions of the ACA impact the biopharmaceutical industry, including that in order for a biopharmaceutical product to receive federal reimbursement under the Medicare Part B and Medicaid programs or to be sold directly to U.S. government agencies, the manufacturer must extend discounts to entities eligible to participate in the drug pricing program under the Public Health Services Act, or PHS. Since its enactment, there have been judicial and Congressional challenges and amendments to certain aspects of the ACA. There is continued uncertainty about the implementation of the ACA, including the potential for further amendments to the ACA and legal challenges to or efforts to repeal the ACA.

Additionally, there has been heightened governmental scrutiny in the United States of pharmaceutical pricing practices in light of the rising cost of prescription drugs and biologics. Such scrutiny has resulted in several recent congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted federal and state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to product pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for products. At the federal level, the now-departed Trump administration proposed numerous prescription drug cost control measures. Similarly, the new Biden administration has made lowering prescription drug prices one of its priorities. The Biden administration has not yet proposed any specific plans, but we expect that these will be forthcoming in the near term. At the state level, legislatures are increasingly passing legislation and implementing regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing.

Other examples of proposed changes include, but are not limited to, expanding post-approval requirements, changing the Orphan Drug Act, and restricting sales and promotional activities for pharmaceutical products.

 

-29-


Table of Contents

We cannot be sure whether additional legislative changes will be enacted, or whether government regulations, guidance or interpretations will be changed, or what the impact of such changes would be on the marketing approvals, sales, pricing, or reimbursement of our drug candidates or products, if any, may be. We expect that these and other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and in additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any approved drug. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability, or commercialize our drugs.

In addition, FDA regulations and guidance may be revised or reinterpreted by the FDA in ways that may significantly affect our business and our products. Any new regulations or guidance, or revisions or reinterpretations of existing regulations or guidance, may impose additional costs or lengthen FDA review times for DMT310 or any future product candidates. We cannot determine how changes in regulations, statutes, policies, or interpretations when and if issued, enacted or adopted, may affect our business in the future. Such changes could, among other things, require:

 

   

additional clinical trials to be conducted prior to obtaining approval;

 

   

changes to manufacturing methods;

 

   

recalls, replacements, or discontinuance of one or more of our products; and

 

   

additional recordkeeping.

Such changes would likely require substantial time and impose significant costs, or could reduce the potential commercial value of DMT310 or other product candidates. In addition, delays in receipt of or failure to receive regulatory clearances or approvals for any other products would harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may also be subject to healthcare laws, regulation and enforcement and our failure to comply with those laws could adversely affect our business, operations and financial condition.

Certain federal and state healthcare laws and regulations pertaining to fraud and abuse and patients’ rights are and will be applicable to our business. We are subject to regulation by both the federal government and the states in which we or our partners conduct our business. The laws and regulations that may affect our ability to operate include:

 

   

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, any person or entity from knowingly and willfully offering, soliciting, receiving or providing any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, to induce either the referral of an individual or in return for the purchase, lease, or order of any good, facility item or service, for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under federal healthcare programs such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs;

 

   

federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalty laws, including, for example, the federal civil False Claims Act, which impose criminal and civil penalties, including civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities for, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, including the Medicare and Medicaid programs, claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government;

 

   

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which created new federal criminal statutes that prohibit knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or obtain, by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations or promises, any of the money or property owned by, or under the custody or control

 

-30-


Table of Contents
 

of, any healthcare benefit program, regardless of the payor (e.g., public or private), knowingly and willfully embezzling or stealing from a health care benefit program, willfully obstructing a criminal investigation of a health care offense and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up by any trick or device a material fact or making any materially false statements in connection with the delivery of, or payment for, healthcare benefits, items or services relating to healthcare matters;

 

   

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, and their implementing regulations, which impose obligations on covered entities, including healthcare providers, health plans, and healthcare clearinghouses, as well as their respective business associates that create, receive, maintain or transmit individually identifiable health information for or on behalf of a covered entity, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;

 

   

the federal physician sunshine requirements under the Affordable Care Act, which require manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies to report annually to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services information related to payments and other transfers of value provided to physicians and teaching hospitals, and ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members; and

 

   

state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers; state laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the applicable compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government, or otherwise restrict payments that may be provided to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; state laws that require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to healthcare providers or marketing expenditures; and state laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and safe harbors available, it is possible that some of our business activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. In addition, recent health care reform legislation has strengthened these laws. For example, the recently enacted Affordable Care Act, among other things, amended the intent requirement of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and certain criminal healthcare fraud statutes. A person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, the Affordable Care Act provided that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act.

Achieving and sustaining compliance with these laws may prove costly. In addition, any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental laws or regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including administrative, civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, the exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs, individual imprisonment or the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results.

Our business involves the use of hazardous materials and we and our third-party suppliers and manufacturers must comply with environmental laws and regulations, which can be expensive and restrict how we do business.

The manufacturing activities of our third-party suppliers and manufacturers involve the controlled storage, use and disposal of hazardous materials owned by us, including the components of our product candidates and

 

-31-


Table of Contents

other hazardous compounds. We and our manufacturers and suppliers are subject to laws and regulations governing the use, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of these hazardous materials. In some cases, these hazardous materials and various wastes resulting from their use are stored at our suppliers’ or manufacturers’ facilities pending use and disposal. We and our suppliers and manufacturers cannot completely eliminate the risk of contamination, which could cause an interruption of our commercialization efforts, research and development efforts and business operations, injury to our service providers and others and environmental damage resulting in costly clean-up and liabilities under applicable laws and regulations governing the use, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and specified waste products. Although we believe that the safety procedures utilized by our third-party suppliers and manufacturers for handling and disposing of these materials generally comply with the standards prescribed by these laws and regulations, we cannot guarantee that this is the case or eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury from these materials. In such an event, we may be held liable for any resulting damages and such liability could exceed our resources. We do not currently carry biological or hazardous waste insurance coverage.

Our employees, independent contractors, principal investigators, consultants, vendors, CROs and any partners with which we may collaborate may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements.

We are exposed to the risk that our employees, independent contractors, principal investigators, consultants, vendors, CROs and any partners with which we may collaborate may engage in fraudulent or other illegal activity. Misconduct by these persons could include intentional, reckless or negligent conduct or unauthorized activity that violates: laws or regulations, including those laws requiring the reporting of true, complete and accurate information to the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities; manufacturing standards; federal, state and foreign healthcare fraud and abuse laws and data privacy; or laws that require the true, complete and accurate reporting of financial information or data. In particular, sales, marketing and other business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws intended to prevent fraud, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws may restrict or prohibit a wide range of business activities, including research, manufacturing, distribution, pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. Activities subject to these laws also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, or illegal misappropriation of drug product, which could result in regulatory sanctions or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations, and serious harm to our reputation. In addition, federal procurement laws impose substantial penalties for misconduct in connection with government contracts and require certain contractors to maintain a code of business ethics and conduct. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and curtailment of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our operating results.

Our future growth depends, in part, on our ability to penetrate foreign markets, where we would be subject to additional regulatory burdens and other risks and uncertainties.

Our future profitability will depend, in part, on our ability to commercialize our product candidates in foreign markets for which we intend to rely on collaborations with third parties. If we commercialize DMT310 or our other product candidates in foreign markets, we would be subject to additional risks and uncertainties, including:

 

   

our customers’ ability to obtain market access and appropriate reimbursement for our product candidates in foreign markets;

 

   

our inability to directly control commercial activities because we are relying on third parties;

 

-32-


Table of Contents
   

the burden of complying with complex and changing foreign regulatory, tax, accounting and legal requirements;

 

   

different medical practices and customs in foreign countries affecting acceptance in the marketplace

 

   

import or export licensing requirements;

 

   

longer accounts receivable collection times;

 

   

longer lead times for shipping;

 

   

language barriers for technical training;

 

   

reduced protection of intellectual property rights in some foreign countries;

 

   

foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations; and

 

   

the interpretation of contractual provisions governed by foreign laws in the event of a contract dispute.

Foreign sales of our product candidates could also be adversely affected by the imposition of governmental controls, political and economic instability, trade restrictions and changes in tariffs, any of which may adversely affect our results of operations.

Development of test methodology for DMT310 presents unique challenges due to the complex mixture of constituents in the product. Determination of appropriate assay(s) for release and quality control evaluations could require significant development time and cost to successfully complete and uncertain.

DMT310 is comprised of both inorganic and organic constituents, and unlike most pharmaceutical products, there is no single active component to characterize for purposes of assay development. In order to release the drug product and test for stability we plan to develop a cell-based bioassay to assess inhibitory effects of DMT310 on proinflammatory cytokines known to play a role in the pathogenesis of various skin diseases. While this approach may show activity, it may not be suitable as a quality control release potency assay for DMT310. Furthermore, this technique may not have sufficient sensitivity to be considered stability-indicating and detect small changes or degradation to the product. If we are not able to develop a suitable potency assay utilizing this approach, we may have to identify and develop an alternative bioassay platform or secondary approaches that may require additional orthogonal methodologies to meet our testing requirements. This could be expensive, time consuming and its success uncertain, leading to delays in filing of the NDA.

Risks Related to Our Dependence on Third Parties

We are dependent on one supplier for the raw material used to produce DMT310. The termination of this contract would result in a disruption to product development and our business will be harmed.

We currently only have one qualified source of supply for the raw material used in DMT310. While we have an exclusive supply agreement with our supplier, our supplier may not comply with the terms of our agreement and may supply to third parties. DMT310 contains a wild growing freshwater sponge that grows in an area of the Volga river delta in Russia that is partially protected by a Russian government entity. The Russian government entity allocates a quantity of freshwater sponge that may be harvested each harvest season and may determine in any year that no sponge or a smaller quantity of sponge than harvested in previous years may be harvested in a particular year, which could impact our ability to obtain raw material to manufacture and supply DMT310. If we have not adequately stockpiled raw materials or even if we do stockpile raw material we could not have enough raw material to meet the quantity demands to conduct our non-clinical and clinical studies or to supply product for the market if approved.

The freshwater sponge contained in DMT310 can only be harvested once per year based on the presence of certain environmental conditions. If these environmental conditions are not present during the harvest season,

 

-33-


Table of Contents

then our supplier may not be able to harvest the raw material required, which could impact our ability to manufacture and supply DMT310. The ability of our supplier to harvest the sponge may also be impacted by severe weather and limit the length of time they can harvest, which could limit the amount of raw material that can be harvested, which may impact our ability to manufacture and supply DMT310. The portion of the Volga river delta where the sponge grows could also become contaminated from pollutants, which could contaminate the sponge to be harvested by our supplier, making it unusable in humans, impacting our ability to manufacture and supply DMT310.

Even if we are able to obtain supply, we and our supplier are exposed to a number of environmental and geopolitical risks, including:

 

   

risk of contamination being introduced in the Volga river, thereby polluting the spongilla lacustris population through environmental factors that we cannot control, which could result in new impurities or reduced supply of raw materials;

 

   

loss of spongilla lacustris habitat and other similar environmental risks to the sponge population whether due to climate change, over-development, or otherwise;

 

   

risk of disease in the spongilla lacustris geographic area where harvested;

 

   

risk of trade issues between the U.S. and Russia;

 

   

restrictions on trade of certain items between the U.S. and Russia; and

 

   

other unforeseen geopolitical factors that limit our ability access our supply of raw material.

Restrictions could be imposed on the harvesting of the raw material. Such events could have a significant impact on our cost and ability to produce DMT310 and anticipated line extensions. The country from which we obtain the raw material could change its laws and regulations regarding the export of the natural products or impose or increase taxes or duties payable by exporters of such products. In addition, any business, global or economic challenges our existing supplier faces, whether in the ordinary course of business or not, could impair its ability to supply our needs for raw materials. Accordingly, there is a risk that supplies of our raw materials may be significantly delayed by or may become unavailable as a result of any issues affecting our supply and production of naturally sourced products. In addition, if we need a new or additional suppliers, we may not be able to negotiate new agreements with an alternate or new supplier on terms that we deem commercially reasonable or at all, and the failure by us to enter into such agreements could harm our financial condition, business, clinical trials and prospects.

We have in the past relied and expect to continue to rely on third-party CROs and other third parties to conduct and oversee our clinical trials and other aspects of product development. If these third parties do not meet our requirements or otherwise conduct the trials as required, we may not be able to satisfy our contractual obligations or obtain regulatory approval for, or commercialize, our product candidates when expected or at all.

We have in the past relied and expect to continue to rely on third-party CROs to conduct and oversee our clinical trials and other aspects of product development. We also rely upon various medical institutions, clinical investigators and contract laboratories to conduct our trials in accordance with our clinical protocols and all applicable regulatory requirements, including the FDA’s regulations and GCPs, which are an international standard meant to protect the rights and health of patients and to define the roles of clinical trial sponsors, administrators and monitors, and state regulations governing the handling, storage, security and recordkeeping for drug and biologic products. These CROs and other third parties play a significant role in the conduct of these trials and the subsequent collection and analysis of data from the clinical trials. We rely heavily on these parties for the execution of our clinical trials and preclinical studies, and control only certain aspects of their activities. We and our CROs and other third-party contractors are required to comply with GCP, GLP, and GACP requirements, which are regulations and guidelines enforced by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory

 

-34-


Table of Contents

authorities for products in clinical development. Regulatory authorities enforce these GCP, GLP and GACP requirements through periodic inspections of trial sponsors, principal investigators and trial sites. If we or any of these third parties fail to comply with applicable GCP, GLP and GACP requirements, the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and the FDA or other regulatory authority may require us to perform additional clinical trials before approving our or our partners’ marketing applications. We cannot assure you that upon inspection by a given regulatory authority, such regulatory authority will determine that any of our clinical or preclinical trials complies with applicable GCP and GLP requirements. In addition, our clinical trials must generally be conducted with product produced under cGMP regulations. Our failure to comply with these regulations and policies may require us to repeat clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process.

Our CROs are not our employees, and we do not control whether or not they devote sufficient time and resources to our clinical trials. Our CROs may also have relationships with other commercial entities, including our competitors, for whom they may also be conducting clinical trials, or other drug development activities, which could harm our competitive position. We face the risk of potential unauthorized disclosure or misappropriation of our intellectual property by CROs, which may reduce our trade secret protection and allow our potential competitors to access and exploit our proprietary technology. If our CROs do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations, fail to meet expected deadlines, or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols or regulatory requirements or for any other reason, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated, and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for, or successfully commercialize any product candidate that we develop. As a result, our financial results and the commercial prospects for any product candidate that we develop would be harmed, our costs could increase, and our ability to generate revenue could be delayed.

If any of our CROs or clinical trial sites terminate their involvement in one of our clinical trials for any reason, we may not be able to enter into arrangements with alternative CROs or clinical trial sites, or do so on commercially reasonable terms. In addition, if our relationship with clinical trial sites is terminated, we may experience the loss of follow-up information on patients enrolled in our ongoing clinical trials unless we are able to transfer the care of those patients to another qualified clinical trial site. In addition, principal investigators for our clinical trials may serve as scientific advisors or consultants to us from time to time and could receive cash or equity compensation in connection with such services. If these relationships and any related compensation result in perceived or actual conflicts of interest, the integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site may be questioned by the FDA

We rely completely on third-party contractors to supply, manufacture and distribute clinical drug supplies for our product candidates, including certain sole-source suppliers and manufacturers, we intend to rely on third parties for commercial supply, manufacturing and distribution if any of our product candidates receive regulatory approval and we expect to rely on third parties for supply, manufacturing and distribution of preclinical, clinical and commercial supplies of any future product candidates.

We do not currently have, nor do we plan to acquire, the infrastructure or capability to supply, manufacture or distribute preclinical, clinical or commercial quantities of drug substances or products. Our ability to develop our product candidates depends and our ability to commercially supply our products will depend, in part, on our ability to successfully obtain the raw materials and APIs and other substances and materials used in our product candidates from third parties and to have finished products manufactured by third parties in accordance with regulatory requirements and in sufficient quantities for preclinical and clinical testing and commercialization. If we fail to develop and maintain supply relationships with these third parties, we may be unable to continue to develop or commercialize our product candidates.

 

-35-


Table of Contents

We rely and will continue to rely on certain third parties as the sole source of the materials they supply or the finished products they manufacture. Any of our existing suppliers or manufacturers may:

 

   

fail to supply us with product on a timely basis or in the requested amount due to unexpected damage to or destruction of facilities or equipment or otherwise;

 

   

fail to increase manufacturing capacity and produce drug product and components in larger quantities and at higher yields in a timely or cost-effective manner, or at all, to sufficiently meet our commercial needs;

 

   

be unable to meet our production demands due to issues related to their reliance on sole-source suppliers and manufacturers;

 

   

supply us with product that fails to meet regulatory requirements;

 

   

become unavailable through business interruption or financial insolvency;

 

   

lose regulatory status as an approved source;

 

   

be unable or unwilling to renew current supply agreements when such agreements expire on a timely basis, on acceptable terms or at all; or

 

   

discontinue production or manufacturing of necessary drug substances or products.

In the event of any of the foregoing, if we do not have an alternative supplier or manufacturer in place, we would be required to expend substantial management time and expense to identify, qualify and transfer processes to alternative suppliers or manufacturers. Transferring technology to other sites may require additional processes, technologies and validation studies, which are costly, may take considerable amounts of time, may not be successful and, in most cases, require review and approval by the FDA. Any need to find and qualify new suppliers or manufacturers could significantly delay production of our product candidates, adversely impact our ability to market our product candidates and adversely affect our business. Replacements may not be available to us on a timely basis, on acceptable terms or at all. Additionally, we and our manufacturers do not currently maintain significant inventory of drug substances and other materials. Any interruption in the supply of a drug substance or other material or in the manufacture of our product candidates could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects.

We do not have direct control over the ability of our contract suppliers and manufacturers to maintain adequate capacity and capabilities to serve our needs, including quality control, quality assurance and qualified personnel. Although we are ultimately responsible for ensuring compliance with regulatory requirements such as cGMPs and GACP, we are dependent on our contract suppliers and manufacturers for day-to-day compliance with cGMPs or GACP for production of raw materials, APIs, and finished products. Facilities used by our contract suppliers and manufacturers to produce the APIs and other substances and materials or finished products for commercial sale must pass inspection and be approved by the FDA and other relevant regulatory authorities. Our contract suppliers and manufacturers must comply with cGMP and GACP requirements enforced by the FDA through its facilities inspection program and review of submitted technical information. If the safety of any product or product candidate or component is compromised due to a failure to adhere to applicable laws or for other reasons, we may not be able to successfully commercialize or obtain regulatory approval for the affected product or product candidate, and we may be held liable for injuries sustained as a result. Any of these factors could cause a delay or termination of preclinical studies, clinical trials or regulatory submissions or approvals of our product candidates, and could entail higher costs or result in our being unable to effectively commercialize our approved products on a timely basis, or at all.

In addition, these contract manufacturers are engaged with other companies to supply and manufacture materials or products for such companies, which also exposes our suppliers and manufacturers to regulatory risks for the production of such materials and products. As a result, failure to meet the regulatory requirements for the production of those materials and products may also affect the regulatory clearance of a contract supplier’s or

 

-36-


Table of Contents

manufacturer’s facility. If the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory agency does not approve these facilities for the supply or manufacture of our product candidates, or if it withdraws its approval in the future, we may need to find alternative supply or manufacturing facilities, which would negatively impact our ability to develop, obtain regulatory approval of or market our product candidates, if approved.

Our reliance on contract manufacturers and suppliers further exposes us to the possibility that they, or third parties with access to their facilities, will have access to and may misappropriate our trade secrets or other proprietary information.

In addition, the manufacturing facilities of certain of our suppliers, including our supplier of Spongilla lacustris, are located outside of the United States. This may give rise to difficulties in importing our products or product candidates or their components into the United States or other countries as a result of, among other things, regulatory agency approval requirements or import inspections, incomplete or inaccurate import documentation or defective packaging.

If we are not able to establish and maintain collaborations, we may have to alter our development and commercialization plans.

The development and potential commercialization of our product candidates will require substantial additional cash to fund expenses. In order to fund further development of our product candidates, we may collaborate with pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for the development and potential commercialization of those product candidates. We face significant competition in seeking appropriate partners. Whether we reach a definitive agreement for a collaboration will depend, among other things, upon our assessment of the partner’s resources and experience, the terms and conditions of the proposed collaboration and the proposed partner’s evaluation of a number of factors. Those factors may include the design or results of clinical trials; the likelihood of approval by the FDA or other regulatory authorities; the potential market for the subject product candidate; the costs and complexities of manufacturing and delivering such product candidate to patients; the potential of competing products; any uncertainty with respect to our ownership of our intellectual property; and industry and market conditions generally. The partner may also consider alternative product candidates or technologies for similar indications that may be available for collaboration and whether such a collaboration could be more attractive than the one with us for our product candidate. We may also be restricted under future license agreements from entering into agreements on certain terms with potential partners. Collaborations are complex and time-consuming to negotiate and document. In addition, there have been a significant number of recent business combinations among large pharmaceutical companies that have resulted in a reduced number of potential future partners.

Future collaborations we may enter into may involve the following risks:

 

   

collaborators may have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to these collaborations;

 

   

collaborators may not perform their obligations as expected;

 

   

changes in the collaborators’ strategic focus or available funding, or external factors, such as an acquisition, may divert resources or create competing priorities;

 

   

collaborators may delay discovery and preclinical development, provide insufficient funding for product development of targets selected by us, stop or abandon discovery and preclinical development for a product candidate, repeat or conduct new discovery and preclinical development for a product candidate;

 

   

collaborators could independently develop, or develop with third parties, products that compete directly or indirectly with our products or product candidates if the collaborators believe that competitive products are more likely to be successfully developed than ours;

 

-37-


Table of Contents
   

product candidates discovered in collaboration with us may be viewed by our collaborators as competitive with their own product candidates or products, which may cause collaborators to cease to devote resources to the development of our product candidates;

 

   

disagreements with collaborators, including disagreements over proprietary rights, contract interpretation or the preferred course of development, might cause delays or termination of the discovery, preclinical development or commercialization of product candidates, might lead to additional responsibilities for us with respect to product candidates, or might result in litigation or arbitration, any of which would be time-consuming and expensive;

 

   

collaborators may not properly maintain or defend our intellectual property rights or intellectual property rights licensed to us or may use our proprietary information in such a way as to invite litigation that could jeopardize or invalidate our intellectual property or proprietary information or expose us to potential litigation;

 

   

collaborators may infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties, which may expose us to litigation and potential liability; and

 

   

collaborations may be terminated for the convenience of the collaborator and, if terminated, we could be required to raise additional capital to pursue further development or commercialization of the applicable product candidates.

Collaborations typically impose detailed obligations on each party. If we were to breach our obligations, we may face substantial consequences, including potential termination of the collaboration, and our rights to our partners’ product candidates, in which we have invested substantial time and money, would be lost.

We may not be able to negotiate collaborations on a timely basis, on acceptable terms or at all. If we are unable to do so, we may have to curtail the development of a product candidate, reduce or delay its development program or one or more of our other development programs, delay its potential commercialization or increase our expenditures and undertake development or commercialization activities at our own expense. If we elect to increase our expenditures to fund development or commercialization activities on our own, we may need to obtain additional capital, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If we do not have sufficient funds, we may not be able to further develop our product candidates or bring them to market and generate product revenue.

Risks Related to Managing Our Growth, Our Employees and Our Operations

We will need to further increase the size and complexity of our organization in the future, and we may experience difficulties in executing our growth strategy and managing any growth.

Our management, personnel, systems and facilities currently in place are not adequate to support our business plan and near-term future growth. We will need to further expand our chemistry and manufacturing team, clinical team, managerial, operational, financial, and other resources to support our planned research, development and commercialization activities.

To manage our operations, growth and various projects effectively requires that we:

 

   

continue to improve our operational, financial, management and regulatory compliance controls and reporting systems and procedures;

 

   

attract and retain sufficient numbers of talented employees;

 

   

develop a marketing, sales and distribution capability;

 

   

manage our commercialization activities for our product candidates effectively and in a cost-effective manner;

 

-38-


Table of Contents
   

establish and maintain relationships with development and commercialization partners;

 

   

manage our preclinical and clinical trials effectively;

 

   

manage our third-party supply and manufacturing operations effectively and in a cost-effective manner, while increasing production capabilities for our current product candidates to commercial levels; and

 

   

manage our development efforts effectively while carrying out our contractual obligations to partners and other third parties.

In addition, historically, we have utilized and continue to utilize the services of part-time outside consultants to perform a number of tasks for us, including tasks related to preclinical and clinical testing. Our growth strategy may also entail expanding our use of consultants to implement these and other tasks going forward. We rely on consultants for certain functions of our business and will need to effectively manage these consultants to ensure that they successfully carry out their contractual obligations and meet expected deadlines. There can be no assurance that we will be able to manage our existing consultants or find other competent outside consultants, as needed, on economically reasonable terms, or at all. If we are not able to effectively manage our growth and expand our organization by hiring new employees and expanding our use of consultants, we might be unable to implement successfully the tasks necessary to execute effectively on our planned research, development and commercialization activities and, accordingly, might not achieve our research, development and commercialization goals.

If we fail to attract and retain management and other key personnel, we may be unable to continue to successfully develop or commercialize our product candidates or otherwise implement our business plan.

Our ability to compete in the highly competitive pharmaceuticals industry depends upon our ability to attract and retain highly qualified managerial, scientific, medical, sales and marketing and other personnel. We are highly dependent on our management and scientific personnel, including: our Chief Executive Officer, President and director, Gerald T. Proehl; our Senior Vice President, Regulatory Affairs and Quality Assurance, Maria Bedoya Toro Munera, Ph.D., M.B.A.; and our Senior Vice President, Development, Christopher J. Nardo, M.P.H., Ph.D. The loss of the services of any of these individuals could impede, delay or prevent the successful development of our product pipeline, completion of our planned clinical trials, commercialization of our product candidates or in-licensing or acquisition of new assets and could negatively impact our ability to successfully implement our business plan. If we lose the services of any of these individuals, we might not be able to find suitable replacements on a timely basis or at all, and our business could be harmed as a result. We do not maintain “key man” insurance policies on the lives of these individuals or the lives of any of our other employees. In order to retain valuable employees at our company, in addition to salary and cash incentives, we provide stock options that vest over time. The value to employees of stock options that vest over time will be significantly affected by movements in our stock price that are beyond our control, and may at any time be insufficient to counteract offers from other companies.

We might not be able to attract or retain qualified management and other key personnel in the future due to the intense competition for qualified personnel among biotechnology, pharmaceutical and other businesses, particularly in the San Diego area where we are headquartered. We could have difficulty attracting experienced personnel to our company and may be required to expend significant financial resources in our employee recruitment and retention efforts. Many of the other pharmaceutical companies with whom we compete for qualified personnel have greater financial and other resources, different risk profiles and longer histories in the industry than we do. They also may provide more diverse opportunities and better chances for career advancement. If we are not able to attract and retain the necessary personnel to accomplish our business objectives, we may experience constraints that will harm our ability to implement our business strategy and achieve our business objectives.

In addition, we have scientific and clinical advisors who assist us in formulating our development and clinical strategies. These advisors are not our employees and may have commitments to, or consulting or

 

-39-


Table of Contents

advisory contracts with, other entities that may limit their availability to us. In addition, our advisors may have arrangements with other companies to assist those companies in developing products or technologies that may compete with ours.

Our ability to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors may be impacted due to new state laws, including recently enacted gender and diversity quotas.

In September 2018, the state of California enacted SB 826 requiring public companies headquartered in California to maintain minimum female representation on their boards of directors as follows: by the end of 2019, at least one woman on its board, by the end of 2020, public company boards with five members will be required to have at least two female directors, and public company boards with six or more members will be required to have at least three female directors. In September 2020, the state of California enacted AB 979 requiring public companies headquartered in California to maintain minimum representation on their boards of directors from members of underrepresented communities as follow: by the end of 2021, at least one director from an underrepresented community, by end of 2022, public company boards with more than four but fewer than nine members will be required to have at least two directors from underrepresented communities, and public company board with nine or more members will be required to have at least three directors from underrepresented communities. Failure to achieve designated minimum levels in a timely manner exposes such companies to financial penalties and reputational harm. We cannot assure that we can recruit, attract and/or retain qualified members of the board and meet gender quotas as a result of the California laws, which may expose us to penalties and/or reputational harm.

We currently have limited marketing capabilities and no sales organization. If we are unable to establish sales and marketing capabilities on our own or through third parties, we will be unable to successfully commercialize our product candidates, if approved, or generate product revenue.

We currently have limited marketing capabilities and no sales organization. To commercialize our product candidates, if approved, in the United States, Canada, the European Union and other jurisdictions we seek to enter, we must build our marketing, sales, distribution, managerial and other non-technical capabilities or make arrangements with third parties to perform these services, and we may not be successful in doing so. Although our management team has experience in the marketing, sale and distribution of pharmaceutical products from prior employment at other companies, we as a company have no prior experience in the marketing, sale and distribution of pharmaceutical products and there are significant risks involved in building and managing a sales organization, including our ability to hire, retain and incentivize qualified individuals, generate sufficient sales leads, provide adequate training to sales and marketing personnel and effectively manage a geographically dispersed sales and marketing team. Any failure or delay in the development of our internal sales, marketing and distribution capabilities would adversely impact the commercialization of these products. We may choose to collaborate with additional third parties that have direct sales forces and established distribution systems, either to augment our own sales force and distribution systems or in lieu of our own sales force and distribution systems. If we are unable to enter into such arrangements on acceptable terms or at all, we may not be able to successfully commercialize our product candidates. If we are unable to successfully commercialize our product candidates, either on our own or through collaborations with one or more third parties, our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects would suffer.

Our failure to successfully in-license, acquire, develop and market additional product candidates or approved products would impair our ability to grow our business.

We intend to in-license, acquire, develop and market additional products and product candidates and we may in-license or acquire commercial-stage products or engage in other strategic transactions. Because our internal research and development capabilities are limited, we may be dependent upon pharmaceutical companies, academic scientists and other researchers to sell or license products or technology to us. The success of this strategy depends partly upon our ability to identify and select promising pharmaceutical product

 

-40-


Table of Contents

candidates and products, negotiate licensing or acquisition agreements with their current owners and finance these arrangements.

The process of proposing, negotiating and implementing a license or acquisition of a product candidate or approved product is lengthy and complex. Other companies, including some with substantially greater financial, marketing, sales and other resources, may compete with us for the license or acquisition of product candidates and approved products. We have limited resources to identify and execute the acquisition or in-licensing of third-party products, businesses and technologies and integrate them into our current infrastructure. Moreover, we may devote resources to potential acquisitions or licensing opportunities that are never completed, or we may fail to realize the anticipated benefits of such efforts. We may not be able to acquire the rights to additional product candidates on terms that we find acceptable, or at all.

Further, any product candidate that we acquire may require additional development efforts prior to commercial sale, including preclinical or clinical testing and approval by the FDA and applicable foreign regulatory authorities. All product candidates are prone to risks of failure typical of pharmaceutical product development, including the possibility that a product candidate will not be shown to be sufficiently safe and effective for approval by regulatory authorities. In addition, we cannot provide assurance that any approved products that we acquire will be manufactured or sold profitably or achieve market acceptance.

Additional potential transactions that we may consider include a variety of different business arrangements, including spin-offs, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, restructurings, divestitures, business combinations and investments. Any such transaction may require us to incur non-recurring or other charges, may increase our near- and long-term expenditures and may pose significant integration challenges or disrupt our management or business, which could adversely affect our operations and financial results. For example, these transactions entail numerous potential operational and financial risks, including:

 

   

exposure to unknown liabilities;

 

   

disruption of our business and diversion of our management’s time and attention in order to develop acquired products, product candidates or technologies;

 

   

incurrence of substantial debt or dilutive issuances of equity securities to pay for acquisitions;

 

   

substantial acquisition and integration costs;

 

   

write-downs of assets or impairment charges;

 

   

increased amortization expenses;

 

   

difficulty and cost in combining the operations and personnel of any acquired businesses with our operations and personnel;

 

   

impairment of relationships with key suppliers, partners or customers of any acquired businesses due to changes in management and ownership; and

 

   

inability to retain our key employees or those of any acquired businesses.

Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will undertake or successfully complete any transactions of the nature described above, and any transaction that we do complete could harm our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects.

Manufacturing and supply of the APIs and other substances and materials used in our product candidates and finished drug products is a complex and technically challenging undertaking, and there is potential for failure at many points in the manufacturing, testing, quality assurance and distribution supply chain, as well as the potential for latent defects after products have been manufactured and distributed.

Manufacturing and supply of APIs, other substances and materials and finished drug products is technically challenging. Changes beyond our direct control can impact the quality, volume, price and successful delivery of

 

-41-


Table of Contents

our product candidates and can impede, delay, limit or prevent the successful development and commercialization of our product candidates. Mistakes and mishandling are not uncommon and can affect successful production and supply. Some of these risks include:

 

   

failure of our manufacturers to follow cGMP or GACP requirements or mishandling of product while in production or in preparation for transit;

 

   

inability of our contract suppliers and manufacturers to efficiently and cost-effectively increase and maintain high yields and batch quality, consistency and stability;

 

   

our inability to develop an FDA approved bioassay for release of our product;

 

   

difficulty in establishing optimal drug delivery substances and techniques, production and storage methods and packaging and shipment processes;

 

   

transportation and import/export risk, particularly given the global nature of our supply chain;

 

   

delays in analytical results or failure of analytical techniques that we depend on for quality control and release of product;

 

   

natural disasters, pandemics, labor disputes, financial distress, lack of raw material supply, issues with facilities and equipment or other forms of disruption to business operations of our contract manufacturers and suppliers; and

 

   

latent defects that may become apparent after the product has been released and which may result in recall and destruction of product.

 

   

Any of these factors could result in delays or higher costs in connection with our clinical trials, regulatory submissions, required approvals or commercialization of our products, which could harm our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects.

Our operating results may fluctuate significantly, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations.

Our operations to date have been primarily limited to researching and developing our product candidates and undertaking preclinical studies and clinical trials of our product candidates. We have not yet obtained regulatory approvals for any of our product candidates. Consequently, any predictions you make about our future success or viability may not be as accurate as they could be if we had a longer operating history or approved products on the market. Furthermore, our operating results may fluctuate due to a variety of other factors, many of which are outside of our control and may be difficult to predict, including the following:

 

   

delays in the commencement, enrollment and the timing of clinical testing for our product candidates;

 

   

the timing and success or failure of clinical trials for our product candidates or competing product candidates, or any other change in the competitive landscape of our industry, including consolidation among our competitors or partners;

 

   

any delays in regulatory review and approval of product candidates in clinical development;

 

   

the timing and cost of, and level of investment in, research and development activities relating to our product candidates, which may change from time to time;

 

   

the cost of manufacturing our product candidates, which may vary depending on FDA guidelines and requirements, and the quantity of production;

 

   

our ability to obtain additional funding to develop our product candidates;

 

   

expenditures that we will or may incur to acquire or develop additional product candidates and technologies;

 

-42-


Table of Contents
   

the level of demand for our product candidates, should they receive approval, which may vary significantly;

 

   

potential side effects of our product candidates that could delay or prevent commercialization or cause an approved drug to be taken off the market;

 

   

the ability of patients or healthcare providers to obtain coverage of or sufficient reimbursement for our product candidates, if approved;

 

   

our dependency on third-party manufacturers to supply or manufacture our product candidates;

 

   

our ability to establish an effective sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure in a timely manner;

 

   

market acceptance of our product candidates, if approved, and our ability to forecast demand for those product candidates;

 

   

our ability to receive approval and commercialize our product candidates outside of the United States;

 

   

our ability to establish and maintain collaborations, licensing or other arrangements;

 

   

our ability and third parties’ abilities to protect intellectual property rights;

 

   

costs related to and outcomes of potential litigation or other disputes;

 

   

our ability to adequately support future growth;

 

   

our ability to attract and retain key personnel to manage our business effectively;

 

   

potential liabilities associated with hazardous materials;

 

   

our ability to maintain adequate insurance policies; and

 

   

future accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies.

Our operating results and liquidity needs could be negatively affected by market fluctuations and economic downturn.

Our operating results and liquidity could be negatively affected by economic conditions generally, both in the United States and elsewhere around the world. The market for discretionary medical products and procedures may be particularly vulnerable to unfavorable economic conditions. Some patients may consider certain of our product candidates to be discretionary, and if full reimbursement for such products is not available, demand for these products may be tied to the discretionary spending levels of our targeted patient populations. Domestic and international equity and debt markets have experienced and may continue to experience heightened volatility and turmoil based on domestic and international economic conditions and concerns. In the event these economic conditions and concerns continue or worsen and the markets continue to remain volatile, our operating results and liquidity could be adversely affected by those factors in many ways, including weakening demand for certain of our products and making it more difficult for us to raise funds if necessary, and our stock price may decline. Additionally, although we plan to market our products primarily in the United States, our partners have extensive global operations, indirectly exposing us to risk.

Our business and operations would suffer in the event of failures in our internal computer systems.

Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems and those of our current and any future partners, contractors and consultants are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. While we have not experienced any such material system failure, accident or security breach to date, if such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our manufacturing activities, development programs and our business operations. For example, the loss of manufacturing records or clinical trial data from completed or future clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts

 

-43-


Table of Contents

and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and the further commercialization and development of our products and product candidates could be delayed.

We are increasingly dependent on information technology, and our systems and infrastructure face certain risks, including cybersecurity and data leakage risks.

Significant disruptions to our information technology systems or breaches of information security could adversely affect our business. In the ordinary course of business, we collect, store and transmit large amounts of confidential information, and it is critical that we do so in a secure manner to maintain the confidentiality and integrity of such confidential information. The size and complexity of our information technology systems, and those of our third-party vendors with whom we contract, make such systems potentially vulnerable to service interruptions and security breaches from inadvertent or intentional actions by our employees, partners or vendors, from attacks by malicious third parties, or from intentional or accidental physical damage to our systems infrastructure maintained by us or by third parties. Maintaining the secrecy of this confidential, proprietary, or trade secret information is important to our competitive business position. While we have taken steps to protect such information and invested in information technology, there can be no assurance that our efforts will prevent service interruptions or security breaches in our systems or the unauthorized or inadvertent wrongful use or disclosure of confidential information that could adversely affect our business operations or result in the loss, dissemination, or misuse of critical or sensitive information. A breach of our security measures or the accidental loss, inadvertent disclosure, unapproved dissemination, misappropriation or misuse of trade secrets, proprietary information, or other confidential information, whether as a result of theft, hacking, fraud, trickery or other forms of deception, or for any other reason, could enable others to produce competing products, use our proprietary technology or information, or adversely affect our business or financial condition. Further, any such interruption, security breach, loss or disclosure of confidential information, could result in financial, legal, business, and reputational harm to us and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flow.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

We may not be able to obtain or enforce patent rights or other intellectual property rights that cover our product candidates and technologies that are of sufficient breadth to prevent third parties from competing against us.

Our success with respect to our product candidates and technologies will depend in part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent protection in both the United States and other countries, to preserve our trade secrets and to prevent third parties from infringing upon our proprietary rights. Our ability to protect any of our product candidates from unauthorized or infringing use by third parties depends in substantial part on our ability to obtain and maintain valid and enforceable patents or enforce confidentiality contracts.

Our patents include licensed patents and patent applications in the United States and foreign jurisdictions where we believe there is a market opportunity for our products. The covered technology and the scope of coverage vary from country to country. For those countries where we do not have granted patents, we may not have any ability to prevent the unauthorized use of our technologies. Any patents that we may obtain may be narrow in scope and thus easily circumvented by competitors. Further, in countries where we do not have granted patents, third parties may be able to make, use or sell products identical to or substantially similar to, our product candidates.

The patent application process, also known as patent prosecution, is expensive and time-consuming, and we and our current or future licensors and licensees may not be able to prepare, file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. It is also possible that we or our current

 

-44-


Table of Contents

licensors, or any future licensors or licensees, will fail to identify patentable aspects of inventions made in the course of development and commercialization activities before it is too late to obtain patent protection on them. Therefore, these and any of our patents and applications may not be prosecuted and enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business. It is possible that defects of form in the preparation or filing of our patents or patent applications may exist, or may arise in the future, such as with respect to proper priority claims, inventorship, claim scope or patent term adjustments. If our current licensors, or any future licensors or licensees, are not fully cooperative or disagree with us as to the prosecution, maintenance or enforcement of any patent rights, such patent rights could be compromised and we might not be able to prevent third parties from making, using and selling competing products. If there are material defects in the form or preparation of our patents or patent applications, such patents or applications may be invalid and unenforceable. Moreover, our competitors may independently develop equivalent knowledge, methods and know-how. Any of these outcomes could impair our ability to prevent competition from third parties, which may have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Due to legal standards relating to patentability, validity, enforceability and claim scope of patents covering pharmaceutical inventions, our ability to obtain, maintain and enforce patents is uncertain and involves complex legal and factual questions. Accordingly, rights under any existing patents or any patents we might obtain or license may not cover our product candidates, or may not provide us with sufficient protection for our product candidates to afford a commercial advantage against competitive products or processes, including those from branded and generic pharmaceutical companies. In addition, we cannot guarantee that any patents will issue from any pending or future patent applications owned by or licensed to us. Even if patents have issued or will issue, we cannot guarantee that the claims of these patents are or will be held valid or enforceable by the courts or will provide us with any significant protection against competitive products or otherwise be commercially valuable to us.

Competitors in the field of dermatologic therapeutics have created a substantial amount of prior art, including scientific publications, patents and patent applications. Our ability to obtain and maintain valid and enforceable patents depends on whether the differences between our technology and the prior art allow our technology to be patentable over the prior art. Although we believe that our technology includes certain inventions that are unique and not duplicative of any prior art, we do not have outstanding issued patents covering all of the recent developments in our technology and we are unsure of the patent protection that we will be successful in obtaining, if any. Even if the patents do successfully issue, third parties may design around or challenge the validity, enforceability or scope of such issued patents or any other issued patents we own or license, which may result in such patents being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable. If the breadth or strength of protection provided by the patents we hold or pursue with respect to our product candidates is challenged, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to develop, or threaten our ability to commercialize, our product candidates.

The laws of some foreign jurisdictions do not provide intellectual property rights to the same extent as in the United States and many companies have encountered significant difficulties in protecting and defending such rights in foreign jurisdictions. If we encounter such difficulties in protecting or are otherwise precluded from effectively protecting our intellectual property in foreign jurisdictions, our business prospects could be substantially harmed. The patent positions of pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies can be highly uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions for which important legal principles remain unresolved. Changes in either the patent laws or in the interpretations of patent laws in the United States and other countries may diminish the value of our intellectual property. Accordingly, we cannot predict the breadth of claims that may be allowed or enforced in our patents or in third-party patents.

 

-45-


Table of Contents

The degree of future protection of our proprietary rights is uncertain. Patent protection may be unavailable or severely limited in some cases and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep our competitive advantage. For example:

 

   

we might not have been the first to invent or the first to file the inventions covered by each of our pending patent applications and issued patents;

 

   

others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies;

 

   

the patents of others may have an adverse effect on our business;

 

   

any patents we obtain or our licensors’ issued patents may not encompass commercially viable products, may not provide us with any competitive advantages or may be challenged by third parties;

 

   

any patents we obtain on our in-licensed issued patents may not be valid or enforceable; and

 

   

we may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable.

Patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years from its earliest non-provisional priority application filing date. Various extensions may be available; however the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Without patent protection for our product candidates, we may be open to competition from generic versions of our product candidates. Further, the extensive period of time between patent filing and regulatory approval for a product candidate limits the time during which we can market a product candidate under patent protection, which may particularly affect the profitability of our early-stage product candidates. The issued U.S. patents relating to DMT310 will expire between 2022 and 2023.

Proprietary trade secrets and unpatented know-how are also very important to our business. Although we have taken steps to protect our trade secrets and unpatented know-how by entering into confidentiality agreements with third parties, and intellectual property protection agreements with certain employees, consultants and advisors, third parties may still obtain this information or we may be unable to protect our rights. We also have limited control over the protection of trade secrets used by our suppliers, manufacturers and other third parties. There can be no assurance that binding agreements will not be breached, that we would have adequate remedies for any breach or that our trade secrets and unpatented know-how will not otherwise become known or be independently discovered by our competitors. If trade secrets are independently discovered, we would not be able to prevent their use. Enforcing a claim that a third party illegally obtained and is using our trade secrets or unpatented know-how is expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, courts outside the United States may be less willing to protect trade secret information.

Recent patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our future patents.

Our ability to obtain patents is highly uncertain because, to date, some legal principles remain unresolved, there has not been a consistent policy regarding the breadth or interpretation of claims allowed in patents in the United States and the specific content of patents and patent applications that are necessary to support and interpret patent claims is highly uncertain due to the complex nature of the relevant legal, scientific, and factual issues. Changes in either patent laws or interpretations of patent laws in the United States and other countries may diminish the value of our intellectual property or narrow the scope of our patent protection.

For example, on September 16, 2011, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the Leahy-Smith Act, was signed into law. The Leahy-Smith Act includes a number of significant changes to United States patent law. These include provisions that affect the way patent applications will be prosecuted and may also affect patent litigation. The United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, has developed new and untested regulations and procedures to govern the full implementation of the Leahy-Smith Act, and many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the Leahy-Smith Act, and in particular, the first to file

 

-46-


Table of Contents

provisions, only became effective in March 2013. The Leahy-Smith Act has also introduced procedures making it easier for third parties to challenge issued patents, as well as to intervene in the prosecution of patent applications. Finally, the Leahy-Smith Act contains new statutory provisions that require the USPTO to issue new regulations for their implementation, and it may take the courts years to interpret the provisions of the new statute. It is too early to tell what, if any, impact the Leahy-Smith Act will have on the operation of our business and the protection and enforcement of our intellectual property. However, the Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our future patents. Further, the U.S. Supreme Court has ruled on several patent cases in recent years, either narrowing the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakening the rights of patent owners in certain situations. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents, once obtained. Depending on actions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts, and the USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce patents that we have owned or licensed or that we might obtain in the future. An inability to obtain, enforce, and defend patents covering our proprietary technologies would materially and adversely affect our business prospects and financial condition.

Similarly, changes in patent laws and regulations in other countries or jurisdictions or changes in the governmental bodies that enforce them or changes in how the relevant governmental authority enforces patent laws or regulations may weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce patents that we may obtain in the future. Further, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent or in the same manner as the laws of the United States. As a result, we may encounter significant problems in protecting and defending our intellectual property both in the United States and abroad. For example, if the issuance to us, in a given country, of a patent covering an invention is not followed by the issuance, in other countries, of patents covering the same invention, or if any judicial interpretation of the validity, enforceability, or scope of the claims, or the written description or enablement, in a patent issued in one country is not similar to the interpretation given to the corresponding patent issued in another country, our ability to protect our intellectual property in those countries may be limited. Changes in either patent laws or in interpretations of patent laws in the United States and other countries may materially diminish the value of our intellectual property or narrow the scope of our patent protection.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on our product candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive. The requirements for patentability may differ in certain countries, particularly developing countries. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as laws in the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement on infringing activities is inadequate. These products may compete with our products, and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to pharmaceuticals, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing, and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. In

 

-47-


Table of Contents

addition, certain countries in Europe and certain developing countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to third parties. In those countries, we may have limited remedies if our patents are infringed or if we are compelled to grant a license to our patents to a third party, which could materially diminish the value of those patents. This could limit our potential revenue opportunities. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we own or license. Finally, our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights may be adversely affected by unforeseen changes in foreign intellectual property laws.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance and annuity fees on any issued patent are due to be paid to the USPTO and foreign patent agencies in several stages over the lifetime of the patent. The USPTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. While an inadvertent lapse can in many cases be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Non-compliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application include failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. If we or our licensors fail to maintain the patents and patent applications covering our product candidates, our competitors might be able to enter the market, which would have an adverse effect on our business.

If we fail to comply with our obligations under our intellectual property license agreements, we could lose license rights that are important to our business.

We are a party to certain license agreements that impose various diligence, milestone, royalty, insurance and other obligations on us. If we fail to comply with these obligations, the respective licensors may have the right to terminate the license, in which event we may not be able to develop or market the affected product candidate. The loss of such rights could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects. For more information about these license arrangements, see “Business—Collaborations and License Agreements.”

If we are sued for infringing intellectual property rights of third parties, it will be costly and time-consuming, and an unfavorable outcome in that litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our commercial success depends upon our ability to develop, manufacture, market and sell our product candidates and use our proprietary technologies without infringing the proprietary rights of third parties. We cannot guarantee that marketing and selling such candidates and using such technologies will not infringe existing or future patents. Numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications owned by third parties exist in the fields relating to our product candidates. As the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries expand and more patents are issued, the risk increases that others may assert that our product candidates, technologies or methods of delivery or use infringe their patent rights. Moreover, it is not always clear to industry participants, including us, which patents cover various drugs, biologics, drug delivery systems or their methods of use, and which of these patents may be valid and enforceable. Thus, because of the large number of patents issued and patent applications filed in our fields, there may be a risk that third parties may allege they have patent rights encompassing our product candidates, technologies or methods.

In addition, there may be issued patents of third parties that are infringed or are alleged to be infringed by our product candidates or proprietary technologies. Because some patent applications in the United States may be

 

-48-


Table of Contents

maintained in secrecy until the patents are issued, because patent applications in the United States and many foreign jurisdictions are typically not published until eighteen months after filing and because publications in the scientific literature often lag behind actual discoveries, we cannot be certain that others have not filed patent applications for technology covered by our own and in-licensed issued patents or our pending applications. Our competitors may have filed, and may in the future file, patent applications covering our product candidates or technology similar to ours. Any such patent application may have priority over our own and in-licensed patent applications or patents, which could further require us to obtain rights to issued patents covering such technologies. If another party has filed a U.S. patent application on inventions similar to those owned or in-licensed to us, we or, in the case of in-licensed technology, the licensor may have to participate, in the United States, in an interference proceeding to determine priority of invention.

We may be exposed to, or threatened with, future litigation by third parties having patent or other intellectual property rights alleging that our product candidates or proprietary technologies infringe such third parties’ intellectual property rights, including litigation resulting from filing under Paragraph IV of the Hatch-Waxman Act. These lawsuits could claim that there are existing patent rights for such drug and this type of litigation can be costly and could adversely affect our operating results and divert the attention of managerial and technical personnel, even if we do not infringe such patents or the patents asserted against us are ultimately established as invalid. There is a risk that a court would decide that we are infringing the third party’s patents and would order us to stop the activities covered by the patents. In addition, there is a risk that a court will order us to pay the other party damages for having violated the other party’s patents.

As a result of patent infringement claims, or to avoid potential claims, we may choose or be required to seek licenses from third parties. These licenses may not be available on commercially acceptable terms, or at all. Even if we are able to obtain a license, the license would likely obligate us to pay license fees or royalties or both, and the rights granted to us might be nonexclusive, which could result in our competitors gaining access to the same intellectual property, or such rights might be restrictive and limit our present and future activities. Ultimately, we or a licensee could be prevented from commercializing a product, or forced to cease some aspect of our business operations, if, as a result of actual or threatened patent infringement claims, we are unable to enter into licenses on acceptable terms.

In addition to possible infringement claims against us, we may become a party to other patent litigation and other proceedings, including interference, derivation, re-examination or other post-grant proceedings declared or granted by the USPTO, and similar proceedings in foreign countries, regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our current or of our other products.

There is a substantial amount of litigation involving patent and other intellectual property rights in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries generally. To date, no litigation asserting infringement claims has ever been brought against us. If a third party claims that we infringe its intellectual property rights, we may face a number of issues, including:

 

   

infringement and other intellectual property claims which, regardless of merit, may be expensive and time-consuming to litigate and may divert our management’s attention from our core business;

 

   

substantial damages for infringement, which we may have to pay if a court decides that the product or technology at issue infringes or violates the third party’s rights, and if the court finds that the infringement was willful, we could be ordered to pay treble damages and the patent owner’s attorneys’ fees;

 

   

a court prohibiting us from selling or licensing the product or using the technology unless the third party licenses its intellectual property rights to us, which it is not required to do;

 

   

if a license is available from a third party, we may have to pay substantial royalties or upfront fees or grant cross-licenses to intellectual property rights for our products or technologies; and

 

-49-


Table of Contents
   

redesigning our products or processes so they do not infringe, which may not be possible or may require substantial monetary expenditures and time.

Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources. In addition, any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any litigation could harm our ability to raise additional funds or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects.

Because we rely on certain third-party licensors and partners, and will continue to do so in the future, if one of our licensors or partners is sued for infringing a third party’s intellectual property rights, our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects could suffer in the same manner as if we were sued directly. In addition to facing litigation risks, we have agreed to indemnify certain third-party licensors and partners against claims of infringement caused by our proprietary technologies, and we have entered or may enter into cost-sharing agreements with some our licensors and partners that could require us to pay some of the costs of patent litigation brought against those third parties whether or not the alleged infringement is caused by our proprietary technologies. In certain instances, these cost-sharing agreements could also require us to assume greater responsibility for infringement damages than would be assumed just on the basis of our technology.

The occurrence of any of the foregoing could adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results.

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents or other intellectual property or the patents of our licensors, which could be expensive and time-consuming.

Competitors may infringe our intellectual property, including our patents or the patents of our licensors. As a result, we may be required to file infringement claims to stop third-party infringement or unauthorized use. This can be expensive and time-consuming, particularly for a company of our size. In addition, in an infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent of ours is not valid or is unenforceable, or may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patent claims do not cover its technology or that the factors necessary to grant an injunction against an infringer are not satisfied. An adverse determination of any litigation or other proceedings could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated, interpreted narrowly or amended such that they do not cover our product candidates. Moreover, such adverse determinations could put our patent applications at risk of not issuing, or issuing with limited and potentially inadequate scope to cover our product candidates or to prevent others from marketing similar products.

Interference, derivation or other proceedings brought at the USPTO may be necessary to determine the priority or patentability of inventions with respect to our patent applications or those of our licensors or potential partners. Litigation or USPTO proceedings brought by us may fail or may be invoked against us by third parties. Even if we are successful, domestic or foreign litigation or USPTO or foreign patent office proceedings may result in substantial costs and distraction to our management. We may not be able, alone or with our licensors or potential partners, to prevent misappropriation of our proprietary rights, particularly in countries where the laws may not protect such rights as fully as in the United States.

Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation or other proceedings, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation or other proceedings. In addition, during the course of this kind of litigation or proceedings, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments or public access to related documents. If investors perceive these results to be negative, the market price for our common stock could be significantly harmed.

 

-50-


Table of Contents

Our reliance on third parties requires us to share our trade secrets, which increases the possibility that our trade secrets will be misappropriated or disclosed, and confidentiality agreements with employees and third parties may not adequately prevent disclosure of trade secrets and protect other proprietary information.

We consider proprietary trade secrets or confidential know-how and unpatented know-how to be important to our business. We may rely on trade secrets or confidential know-how to protect our technology, especially where patent protection is believed by us to be of limited value.

To protect this type of information against disclosure or appropriation by competitors, our policy is to require our employees, consultants, collaborators, contractors and advisors to enter into confidentiality agreements and, if applicable, material transfer agreements, consulting agreements or other similar agreements with us prior to beginning research or disclosing proprietary information. These agreements typically limit the rights of the third parties to use or disclose our confidential information, including our trade secrets. However, current or former employees, consultants, collaborators, contractors and advisors may unintentionally or willfully disclose our confidential information to competitors, and confidentiality agreements may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. The need to share trade secrets and other confidential information increases the risk that such trade secrets become known by our competitors, are inadvertently incorporated into the technology of others, or are disclosed or used in violation of these agreements. Given that our proprietary position is based, in part, on our know-how and trade secrets, a competitor’s discovery of our trade secrets or other unauthorized use or disclosure would impair our competitive position and may have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Enforcing a claim that a third party obtained illegally and is using trade secrets or confidential know-how is expensive, time consuming and unpredictable. The enforceability of confidentiality agreements may vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction.

In addition, these agreements typically restrict the ability of our employees, consultants, collaborators, contractors and advisors to publish data potentially relating to our trade secrets, although our agreements may contain certain limited publication rights. Despite our efforts to protect our trade secrets, our competitors may discover our trade secrets, either through breach of our agreements with third parties, independent development or publication of information by any of our third-party collaborators. A competitor’s discovery of our trade secrets would impair our competitive position and have an adverse impact on our business.

We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed to us alleged trade secrets of their former employers or their former or current customers.

As is common in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, certain of our employees were formerly employed by other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Moreover, we engage the services of consultants to assist us in the development of our products and product candidates, many of whom were previously employed at or may have previously been or are currently providing consulting services to, other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. We may be subject to claims that these employees and consultants or we have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of their former employers or their former or current customers. Although we have no knowledge of any such claims being alleged to date, if such claims were to arise, litigation may be necessary to defend against any such claims. Even if we are successful in defending against any such claims, any such litigation could be protracted, expensive, a distraction to our management team, not viewed favorably by investors and other third parties and may potentially result in an unfavorable outcome.

If our patent term expires before or soon after our products are approved, or if manufacturers of generic or biosimilar drugs successfully challenge our patents, our business may be materially harmed.

Patents have a limited duration. In the United States, if all maintenance fees are timely paid, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years from its earliest U.S. non-provisional filing date. Various extensions

 

-51-


Table of Contents

may be available, but the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Even if patents covering our product candidates, their manufacture, or use are obtained, once the patent life has expired, we may be open to competition from competitive medications, including generic or biosimilar medications.

Depending upon the timing, duration and conditions of FDA marketing approval of our product candidates, one or more of our United States patents may be eligible for limited patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, referred to as the Hatch-Waxman Act, and similar legislation in the European Union. The Hatch-Waxman Act permits a patent term extension of up to five years for a patent covering an approved product as compensation for effective patent term lost during product development and the FDA regulatory review process. The patent term extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval, and only one patent applicable to an approved drug may be extended. However, we may not receive an extension if we fail to apply within applicable deadlines, fail to apply prior to expiration of relevant patents or otherwise fail to satisfy applicable requirements. Moreover, the length of the extension could be less than we request. If we are unable to obtain patent term extension or the term of any such extension is less than we request, the period during which we can enforce our patent rights for that product will be shortened and our competitors may obtain approval to market competing products sooner than we expect. Also, the scope of our right to exclude during any patent term extension period may be limited or may not cover a competitor’s product or product use. As a result, our revenue from applicable products could be reduced, possibly materially.

Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new drug candidates, patents protecting such drug candidates might expire before or shortly after such drug candidates are commercialized. As a result, our patents and patent applications may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial conditions, results of operations and prospects.

Manufacturers of generic or biosimilar drugs may challenge the scope, validity, or enforceability of our patents in court or before a patent office, and we may not be successful in enforcing or defending those intellectual property rights and, as a result, may not be able to develop or market the relevant product exclusively, which would have a material adverse effect on any potential sales of that product. Upon the expiration of our issued patents or patents that may issue from our pending patent applications, we will not be able to assert such patent rights against potential competitors and our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our business may be adversely affected.

Our unregistered trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, circumvented or declared generic or determined to be infringing on other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights to these trademarks and trade names, which we need to build name recognition among potential collaborators or customers in our markets of interest. At times, competitors may adopt trade names or trademarks similar to ours, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to market confusion. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other registered trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of our unregistered trademarks or trade names. Over the long term, if we are unable to successfully register our trademarks and trade names and establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, then we may not be able to compete effectively, and our business may be adversely affected. Our efforts to enforce or protect our proprietary rights related to trademarks, trade secrets, domain names, copyrights or other intellectual property may be ineffective and could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could adversely impact our financial condition or results of operations.

 

-52-


Table of Contents

Our proprietary information may be lost, or we may suffer security breaches.

In the ordinary course of our business, we collect and store sensitive data, including intellectual property, clinical trial data, proprietary business information, personal data and personally identifiable information of our clinical trial subjects and employees, in our data centers and on our networks. The secure processing, maintenance and transmission of this information is critical to our operations. Despite our security measures, our information technology and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or breached due to employee error, malfeasance or other disruptions. Although, to our knowledge, we have not experienced any such material security breach to date, any such breach could compromise our networks and the information stored there could be accessed, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen. Any such access, disclosure or other loss of information could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability under laws that protect the privacy of personal information, significant regulatory penalties, disrupt our operations, damage our reputation and cause a loss of confidence in us and our ability to conduct clinical trials, which could adversely affect our reputation and delay our clinical development of our product candidates.

Risks Related to this Offering, the Securities Markets and Ownership of Our Common Stock

No active trading market for our common stock currently exists, and an active trading market may not develop or be sustained following this offering.

Prior to this offering, there has not been an active trading market for our common stock. If an active trading market for our common stock does not develop following this offering, you may not be able to sell your shares quickly or at the market price. Our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling shares of our common stock and our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using shares of our common stock as consideration may also be impaired. The initial public offering price of our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of the market prices of our common stock that will prevail in the trading market.

The prices of our securities may be volatile, which could subject us to securities class action litigation and prevent you from being able to sell your shares at or above the offering price.

The initial public offering price for our shares will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters based on several factors. This price may vary from the market price of our common stock after this offering. You may be unable to sell your shares of common stock at or above the initial offering price. The market price for our common stock may be volatile and subject to wide fluctuations in response to factors including the following:

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly or annual operating results;

 

   

actual or anticipated changes in the pace of our corporate achievements or our growth rate relative to our competitors;

 

   

failure to meet or exceed financial estimates and projections of the investment community or that we provide to the public;

 

   

issuance of new or updated research or reports by securities analysts;

 

   

share price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of our shares; additions or departures of key management or other personnel;

 

   

disputes or other developments related to proprietary rights, including patents, litigation matters, and our ability to obtain patent protection for our technologies;

 

   

announcement or expectation of additional debt or equity financing efforts;

 

   

sales of our common stock by us, our insiders or our other stockholders; and

 

-53-


Table of Contents
   

general economic, market or political conditions in the United States or elsewhere (including, without limitation, conditions arising out the COVID-19 pandemic).

In particular, the market prices of clinical-stage companies like ours have been highly volatile due to factors, including, but not limited to:

 

   

any delay or failure in a clinical trial for our product candidates or receive approval from the FDA and other regulatory agents;

 

   

developments or disputes concerning our product’s intellectual property rights;

 

   

our or our competitors’ technological innovations;

 

   

fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, capital commitments, new technologies or patents;

 

   

failure to complete significant transactions or collaborate with vendors in manufacturing our product; and

 

   

proposals for legislation that would place restrictions on the price of medical therapies.

These and other market and industry factors may cause the market price and demand for our common stock to fluctuate substantially, regardless of our actual operating performance, which may limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares of common stock and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of our common stock. In addition, the stock market in general, and Nasdaq Capital Markets and emerging growth companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. In the past, when the market price of a security has been volatile, holders of that security have instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the security. If any of our stockholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit. Such a lawsuit could also divert the time and attention of our management.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and will be able take advantage of reduced disclosure requirements applicable to “emerging growth companies,” which could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act and, for as long as we continue to be an “emerging growth company,” we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1.07 billion, (ii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three year period.

We intend to take advantage of these reporting exemptions described above until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” Under the JOBS Act, “emerging growth companies” can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.”

 

-54-


Table of Contents

We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of any choices to reduce future disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and the price of our common stock may be more volatile.

There may be limitations on the effectiveness of our internal controls, and a failure of our control systems to prevent error or fraud may materially harm our company. If we fail to remediate a material weakness, or if we experience material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls in the future, we may not be able to accurately or timely report our financial condition or results of operations, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

Prior to the completion of this offering, we have been a private company with limited accounting personnel to adequately execute our accounting processes and limited supervisory resources with which to address our internal control over financial reporting. As a private company, we have not designed nor maintained an effective control environment as required of public companies under the rules and regulations of the SEC. Specifically, we lack a sufficient number of professionals with an appropriate level of accounting knowledge, training and experience to appropriately analyze, record and disclose accounting matters timely and accurately while maintaining appropriate segregation of duties.

Although we are not yet subject to the certification or attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, management and our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting as we did not design or implement a control to ensure all material contracts or agreements are reviewed by accounting personnel to ensure they are accounted for and disclosed. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of control deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

Proper systems of internal controls over financial accounting and disclosure controls and procedures are critical to the operation of a public company. We may be unable to effectively establish such systems, especially in light of the fact that we expect to operate as a publicly reporting company. This would leave us without the ability to reliably assimilate and compile financial information about our company and significantly impair our ability to prevent error and detect fraud, all of which would have a negative impact on our company from many perspectives.

Moreover, we do not expect that disclosure controls or internal control over financial reporting, even if established, will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. Failure of our control systems to prevent error or fraud could materially adversely impact us.

We will incur significantly increased costs as a result of and devote substantial management time to operating as a public company.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. For example, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and will be required to comply with the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as well as rules and regulations subsequently implemented by the SEC, including the establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls, changes in corporate governance practices and required filing of annual, quarterly and current

 

-55-


Table of Contents

reports with respect to our business and operating results. These requirements will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. In addition, our management and other personnel will need to divert attention from operational and other business matters to devote substantial time to these public company requirements. We will also need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge and will need to establish an internal audit function. We also expect that operating as a public company will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. This could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified people to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers. In addition, after we no longer qualify as an “emerging growth company,” as defined under the JOBS ACT we expect to incur additional management time and cost to comply with the more stringent reporting requirements applicable to companies that are deemed accelerated filers or large accelerated filers, including complying with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We are just beginning the process of compiling the system and processing documentation needed to comply with such requirements. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. In that regard, we currently do not have an internal audit function, and we will need to hire or contract for additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge.

We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public company or the timing of such costs.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock would be negatively impacted. If we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage and if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

Future sales of our common stock or securities convertible into our common stock may depress our stock price.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock or securities convertible into our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. After this offering, we will have    outstanding shares of common stock, based on the number of shares outstanding as of    , 2021, that may be sold after the expiration of lock-up agreements at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus, unless held by an affiliate of ours, as more fully described in the section entitled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” Moreover, we also intend to register all shares of common stock that we may issue after this offering under our equity compensation plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements described above and in the section entitled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-Up/Market Standoff Agreements.” If a large number of shares of our common stock or securities convertible into our common stock are sold in the public market after they become eligible for sale, the sales could reduce the trading price of our common stock and impede our ability to raise future capital.

 

-56-


Table of Contents

Our failure to meet the continued listing requirements of Nasdaq could result in a delisting of our common stock.

If, after listing, we fail to satisfy the continued listing requirements of Nasdaq, such as the corporate governance requirements or the minimum closing bid price requirement, Nasdaq may take steps to delist our common stock. Such a delisting would likely have a negative effect on the price of our common stock and would impair your ability to sell or purchase our common stock when you wish to do so. In the event of a delisting, we can provide no assurance that any action taken by us to restore compliance with listing requirements would allow our common stock to become listed again, stabilize the market price or improve the liquidity of our common stock, prevent our common stock from dropping below the Nasdaq minimum bid price requirement or prevent future non-compliance with Nasdaq’s listing requirements.

Our directors, executive officers and principal stockholders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering and could delay or prevent a change of corporate control.

Upon completion of this offering, our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our common stock, together with their affiliates, will beneficially own, in the aggregate,    % of our outstanding common stock. As a result, these stockholders, acting together, would have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors and any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. In addition, these stockholders, acting together, would have the ability to control the management and affairs of our company. Accordingly, this concentration of ownership could harm the market price of our common stock by:

 

   

delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of us;

 

   

impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving us; or

 

   

discouraging a potential acquiror from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

See “Principal Stockholders” below for more information regarding the ownership of our outstanding stock by our executive officers, directors and holders of more than 5% of our common stock, together with their affiliates.

Anti-takeover provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be adopted upon the closing of this offering, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could impair a takeover attempt.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, bylaws and Delaware law contain or will contain provisions which could have the effect of rendering more difficult, delaying or preventing an acquisition deemed undesirable by our board of directors. Our corporate governance documents include or will include provisions:

 

   

classifying our board of directors into three classes;

 

   

authorizing “blank check” preferred stock, which could be issued by our board of directors without stockholder approval and may contain voting, liquidation, dividend, and other rights superior to our common stock;

 

   

limiting the liability of, and providing indemnification to, our directors and officers;

 

   

limiting the ability of our stockholders to call and bring business before special meetings;

 

   

requiring advance notice of stockholder proposals for business to be conducted at meetings of our stockholders and for nominations of candidates for election to our board of directors;

 

   

controlling the procedures for the conduct and scheduling of board of directors and stockholder meetings; and

 

-57-


Table of Contents
   

providing our board of directors with the express power to postpone previously scheduled annual meetings and to cancel previously scheduled special meetings.

These provisions, alone or together, could delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our management.

As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation law, which prevents some stockholders holding more than 15% of our outstanding common stock from engaging in certain business combinations without approval of the holders of substantially all of our outstanding common stock.

Any provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act and will be able to avail ourselves of reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, which could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including certain reduced financial statement reporting obligations, reduced disclosure obligations about our executive compensation arrangements, exemptions from the requirement that we solicit non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements and exemption from the auditor’s attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” We will remain an “emerging growth company” until the earliest of (1) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of $1 billion or more, (2) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering, (3) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years or (4) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC.

Because management has broad discretion as to the use of the net proceeds from this offering, you may not agree with how we use them, and such proceeds may not be applied successfully.

Our management will have considerable discretion over the use of proceeds from this offering. We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for external research and development expenses associated with the development of our DMT310, and DMT410 product candidates, manufacturing drug product for our clinical programs, with the balance primarily used to fund internal research and development expenses associated with all of our product candidates, working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes. In addition, a portion of the net proceeds may also be used to acquire or in-license, as applicable, product candidates, technologies, compounds, other assets or complementary businesses. However, our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not necessarily improve our operating results or enhance the value of our common stock, or that you otherwise do not agree with. You will be relying on the judgment of our management concerning these uses and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. The failure of our management to apply these funds effectively could, among other things, result in unfavorable returns and uncertainty about our prospects, each of which could cause the price of our common stock to decline.

 

-58-


Table of Contents

If you purchase shares of common stock sold in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering of $                per share as of    , based on an assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, because the price that you pay will be substantially greater than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of the common stock that you acquire. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased shares of our capital stock. You will experience additional dilution upon exercise of the outstanding stock options and other equity awards that may be granted under our equity incentive plans, and when we otherwise issue additional shares of our common stock. For more information, see “Dilution.”

We have never paid dividends on our capital stock, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

We have never declared nor paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not expect to declare or pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of our loan and security agreement currently restrict our ability to pay dividends. Consequently, stockholders must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, will require that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for each of the following:

 

   

any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf;

 

   

any action asserting a claim for breach of any fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of ours to the Company or our stockholders;

 

   

any action asserting a claim against us or any director or officer of ours arising pursuant to, or a claim against us or any of our directors or officers, with respect to the interpretation or application of any provision of, the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; or

 

   

any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine;

provided, that, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware dismisses any of the foregoing actions for lack of subject matter jurisdiction, any such action or actions may be brought in another state court sitting in the State of Delaware.

The exclusive forum provision is limited to the extent permitted by law, and it will not apply to claims arising under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, or for any other federal securities laws which provide for exclusive federal jurisdiction.

Furthermore, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all such Securities Act actions. Accordingly, both state and federal courts have jurisdiction to entertain such

 

-59-


Table of Contents

claims. To prevent having to litigate claims in multiple jurisdictions and the threat of inconsistent or contrary rulings by different courts, among other considerations, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. While the Delaware courts have determined that such choice of forum provisions are facially valid, a stockholder may nevertheless seek to bring such a claim arising under the Securities Act against us, our directors, officers, or other employees in a venue other than in the federal district courts of the United States of America. In such instance, we would expect to vigorously assert the validity and enforceability of the exclusive forum provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Although we believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, this provision may limit or discourage a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees, and may result in increased costs for investors to bring a claim. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

We note that there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce the provision and that investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Although we believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

 

-60-


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business” and elsewhere in this prospectus. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “could,” “intend,” “target,” “project,” “estimate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions intended to identify statements about the future. These statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements about the following:

 

   

our lack of operating history;

 

   

our plans to develop and commercialize our product candidates;

 

   

the timing of our planned clinical trials for DMT310 and our other product candidates;

 

   

the timing of our NDA submission for DMT310 for the treatment of acne vulgaris;

 

   

the timing of and our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approvals for DMT310 and our other product candidates;

 

   

the clinical utility of our product candidates;

 

   

our commercialization, marketing and manufacturing capabilities and strategy;

 

   

our expectations about the willingness of healthcare professionals to use DMT310;

 

   

our intellectual property position;

 

   

our plans to in-license, acquire, develop and commercialize additional product candidates for other dermatological conditions to build a fully integrated dermatology company;

 

   

our expected use of proceeds from this offering; our competitive position and the development of and projections relating to our competitors or our industry;

 

   

our ability to identify, recruit and retain key personnel;

 

   

the impact of laws and regulations;

 

   

our expectations regarding the time during which we will be an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act;

 

   

our plans to identify additional product candidates with significant commercial potential that are consistent with our commercial objectives; and

 

   

our estimates regarding future revenue, expenses and needs for additional financing.

Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified and some of which are beyond our control, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. You should refer to the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors and

 

-61-


Table of Contents

uncertainties may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties. As a result of these factors, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this prospectus will prove to be accurate. Except as required by applicable law, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein, whether as a result of any new information, future events, changed circumstances or otherwise. You should, however, review the factors and risks and other information we describe in the reports we will file from time to time with the SEC after the date of this prospectus.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

 

-62-


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

We obtained the industry, statistical and market data in this prospectus from our own internal estimates and research as well as from industry and general publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. All of the market data used in this prospectus involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such data. While we believe that each of these studies and publications is reliable, the industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of important factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by third parties and by us.

 

-63-


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from our issuance and sale of                the shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $    million (or approximately $                million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), assuming an initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and to facilitate our access to the public equity markets. We currently expect to use the net proceeds from this offering for product development activities, including clinical and regulatory research and development for our product candidates, and the remainder for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including the associated costs of operating as a public company. We currently expect to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:

 

   

approximately $    million to complete our planned non-clinical studies and pharmacokinetic studies, which will allow us to hold an End of Phase 2 Meeting with the FDA for DMT310 for the treatment of acne;

 

   

approximately $    million to advance the clinical development of DMT310 for the treatment of rosacea which will allow us to complete the planned Phase 2 trial in rosacea;

 

   

approximately $    million to advance the clinical development of DMT310 for the treatment of psoriasis, which will allow us to complete the ongoing Phase 1 trial and initiate a Phase 2 trial in psoriasis;

 

   

approximately $    million to scale up manufacturing of DMT310 to prepare for the Phase 2 rosacea trial, the Phase 2 psoriasis trial and the Phase 3 trials in acne; and

 

   

the remainder for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including approximately $     to pursue partnerships for DMT410 for hyperhidrosis and aesthetic conditions and to pursue our strategy to develop, in-license or acquire additional product candidates, although we have no agreements or commitments for any specific acquisitions or in-licenses as of the date of this prospectus.

We believe that the net proceeds of this offering, together with our existing cash, will enable us to fund our operations for at least 12 months, including the completion of our planned non-clinical studies, and clinical trials of DMT310 for the treatment of psoriasis and rosacea. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our available capital resources sooner than we expect. With respect to the Phase 2 clinical trial of DMT310 for psoriasis, Phase 3 clinical trials of DMT310 for rosacea and additional indications and our clinical development of DMT410, we expect that we will require additional funds as these programs progress, the amounts of which will depend on the ultimate clinical development paths we pursue.

Although we currently anticipate that we will use the net proceeds from this offering as described above, there may be circumstances where a reallocation of funds is necessary. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures will depend upon numerous factors, including our sales and marketing and commercialization efforts, demand for our products, our operating costs and the other factors described under “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. Accordingly, our management will have flexibility in applying the net proceeds from this offering. An investor will not have the opportunity to evaluate the economic, financial or other information on which we base our decisions on how to use the proceeds.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by approximately $    , assuming that the number of shares offered by

 

-64-


Table of Contents

us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by approximately $    , assuming the initial public offering price stays the same. An increase of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering, together with a $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), would increase the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by approximately $    . A decrease of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering, together with a $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), would decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by approximately $    . We do not expect that a change in the offering price or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on our intended uses of the net proceeds from this offering, although it may impact the amount of time prior to which we may need to seek additional capital.

Pending our use of the net proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation investments, including short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments and U.S. government securities.

 

-65-


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination related to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors after considering our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors the board of directors deems relevant, and subject to the restrictions contained in any future financing instruments.

 

-66-


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and marketable securities and capitalization as of March 31, 2021:

 

   

on an actual basis (actual column reflects our conversion from a limited liability company to a corporation on March 24, 2021);

 

   

on a pro forma basis to give effect to: (i) the conversion upon closing of this offering of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 71,044,171 shares of our common stock; (ii) the conversion upon closing of this offering of the Notes into an aggregate of                shares of common stock at a conversion price of $                per share (80% of the assumed offering price of $                , the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus); and (iii) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will occur upon closing of this offering; and

 

   

on a pro forma as-adjusted basis to further reflect the issuance and sale by us of                shares of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the receipt by us of the proceeds of such sale.

The information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering as determined at pricing. You should read this table together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited financial statements and related notes and unaudited interim condensed financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of March 31, 2021  
     Actual      Pro Forma      Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
    

(unaudited)

    

(unaudited)

     (unaudited)  

Cash

   $ 1,330,415        
  

 

 

       

Total Debt

   $ 174,766        
  

 

 

       

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value; 39,176,146 shares designated and 39,176,146 issued and outstanding, actual; shares designated, pro form and pro forma as adjusted and shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     3,918        

Series 1 Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value; 6,906,244 shares designated, and 6,906,244 shares issued and outstanding, actual; shares designated, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted and shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     691        

Series 1a Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value; 5,018,750 shares designated and 5,018,750 shares issued and outstanding, actual; shares designated, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted and shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     502        

Series 1a Preferred Stock warrants, $0.0001 par value; 1,419,228 warrants designated and 1,419,228 warrants issued and outstanding, actual; warrants designated, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted and warrants issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     142        

Series 1b Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value; 6,500,000 shares designated and 6,500,000 shares issued and outstanding actual; shares designated, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted and shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     650        

 

-67-


Table of Contents
     As of March 31, 2021  
     Actual     Pro Forma      Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
    

(unaudited)

    (unaudited)      (unaudited)  

Series 1c Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value; 46,553,188 shares designated and 46,553,188 shares issued and outstanding, actual; shares designated, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted and shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     4,655       

Series 1d Preferred Stock; $0.0001 par value; 6,065,989 shares designated and 6,065,989 shares issued and outstanding actual; shares designated, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted and shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     606       

Additional paid-in capital

     31,085,545       

Accumulated deficit

     (30,384,706     
  

 

 

      

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 712,003       
  

 

 

      

Total capitalization

   $ 886,769       
  

 

 

      

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding upon completion of this offering is based on    shares of our common and preferred units outstanding as of March 31, 2021 and also reflects the conversion of our outstanding preferred stock into an aggregate of 71,044,171 shares upon completion of this offering,                  shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion the Notes at a conversion price of $                per share (80% of the assumed offering price of $                , the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and excludes:

 

   

8,163,479 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options, at an exercise price of $0.28 per share;

 

   

2,758,040 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants outstanding, at a weighted-average exercise price of $    per share;

 

   

shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the warrants to purchase shares of our common stock issued to the underwriters in connection with this offering; and

 

   

4,000,000 shares of our common stock that are available for future issuance under our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (or, the 2021 Plan) or shares that will become available under our 2021 Plan.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the amount of cash, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization on a pro forma as adjusted basis by approximately $    , assuming the number of shares, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million shares offered by us would increase (decrease) cash, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization on a pro forma as adjusted basis by approximately $    , assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each one million share increase in the number of shares offered by us together with a concomitant $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase each of cash and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $    after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and any estimated offering expenses payable by us. Conversely, each one million share decrease in the number of shares offered by us together with a concomitant $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would decrease each of cash and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $                after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and any estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

-68-


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. As of March 31, 2021, we had a historical net tangible book value of $712,003, or $0.02 per share of common stock. Our historical net tangible book value per share represents total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of                .

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2021 was $    , or $    per share of our common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, after giving effect to the conversion upon closing of this offering of all of our outstanding Notes into an aggregate of                shares of common stock at a conversion price of $                per share (80% of the assumed offering price of $                , the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents pro forma net tangible book value divided by the total number of shares outstanding as of                , after giving effect to the pro forma adjustments described above.

After giving further effect to the sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of                would have been approximately $                million, or approximately $    per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $                per share to our existing stockholders and immediate dilution of approximately $ per share to new investors in this offering. We determine dilution by subtracting the as pro forma adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the amount of cash that a new investor paid for a share of common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $    

Historical net tangible book value deficit per share as of March 31, 2021

   $ 0.02     

Pro forma increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to the conversion of preferred stock and the conversion of the Notes

   $       

Pro forma net tangible book value deficit per share as of March 31, 2021

     

Pro forma increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

     

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

      $                

Dilution per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering

      $    

The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and may change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering.

A $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2021 after this offering by approximately $    , or approximately $    per share, and would decrease dilution to investors in this offering by approximately $    per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2021 after this offering by approximately $    , or approximately $    per share, and would increase dilution to investors in this offering by approximately $    per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are

 

-69-


Table of Contents

offering. An increase of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2021 after this offering by approximately $    , or approximately $    per share, and would increase dilution to investors in this offering by approximately $    per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share remains the same, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A decrease of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2021 after this offering by approximately $    , or approximately $    per share, and would decrease dilution to investors in this offering by approximately $    per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share remains the same, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each one million share increase in the number of shares offered by us together with a concomitant $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $    per share and the dilution to new investors by $    per share, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and any estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Conversely, each one million share decrease in the number of shares offered by us together with a concomitant $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would decrease the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $                per share and the dilution to new investors by $                per share, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and any estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering would be $                per share, the increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share would be $ and the dilution per share to new investors would be $    per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

The following table summarizes, as of March 31, 2021, on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the differences between the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us in cash and the average price per share that existing stockholders and new investors paid for such shares. The calculation below is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased      Total Consideration         
     Number      Percent      Amount      Percent      Average Price Per
Share
 

Existing stockholder

   $              %      $              %      $        

New investors

        %                    %     

Total

   $              %      $              %     

The number of shares of our common stock outstanding before and after this offering reflected in the tables and discussion above are based on                shares of common stock outstanding as of the date of this prospectus (including the conversion of our outstanding shares of preferred stock and the conversion of the Notes), and (ii)    shares of common stock outstanding on a pro forma as adjusted basis after giving effect to this offering, the conversion of our outstanding shares of preferred stock and the conversion of the Notes and exclude, as of that date, the following:

 

   

8,163,479 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options, at exercise prices of $0.28 per share;

 

-70-


Table of Contents
   

2,758,040 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants outstanding, at a weighted-average exercise price of $    per share;

 

   

shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the warrants to purchase shares of our common stock issued to the underwriters in connection with this offering; and

 

   

4,000,000 shares of our common stock that are available for future issuance under our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (or, the 2021 Plan) or shares that will become available under our 2021 Plan.

 

-71-


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should review the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

We are a clinical-stage medical dermatology company focused on identifying, developing and commercializing innovative pharmaceutical product candidates for the treatment of medical and aesthetic skin diseases and conditions we believe have significant unmet needs.

Dermatological diseases such as acne vulgaris (or acne), psoriasis vulgaris (or psoriasis), papulopustular rosacea (or rosacea), hyperhidrosis and various aesthetic indications affect millions of people worldwide each year, and may negatively impact their quality of life and emotional well-being. While there are multiple current treatment options for these indications on the market, we believe that most have significant drawbacks, including cumbersome application regimens and varying negative side effects. While a majority of these indications are first treated with topical products, many patients frequently switch treatments or discontinue treatment altogether due to patient dissatisfaction with slow and modest response rates, early onset of negative side effects, onerous application schedules and typically long duration of therapy. A small percentage of patients may be candidates for biologic or systemic therapies, but these patients are typically required to try topical or oral treatment options prior to qualifying for these expensive systemic therapies. Given the limitation with current topical therapies and the restricted usability of systemic therapies, we believe there is a significant opportunity to address the needs of frustrated patients searching for effective topical products that satisfy their dermatological and lifestyle needs.

Our lead product candidate, DMT310, incorporates our proprietary, multifaceted, Spongilla technology to topically treat a variety of dermatological conditions with an expected once-weekly treatment application regimen. DMT310 is a multifactorial, naturally-derived product that is applied once-weekly to treat acne. The product consists of two grams of powder processed from a wholly naturally grown freshwater sponge, Spongilla lacustris or Spongilla, which powder is then mixed with a fluidizing agent immediately prior to application by the patient to form an easily applicable paste. Spongilla is a unique freshwater sponge that only grows in commercial quantities in select regions of the world and under specific environmental conditions, all of which give it its distinctive anti-microbial, anti-inflammatory and mechanical properties. The combination of these ideal environmental conditions, the proprietary harvesting protocols developed with our supplier, and our post-harvest processing procedures produce a pharmaceutical product candidate that optimizes the mechanical component as well as the chemical components of the sponge for a product candidate with multiple mechanisms of action for the treatment of inflammatory skin conditions, such as acne.

We believe our Spongilla technology platform will enable us to develop and formulate singular and combination products that target topical delivery of chemical compounds into the dermis for maximum treatment effect for a variety of indications. One mechanism of our technology is its mechanical ability to allow for the intradermal delivery of a variety of large and small molecules to a targeted treatment site, through topical application. In addition to this mechanical component, the technology also utilizes multiple naturally occurring chemical compounds which we believe have demonstrated in-vitro anti-microbial, and anti-inflammatory properties. We believe the combination of these mechanical and chemical components can make our platform extremely versatile for the treatment of a wide variety of medical and aesthetic skin conditions and diseases, including psoriasis.

 

-72-


Table of Contents

We have a limited operating history. Since our inception, our operations have focused on developing DMT310, organizing and staffing our company, raising capital, establishing our supply chain and manufacturing processes, further characterizing the multiple mechanisms of action of DMT310, building an intellectual property portfolio and conducting non-clinical and clinical trials. We do not have any product candidates approved for sale and have not generated any revenue from product sales. We have funded our operations primarily through the sale of our equity securities and debt securities. Since inception, we have raised an aggregate of approximately $28.8 million of gross proceeds from the sale of preferred units and the Notes.

We have not generated any revenue to date and have incurred significant operating losses. Our net loss was $4.7 million and $3.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and as of December 31, 2020, we had an accumulated deficit of $28.1 million. We incurred a net loss of $2.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and had an accumulated deficit of approximately $30.4 million as of March 31, 2021. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and operating losses for the foreseeable future. We anticipate that our expenses will increase significantly in connection with our ongoing activities, as we:

 

   

complete development of DMT310 for the treatment of acne, including non-clinical studies and Phase 3 clinical trials;

 

   

prepare and file for regulatory approval of DMT310 for the treatment of moderate to severe acne;

 

   

continue development of DMT310 for the treatment of rosacea, including a Phase 2 clinical trial and Phase 3 clinical trials;

 

   

continue development of DMT310 for the treatment of psoriasis, including a Phase 2 clinical trial and Phase 3 clinical trials;

 

   

complete the ongoing Phase 1b POC of DMT410 for the treatment of multiple aesthetic conditions;

 

   

prepare for commercialization of DMT310, if approved, including the hiring of sales and marketing personnel;

 

   

begin to manufacture our product candidates for Phase 2 and Phase 3 trials and commercial sale;

 

   

hire additional research and development and selling, general and administrative personnel;

 

   

maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio; and

 

   

incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company following the completion of this offering.

Furthermore, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. Accordingly, we will likely need additional financing after this offering to support our operations. We will seek to fund our operations through public or private equity or debt financings or other sources. Adequate additional financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. Our failure to raise capital when needed or on favorable terms would have a negative impact on our financial condition and our ability to pursue our business strategy. We will need to generate significant revenues to achieve profitability, and we may never do so.

On    , 2021, we effected a 1 – for –    reverse stock split of our common stock.

Trends and Uncertainties – COVID-19

We are subject to risks and uncertainties as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. The extent of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business is highly uncertain and difficult to predict, as the responses that we, other businesses and governments are taking continue to evolve. Furthermore, capital markets and economies worldwide have also been negatively impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, and it is possible that it could cause a local and/or global economic recession. Policymakers around the globe have responded with fiscal policy actions to support the healthcare industry and economy as a whole. The magnitude and overall effectiveness of these actions remain uncertain.

 

-73-


Table of Contents

The severity of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business will depend on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the duration and severity of the pandemic and the extent and severity of the impact on our service providers, suppliers, contract research organizations and our preclinical and clinical trials, all of which are uncertain and cannot be predicted.

As of the date of this prospectus, the extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may in the future materially impact our financial condition, liquidity or results of operations is uncertain.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

We have not generated any revenue since inception and do not expect to generate any revenue from the sale of products in the near future until we obtain regulatory approval of, and commercialize, our product candidates.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development activities are central to our business model. Product candidates in later stages of clinical development generally have higher development costs than those in earlier stages of clinical development, primarily due to the increased size and duration of late-stage clinical trials. We expect research and development costs to increase significantly for the foreseeable future as our pipeline of products progress further into clinical trials. However, we do not believe it is possible at this time to accurately project total program-related expenses to reach commercialization based on numerous factors. In addition, there are numerous unknown expenses related to the commercialization of our product candidates including continued regulatory requirements, many of which cannot be determined with accuracy at this time.

Research and development expenses consist of expenses incurred in connection with the development of our product candidates. We expense development costs as incurred. These expenses include:

 

   

expenses incurred under agreements with CROs, as well as investigative sites and consultants that conduct our clinical trials and preclinical studies;

 

   

manufacturing and supply scale-up expenses and the cost of acquiring and manufacturing preclinical and clinical trial supply and commercial supply, including manufacturing validation batches; and

 

   

outsourced laboratory services, including materials and supplies used to support our research and development activities, including payments made for license fees and milestone payments.

The successful development of our product candidates is highly uncertain. At this time, we cannot reasonably estimate or know the nature, timing and costs of the efforts that will be necessary to complete the remainder of the development of, or when, if ever, material net cash inflows may commence from our product candidates. This uncertainty is due to the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with the duration and cost of clinical trials, which vary significantly over the life of a project as a result of many factors, including:

 

   

the number of clinical sites included in the clinical trials;

 

   

the length of time required to enroll suitable patients;

 

   

the size of patient populations participating in the clinical trials;

 

   

the number of doses a patient receives;

 

   

the duration of patient follow-ups;

 

   

the development state of the product candidates; and

 

   

the efficacy and safety profile of the product candidates.

 

-74-


Table of Contents

Our expenditures are subject to additional uncertainties, including the terms and timing of regulatory approvals, and the expense of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims or other intellectual property rights. We may never succeed in achieving regulatory approval for our product candidates. We may obtain unexpected results from our clinical trials. We may elect to discontinue, delay or modify clinical trials of our product candidates. A change in the outcome of any of these variables with respect to the development of a product candidate could mean a significant change in the costs and timing associated with the development of that product candidate. For example, if the FDA or other regulatory authorities were to require us to conduct clinical trials beyond those that we currently anticipate, or if we experience significant delays in enrollment in any of our clinical trials, we could be required to expend significant additional financial resources and time on the completion of clinical development. Product commercialization will take several years and millions of dollars in development costs.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist principally of salaries and related costs for personnel in executive and administrative functions, travel expenses and recruiting expenses. Other general and administrative expenses include stock based compensation expenses, professional fees for legal, accounting and tax-related services, insurance costs, as well as payments made to consultants. We expense all general and administrative expenses as incurred.

We anticipate that our general and administrative expenses will increase as a result of increased payroll, expanded infrastructure and higher consulting, legal and tax-related services associated with maintaining compliance with stock exchange listing and SEC requirements, accounting and investor relations costs, and director and officer insurance premiums associated with being a public company. As a result, we expect to report significantly higher general and administrative expenses in 2021 and 2022.

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists primarily of interest expense on our convertible debt, loan with Silicon Valley Bank, amortization of debt discount costs, and interest on milestone payments under the License Amendment and Settlement Agreement.

Income Taxes

Prior to our conversion from a Delaware limited liability company to a Delaware corporation, any income tax liability or benefit accrued to our members. As a result of our conversion from an LLC to a C-Corporation in March 2021, we account for income taxes using the asset-and-liability method in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes, or ASC 740. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and our respective tax basis and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on the deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rate is recognized in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded if it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized in future periods.

We follow the guidance in ASC Topic 740-10 in assessing uncertain tax positions. The standard applies to all tax positions and clarifies the recognition of tax benefits in the financial statements by providing for a two-step approach of recognition and measurement. The first step involves assessing whether the tax position is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination based upon its technical merits. The second step involves measurement of the amount to be recognized. Tax positions that meet the more-likely than-not threshold are measured at the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate

 

-75-


Table of Contents

finalization with the taxing authority. We recognize the impact of an uncertain income tax position in the financial statements if we believe that the position is more likely than not to be sustained by the relevant taxing authority. We will recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. As of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020, we had no uncertain income tax positions.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

We have based our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements as well as the reported revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments, including those related to clinical development expenses and the fair value of units and common stock. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe to be appropriate under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are more fully discussed in Note 3 to our audited financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus, we believe that the following accounting policies are critical to the process of making significant judgments and estimates in the preparation of our financial statements.

Research and Development Expenses

As part of the process of preparing our financial statements, we are required to record actual research and development expenses and to estimate accrued research and development expenses, current assets and other current liabilities. This process involves reviewing open contracts and commitments, communicating with our personnel to identify services that have been performed for us and estimating the level of service performed and the associated cost incurred for the service when we have not yet been invoiced or otherwise notified of the actual cost. The majority of our service providers invoice us monthly in arrears for services performed or when contractual milestones are met. We make estimates of our accrued research and development expenses, current assets and other current liabilities as of each balance sheet date in our financial statements based on facts and circumstances known to us at that time. Example of estimated accrued research and development expenses, prepaid assets and other current liabilities include fees paid to contract manufacturers made in connection with the manufacturing of clinical trials materials and contract research organizations made in connection the performance of clinical trials on our behalf.

We base our expenses related to clinical manufacturing and clinical trials on our estimates of the services performed pursuant to contracts with the entities performing those services on our behalf. The financial terms of these agreements are subject to negotiation, vary from contract to contract and may result in uneven payment flows. Payments under these types of contracts depend heavily upon the successful completion of many separate tasks involved in the manufacturing of drug product and the performance of clinical trials. In accruing service fees, we estimate the time period over which services will be performed, and the actual services performed in each period. If our estimates of the status and timing of services performed differs from the actual status and timing of services performed, we may report amounts that are too high or too low in any particular period. To date, there have been no material differences from our estimates to the amount actually incurred.

Common Stock Valuations

We are required to periodically estimate the fair value of our common stock when issuing stock options and computing their estimated stock-based compensation expense. The fair value of common stock was determined on a periodic basis, with the assistance of an independent third-party valuation expert. The assumptions underlying these valuations represented management’s best estimates, which involved inherent uncertainties and the application of significant levels of management judgment.

 

-76-


Table of Contents

In order to determine the fair value, we considered, among other things, contemporaneous transactions involving the sale of our common stock to unrelated third parties; the lack of marketability of our common stock and the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies.

Fair Value of Common Units

We account for grants of units to employees, non-employees, and consultants, based on their grant date fair value and recognize compensation expense over the vesting periods, if necessary. Estimates in our unit-based compensation valuations are highly complex and subjective.

In the absence of a public trading market for our common units, on each grant date, we develop an estimate of the fair value of our common units underlying the unit grants. We estimated the fair value of our common units by referencing arms-length transactions with third parties, inclusive of the common units underlying which occurred on or near the valuation date(s). Once our common units are publicly traded, we will no longer have to estimate the fair value of the common units, rather we will determine the value based on quoted market prices.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, we issued 3,303,561 Class B Common Units to employees, officers and directors. During the year ended December 31, 2020, we issued 60,000 Class B Common Units to consultants and 54,167 Class B Common Units to an employee. All of the Class B Common Units issued in 2019 and 2020 represent a profits interest, as that term is defined in Revenue Procedure 93-27, 1993-2 C.B. 343, as clarified by Revenue Procedure 2001-43, 2001-2 C.B. 191. For performance-based awards, if and when the achievement of the predetermined performance criteria become probable, expense will be recognized. To date unit based compensation expense has not been material. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of unit-based awards represents management’s best estimates and involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. As a result, if factors change and management uses different assumptions, unit-based compensation expense could be materially different for future awards. All of such securities were exchanged for shares of our capital units in connection with our conversion from a limited liability company to a corporation in March 2021.

Results of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2020 and 2021

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the months ended March 31, 2020 and 2021:

 

     Three Months Ended     Change  
     March 31,              
     2020     2021     Dollar     Percentage  
     (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Operating expenses

        

Research and Development

   $ (961,104   $ (680,588   $ (280,516     (29 %) 

General and administrative

     (387,473     (1,581,185     1,193,712       308

Total operating expenses

     (1,348,577     (2,261,773     913,196       68

Loss from operations

     (1,348,577     (2,261,773     913,196       68

Other Income and Expense

     (72,596     (43,135     (29,461     (41 %) 

Net loss

   $ (1,421,173   $ (2,304,908   $ 883,735       62

Research and Development Expenses

Research and Development expenses decreased $280,516 from the three months ended March 31, 2020 to the three months ended March 31, 2021. The three months ended March 31, 2020 included $898,201 of costs associated with the Phase 2b Clinical Trial of DMT310 for the treatment of moderate-to-severe acne which did not recur in the three months ended March 31, 2021. This amount was offset by costs incurred in the three months ended March 31, 2021 which included primarily $381,393 of salaries and stock-based compensation, $144,881 of costs associated with the Phase 1b Proof of Concept Clinical Trial of DMT310 for the treatment of mild-to-moderate psoriasis, $29,400 of costs associated with a Phase 1b Proof of Concept Clinical Trial for DMT4210 in aesthetic conditions, and $65,730 of non-clinical costs.

 

-77-


Table of Contents

General and Administrative Expenses

General and Administrative expenses increased $1,193,712 from the three months ended March 31, 2020 to the three months ended March 31, 2021. The primary reasons for this increase were $211,699 of costs associated with our conversion from an LLC to a C-Corporation, $909,822 of stock-based compensation expenses, and $82,494 of professional fees associated with patent filings.

Other Income and Expenses

The decrease in other income and expense of $29,461 resulted primarily from a decrease in the amortization of debt discount costs of $43,090 and a decrease of $15,145 in interest expense on the debt owing to Silicon Valley Bank, offset by increased interest expense of $28,771 in the three months ended March 31, 2021 accruing on the subordinated convertible promissory notes.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows from operating and financing activities:

 

     Months Ended March 31,  
     2020     2021  

Statement of cash flow data:

    

Total net cash provided by (used in):

    

Operating activities

   $ (1,379,067   $ (776,220

Financing activities

   $ —       $ 1,576,235  

Increase (decrease) in cash

   $ (1,379,067   $ 800,015  

Cash used in operations of $1,379,067 for the three months ended March 31, 2020 was primarily the result of the net loss of $1,421,173 and an increase in accounts payable, offset by the amortization of debt discount costs.

Cash used in operations of $776,220 for the three months ended March 31, 2021 was primarily the result of the net loss of $2,304,908 and an increase in prepaid expenses related to this offering, offset by an increase in accounts payable and stock-based compensation expense.

Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities was $1,576,235 during the three months ended March 31, 2021 and was attributable to the net proceeds from the issuance of convertible subordinated promissory notes and the issuance of Series 1d Preferred Units, offset by principal payments on the debt owing to Silicon Valley Bank.

Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2019 and 2020

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020:

 

     Year Ended     Change  
     December 31,        
     2019     2020     Dollar     Percentage  

Operating expenses

        

Research and Development

   $ (2,623,280   $  (1,607,819   $  (1,015,461     (39 %) 

General and administrative

     (1,847,328     (1,565,034     (282,294     (15 %) 

Total operating expenses

     (4,470,608     (3,172,853     (1,297,755     (29 %) 

Loss from operations

     (4,470,608     (3,172,853     (1,297,755     (29 %) 

Other Income and Expense

     (250,748     (63,677     (187,071     (75 %) 

Net loss

   $ (4,721,356   $  (3,236,530   $ (1,484,826     (31 %) 

 

-78-


Table of Contents

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses were $2,623,280 for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to $1,607,819 for the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease of $1,015,461 is primarily related to product manufacturing costs of $323,786 and the $730,962 estimated fair value of Series 1c Preferred Units issued in connection with the Villani License Agreement (defined below) that were not incurred in 2020, offset by increased clinical trial costs of $195,937 in 2020.

Of the $1,607,819 in research and development expenses incurred during the year ended December 31, 2020, $1,396,308, was associated with activities related to clinical trials and $107,636 was related to product storage and stability testing. These activities included, but were not limited to, our Phase 2b clinical trial of DMT310 for the once-weekly treatment of moderate-to-severe acne as well as an open-label, 10 patient, Phase 1b clinical trial of DMT410 for the treatment of moderate-to-severe glabellar, lateral canthal and forehead lines along with multiple secondary aesthetic endpoints.

We do not track research and development expenses by product candidate. Instead, because DMT310 and DMT410 utilize the same drug product developed from our Spongilla technology, we track research and development expenses based on the drug product used in a clinical trial.

Of the $2,623,280 in research and development incurred during the year ended December 31, 2019, $730,962 related to the estimated fair value of Series 1c Preferred Units issued in connection with the Villani License Agreement, $1,200,371 was associated with activities related to clinical trials, $323,786 was associated with product manufacturing costs and $160,853 was related to product storage and stability testing. These activities included, but were not limited to, our Phase 2a clinical trial of DMT310 for the once-weekly treatment of moderate-to-severe acne as well as an open-label, 10 patient, Phase 1b proof of concept clinical trial of DMT410 for the treatment of axillary hyperhidrosis.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses were $1,847,328 for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to $1,565,034 for the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease of $282,294 was primarily attributable to legal and professional fees related to the Villani License Agreement that were not incurred in 2020.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows from operating and financing activities:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2019     2020  

Statement of cash flow data:

    

Total net cash provided by (used in):

    

Operating activities

   $ (3,922,272   $ (4,028,541

Financing activities

   $ 4,734,461     $ 2,567,139  

Increase (decrease) in cash

   $ 812,189     $ (1,461,402

Cash used in operations of $3,922,272 in 2019 was primarily the result of the net loss of $4,721,356 and the payment of a $250,000 license and settlement liability, offset by the estimated fair value of $730,962 related to Series 1c Preferred Units issued in connection with the Villani License Agreement, debt discount amortization expense of $141,753, and decreases in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $124,956.

Cash used in operations of $4,028,541 in 2020 was primarily the result of the net loss of $3,236,530, the payment of a $500,000 license and settlement liability, a decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $254,471, and the gain from forgiveness of the Payroll Protection Plan of $133,592, offset by debt amortization of $97,104.

 

-79-


Table of Contents

Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities was $2,567,139 and $4,734,461 during the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The primary reason for the decrease of $2,167,322 during 2020 was attributable to the issuance of 44,767,474 preferred units in 2019 for aggregate net proceeds of $5,510,630 (which includes the conversion of $150,000 in principal amount of convertible note from a Managing Member), compared to the issuance of 1,785,714 preferred units for an aggregate net proceeds of $250,000, and the issuance of the Notes for an aggregate net proceeds of $2,974,982 in 2020, as well as the proceeds in 2020 from the Payroll Protection Plan loan for net proceeds of $133,592.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since our inception, we have not generated any revenue or commercialized any products. As of March 31, 2021, our cash totaled $1,330,415, and we had an accumulated deficit of $30,384,706. For the year ended December 31, 2020 and the three months ended March 31, 2021, we used cash of $4,028,541 and $776,220, respectively, in operations. We expect that our existing cash will fund operations through the closing of this offering and through August 2021. We anticipate that we will continue to incur net losses for the foreseeable future.

Historically, our principal sources of cash have included proceeds from the issuance of common and preferred equity and proceeds from the issuance of debt. Our principal uses of cash have included cash used in operations (including clinical development of our product candidates), payments for license rights and payments relating to purchases of property and equipment. We expect that the principal uses of cash in the future will be for continuing operations, funding of research and development and general working capital requirements. We expect that as research and development expenses continue to grow, we will need to raise additional capital to sustain operations and research and development activities.

Debt

On July 17, 2020, we issued an aggregate of $2,330,000 in principal amount of Notes. On October 16, 2020, we issued an additional $670,000 in aggregate principal amount of Notes. In the first quarter of 2021, we issued an additional $1,566,000 in aggregate principal amount of Notes.

The Notes have an interest rate of 4.0 % per annum, are unsecured, mature on December 31, 2021 and provide for conversion into our common stock upon the earlier of (i) qualified Series A Financing (as defined in the Notes) which results in aggregate gross proceeds to us of at least $10,000,000, or (ii) the closing of this offering. If not converted earlier, upon the closing of this offering, the Notes will convert into shares of our common stock at a conversion price equal to 80% of the per share purchase price in this offering. The principal amount and accrued but unpaid interest under each Note will automatically convert into shares of our common stock at the stated conversion price per share. On January 27, 2021, we amended the Notes to extend the maturity date from July 17, 2021 to December 31, 2021 and increased the maximum principal amount to $5 million. On March 15, 2021, we amended the Notes to allow for the optional conversion into Series 1d Preferred Units. As of the date of this prospectus, $4,391,000 of the Notes, along with related interest of $73,801, have been converted into 5,379,247 shares of our Series 1d Preferred Stock, which will automatically convert into 5,379,247 shares of our common stock upon completion of this offering. As of the date of this prospectus, an aggregate principal amount of $175,000 of the Notes remains outstanding.

If not converted prior to the closing of this offering, at the closing of this offering the aggregate principal amount and any accrued but unpaid interest on the outstanding Notes will automatically convert into an aggregate of                shares of our common stock at a conversion price of $    per share (which is 80% of the assumed offering price of $    , the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

 

-80-


Table of Contents

Future Capital Requirements

We expect that the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash will be sufficient to fund our operations, future research and development, and general working capital for at least 12 months following the closing of this offering. However, it is difficult to predict our spending for our product candidates prior to obtaining FDA approval. Moreover, changing circumstances may cause us to expend cash significantly faster than we currently anticipate, and we may need to spend more cash than currently expected because of circumstances beyond our control.

We expect to continue to incur substantial additional operating losses for at least the next several years as we continue to develop our product candidates and seek marketing approval and, subject to obtaining such approval, the eventual commercialization of our product candidates. If we obtain marketing approval for our product candidates, we will incur significant sales, marketing and outsourced manufacturing expenses. In addition, we expect to incur additional expenses to add operational, financial and information systems and personnel, including personnel to support our planned product commercialization efforts. We also expect to incur significant costs to comply with corporate governance, internal controls and similar requirements applicable to us as a public company following the closing of this offering.

Our future use of operating cash and capital requirements will depend on many forward-looking factors, including the following:

 

   

the initiation, progress, timing, costs and results of clinical trials for our product candidates;

 

   

the clinical development plans we establish for each product candidate;

 

   

the number and characteristics of product candidates that we develop or may in-license;

 

   

the terms of any collaboration agreements we may choose to execute;

 

   

the outcome, timing and cost of meeting regulatory requirements established by the FDA, the EMA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities;

 

   

the cost of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing our patent claims and other intellectual property rights;

 

   

the cost of defending intellectual property disputes, including patent infringement actions brought by third parties against us;

 

   

costs and timing of the implementation of commercial scale manufacturing activities; and

 

   

the cost of establishing, or outsourcing, sales, marketing and distribution capabilities for any product candidates for which we may receive regulatory approval in regions where we choose to commercialize our products on our own.

To continue to grow our business over the longer term, we plan to commit substantial resources to research and development, clinical trials of our product candidates, and other operations and potential product acquisitions and in-licensing. We have evaluated and expect to continue to evaluate a wide array of strategic transactions as part of our plan to acquire or in-license and develop additional products and product candidates to augment our internal development pipeline. Strategic transaction opportunities that we may pursue could materially affect our liquidity and capital resources and may require us to incur additional indebtedness, seek equity capital or both. In addition, we may pursue development, acquisition or in-licensing of approved or development products in new or existing therapeutic areas or continue the expansion of our existing operations. Accordingly, we expect to continue to opportunistically seek access to additional capital to license or acquire additional products, product candidates or companies to expand our operations, or for general corporate purposes. Strategic transactions may require us to raise additional capital through one or more public or private debt or equity financings or could be structured as a collaboration or partnering arrangement. We have no arrangements, agreements, or understandings in place at the present time to enter into any acquisition, in-licensing or similar strategic business transaction.

 

-81-


Table of Contents

If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, our stockholder will experience dilution. Debt financing, if available, would result in increased fixed payment obligations and may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. Any debt financing or additional equity that we raise may contain terms, such as liquidation and other preferences that are not favorable to us or our stockholder. If we raise additional funds through collaboration and licensing arrangements with third parties, it may be necessary to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams or product candidates or to grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us.

Going Concern

Since inception we have been engaged in organizational activities, including raising capital and research and development activities. We have not generated revenues and have not yet achieved profitable operations, nor have we ever generated positive cash flow from operations. There is no assurance that profitable operations, if achieved, could be sustained on a continuing basis. We are subject to those risks associated with any pre-clinical stage pharmaceutical company that has substantial expenditures for research and development. There can be no assurance that our research and development projects will be successful, that products developed will obtain necessary regulatory approval, or that any approved product will be commercially viable. In addition, we operate in an environment of rapid technological change and is largely dependent on the services of our employees and consultants. Further, our future operations are dependent on the success of the Company’s efforts to raise additional capital. These uncertainties raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern for 12 months after the issuance date of our financial statements. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. The financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result from the possible inability of the company to continue as a going concern, which contemplates the continuation of operations, realization of assets and liquidation of liabilities in the ordinary course of business. We incurred a net loss of $3,236,530 for the year ended December 31, 2020 and $2,304,908 for the three months ended March 31, 2021, and had an accumulated deficit of $30,384,706 at March 31, 2021. We anticipate incurring additional losses until such time, if ever, that we can generate significant revenue from our product candidates currently in development. Our primary source of capital has been the issuance of debt and equity securities. We believe that current cash is sufficient to fund operations and capital requirements through August 2021. Additional financings will be needed by us to fund our operations, to complete development of and to commercially develop our product candidates. There is no assurance that such financing will be available when needed or on acceptable terms.

Global Pandemic Outbreak

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a global pandemic. The outbreak has become increasingly widespread in the United States, impacting the markets in which we operate. While the full impact of the pandemic continues to evolve, the financial markets have been subject to significant volatility that adversely impacts our ability to enter into, modify, and negotiate favorable terms and conditions relative to equity and debt financing initiatives. The uncertain financial markets, disruptions in supply chains, mobility restraints, and changing priorities as well as volatile asset values also affect our ability to enter into collaborations, joint ventures, and license and royalty agreements. The outbreak and government measures taken in response to the pandemic have also had a significant impact, both direct and indirect, on businesses and commerce, as worker shortages have occurred; supply chains have been disrupted; facilities and production have been suspended; and demand for certain goods and services, such as medical services and supplies, have spiked, while demand for other goods and services, such as travel, have fallen. The future progression of the pandemic and its effects on our business and operations are uncertain. We may face difficulties recruiting or retaining patients in our ongoing and planned preclinical and clinical trials if patients are affected by the virus or are fearful of traveling to our clinical trial sites because of the outbreak. We and our third-party contract manufacturers, CROs, and clinical sites may also face disruptions in procuring items that are essential to our

 

-82-


Table of Contents

research and development activities, including, for example, medical and laboratory supplies used in our clinical trials or preclinical studies, in each case, that are sourced from abroad or for which there are shortages because of ongoing efforts to address the outbreak. While expected to be temporary, these disruptions may negatively impact our results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity in 2021, and potentially beyond.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

For a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements, please see Note 3, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

JOBS Act

On April 5, 2012, the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, was signed into law. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce certain reporting requirements for an “emerging growth company”. As an “emerging growth company,” we are electing to take advantage of the extended transition period afforded by the JOBS Act for the implementation of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision not to take advantage of the extended transition period is irrevocable.

Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, as an “emerging growth company,” we are not required to, among other things, (i) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404, (ii) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, (iii) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis), and (iv) disclose certain executive compensation-related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the chief executive officer’s compensation to median employee compensation. These exemptions will apply until the fifth anniversary of the completion of our initial public offering or until we no longer meet the requirements for being an “emerging growth company,” whichever occurs first.

 

83


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a clinical-stage medical dermatology company focused on identifying, developing and commercializing innovative pharmaceutical product candidates for the treatment of medical and aesthetic skin diseases and conditions we believe represent significant market opportunities because current therapies are inadequate or non-existent.

Dermatological diseases such as acne vulgaris (or acne), psoriasis vulgaris (or psoriasis), papulopustular rosacea (or rosacea), hyperhidrosis and various aesthetic indications, affect millions of people worldwide each year, and may negatively impact their quality of life and emotional well-being. While there are multiple current treatment options for these indications on the market, we believe that most have significant drawbacks, including cumbersome application regimens and varying negative side effects. While a majority of these indications are first treated with topical products, many patients frequently switch treatments or discontinue treatment altogether due to patient dissatisfaction stemming from slow and modest response rates, early onset of negative side effects, onerous application schedules and typically long duration of therapy. A small percentage of patients may be candidates for biologic or systemic therapies, but these patients are typically required to try topical or oral treatment options prior to qualifying for these expensive biologic or systemic therapies. Given the limitations with current topical therapies and the restricted usability of biologic and systemic therapies, we believe there is a significant opportunity to address the needs of frustrated patients searching for topical products that satisfy their dermatological and lifestyle needs.

Our lead product candidate, DMT310, incorporates our proprietary, multifaceted, Spongilla lacustris, or Spongilla, technology to topically treat a variety of dermatological conditions with an expected once-weekly treatment application regimen. DMT310 is a multifactorial, naturally-derived product that is applied once-weekly to treat acne. Spongilla is a unique freshwater sponge that only grows in commercial quantities in select regions of the world and under specific environmental conditions, all of which contribute it its distinctive anti-microbial, anti-inflammatory properties seen in-vitro and its mechanical properties. The combination of these properties, the proprietary harvesting protocols developed by our supplier, and our post-harvest processing procedures, produce a pharmaceutical product with both mechanical and chemical components and multiple mechanisms of action which may be used in the treatment of inflammatory skin conditions, such as acne.

We believe our Spongilla technology platform will enable us to develop and formulate singular and combination products that target topical delivery of chemical compounds into the dermis for a variety of indications. We believe the mechanical ability of the Spongilla technology allows for the intradermal delivery of a variety of large and small molecules to a targeted treatment site, through topical application as seen in our Phase 1a DMT410 hyperhidrosis trial. We believe the combination of Spongilla’s mechanical and chemical components (which we believe have demonstrated, in-vitro, anti-microbial and anti-inflammatory properties), add to the versatility of our Spongilla technology platform, allowing for application in the treatment of a wide variety of medical and aesthetic skin conditions and diseases, including psoriasis.

DMT310 consists of two grams of powder processed from a wholly naturally grown freshwater sponge, Spongilla lacustris, which powder is then mixed with a fluidizing agent (hydrogen peroxide) immediately prior to application by the patient to form an easily applicable paste, similar to a mud mask. The paste is left on the skin for approximately fifteen minutes until dry, after which time it is washed off with water. Due to the unique combination of DMT310’s mechanical components and chemical components, we believe patients will only need to apply the product once-weekly to produce a clinical effect. DMT310 powder contains a large number of microscopic siliceous spicules that, when massaged into the skin, create microchannels through the stratum corneum (the skin’s outermost protective layer) and into the dermis where many facets of inflammatory skin diseases reside. We believe that these newly created microchannels not only increase collagen production, but

 

-84-


Table of Contents

also allow oxygen to enter clogged pilosebaceous glands, eliminating the anaerobic environment in which C. acnes grows. The spicules may also provide a channel for DMT310’s naturally occurring chemical compounds to enter the dermis and pilosebaceous glands, helping to kill the C. acnes. In addition to these anti-microbial compounds, DMT310 also appears to have anti-inflammatory chemical compounds, as evidenced in-vitro, to inhibit inflammation through the reduction of C.acnes stimulated IL8 production and by inhibiting IL-17A and IL-17F expression in human cell lines. During in-vitro studies for DMT310, we observed the inhibition of lipogenesis of sebocytes, which may translate to a reduction in sebum (an oily and waxy substance produced by the human body’s sebaceous glands) production and oiliness of the skin in patients. We believe the combination of these biological effects along with the mechanical effects are important factors in the treatment of multiple inflammatory skin diseases.

Application of DMT310

 

LOGO

Image 1: The Spongilla is processed into a fine powder and packaged into 2g pouches with a 6mL bottle of 3% H2O2 (hydrogen peroxide). Once per week, patients mix the powder with hydrogen peroxide, and massage the mixture onto their skin; after 10-15 minutes the product is easily removed with water.

DMT410 is the second product candidate from our Spongilla platform. We are developing DMT410 for the topical treatment of skin diseases and conditions typically treated with multiple injections of botulinum toxin. DMT410’s combination treatment regimen uses one application of our unique Spongilla powder followed by one topical application of botulinum toxin to enable the topical delivery of botulinum toxin into the dermis for the treatment of a variety of indications, including for the treatment of hyperhidrosis and other aesthetic conditions such as fine lines, pore size, luminosity and overall skin quality. If approved by the FDA, believe DMT410’s topical delivery of botulinum toxin can greatly increase its market opportunities due DMT410’s needle-free application, targeted intradermal delivery and potential for expanded indications.

We believe that the current medical and aesthetic dermatology landscape lacks innovative treatment options, mainly seeing the introduction of reformulations and combinations of old molecules. This provides an ideal opportunity to change how patients treat their skin conditions. With our anticipated once-weekly treatment schedule, we believe we can become a leader in the space with a product candidate derived from a natural sponge that may improve patient compliance with minimal side effects and a rapid time to treatment effect, as seen in our Phase 2b acne trial. If we are able to successfully develop our product candidates, receive FDA approval, develop a concentrated prescribing base of dermatologists, and utilize our management’s prior experience, we believe we have the ability to build a commercial organization to develop and commercialize treatment options in our core areas of focus within the dermatology space.

Our Clinical Development Pipeline and Product Candidates

Our clinical development pipeline currently consists of DMT310 and DMT410, with each in development for multiple indications. In the accompanying section we will describe each product candidate, its benefits, and our market strategy for each product candidate. The dates reflected in the below table and sections are estimates only, and there can be no assurances that the events included in the below table or sections will be completed on the anticipated timeline presented, or at all.

 

-85-


Table of Contents

LOGO

DMT310

Moderate-to-Severe Acne. Recently, we completed a randomized, double-blind, multicenter, placebo-controlled Phase 2b clinical trial of DMT310 for the once-weekly treatment of moderate-to-severe acne. DMT310 showed statistically significant improvement versus placebo for all three endpoints (inflammatory lesion counts, non-inflammatory lesion counts, and the Investigators Global Assessment), after only four topical treatments and continued until the end of study at week 12. We plan on using these same endpoints in our two upcoming Phase 3 trials to support the filing of our NDA for DMT310 for the treatment of moderate-to-severe acne vulgaris. We believe these results from once-weekly applications may favorably position DMT310 in the market for the treatment of moderate-to-severe acne. We intend to initiate the two required Phase 3 clinical trials in late 2022 after holding our End of Phase 2 meeting with the FDA in the second half of 2022.

Mild-to-Moderate Psoriasis. We enrolled our first patient in a Phase 1b POC of DMT310 for the treatment of mild-to-moderate psoriasis in March 2021. Plaque psoriasis is a chronic, inflammatory skin disease that comprises approximately 80% of the psoriasis market as of 2019, according to Fortune Business Insights Market Research Report, with a majority of patients having mild-to-moderate disease which makes them less likely to receive an approved biologic treatment, that are only indicated for patients with moderate to severe disease, as a first line therapy. Due to the large population of patients who suffer from mild-to-moderate psoriasis, and lack of effective topical therapies for more mild disease, we believe there is a large unmet need for an effective topical product with limited side effects. Based on the in-vitro data of DMT310’s reduction of IL-17A and IL-17F and its anti-inflammatory effects we observed in its Phase 2b trial for acne, we believe DMT310 may be used for patients suffering from mild-to-moderate psoriasis. In March 2021, we enrolled our first of 30 mild-to-moderate patients with psoriatic lesions covering between 2% to 30% of their body surface area and provide them with once-weekly treatments of DMT310 for 12 weeks. All patients are 18 years of age and older. We expect to report top-line results from this trial in the second half of 2021.

Moderate-to-Severe Rosacea. We plan to start enrolling patients in a Phase 2 clinical trial of DMT310 for the treatment of moderate-to-severe rosacea in the second half of 2021. Rosacea, or subtype II, is a chronic skin disease characterized by inflammatory lesions on the face that typically affects adults of all ages, but particularly affects women aged 30-50 and can cause great emotional and psychological distress. Due to the lack of effective therapies currently on the market, we believe there is a significant need for an effective topical product with limited side effects. Based on the effect against inflammatory lesions observed in the Phase 2b acne trial, along with multiple biomarkers seen in-vitro, we believe DMT310 may have similar anti-inflammatory effects in rosacea and may be a potential treatment option for patients suffering from this disease. We plan to enroll 180 patients, 18 years of age or older, with moderate-to-severe rosacea and provide them with once-weekly treatments of DMT310 for 12 weeks and plan to report top-line results from this trial in the second half of 2022. The clinical endpoints for this trial are intended to be the absolute reduction in inflammatory lesion count, and an IGA score on a scale of 0 to 4.

There can be no assurance that DMT310 will receive FDA approval for any of the foregoing indications.

 

86


Table of Contents

DMT410

We are developing the second product candidate from our Spongilla platform, DMT410, for the topical treatment of skin diseases and conditions typically treated with multiple injections of botulinum toxin. Currently, botulinum toxin must be injected multiple times to successfully deliver sufficient quantities of botulinum toxin to the desired treatment area. While injections are successful for many different diseases and aesthetic conditions, they limit botulinum toxin’s use for additional conditions where injections are difficult, painful or otherwise not viable. DMT410’s combination treatment regimen uses one application of our unique Spongilla powder followed by one topical application of botulinum toxin. The Spongilla mixture is massaged into a patient’s treatment area to enhance spicule penetration and create microchannels. After 10 to 15 minutes, the patient removes the Spongilla mask with water. Botulinum toxin is then expressed from a syringe in precise amounts and onto the patient’s skin. The botulinum toxin is massaged into the treatment area to take advantage of the newly created microchannels. We believe this treatment application will enable the topical delivery of botulinum toxin into the dermis for the treatment of a variety of indications, including for the treatment of hyperhidrosis and other aesthetic conditions such as fine lines, pore size, luminosity and overall skin quality. We believe DMT410’s topical delivery of botulinum toxin can greatly increase its market opportunities due DMT410’s needle-free application, targeted intradermal delivery and potential for expanded indications.

To date, we have completed an open-label Phase 1b POC clinical trial of DMT410 in 10 axillary hyperhidrosis patients. Four weeks after one treatment with DMT410, patients exhibited reduction in sweat production. The clinical endpoints for this trial included (i) percent of patients with greater than 50% reduction in gravimetrically measured sweat production from baseline, (ii) percent of patients with gravimetric sweat production less than 50mg, and (iii) percent change in gravimetric sweat production. We believe these results support that DMT410 may aid in the topical delivery of botulinum toxin into the dermis for a treatment effect similar to multiple injections of botulinum toxin. With DMT410, we believe botulinum toxin may be applied in a topical manner so as to be targeted to the dermis without the need for multiple injections.

We are currently conducting a second open-label, 10 patient, Phase 1b POC trial of DMT410 for the treatment of moderate-to-severe glabellar, lateral canthal and forehead lines along with multiple secondary aesthetic endpoints in patients 18 years or older. The secondary endpoints include multiple aesthetic conditions for which botulinum toxin is not currently approved but has been or is being investigated in published studies. Patients will receive one application of DMT410 and be evaluated every four weeks for a total duration of 16 weeks to determine DMT410’s overall effectiveness and duration of treatment effect. If we receive positive data and are able to successfully develop and commercialize DMT410, either by ourselves or with a third-party partner, we believe DMT410’s combination regimen could greatly expand the potential indications for botulinum toxins for aesthetic and medical skin conditions.

There can be no assurance that DMT410 will receive FDA approval for any of the foregoing indications.

Our Strategy

We plan on in-licensing, developing and commercializing differentiated medical and aesthetic dermatology product candidates for the treatment of various skin diseases and conditions, which we believe have significant unmet needs in the market. The key components of this strategy are as follows:

 

   

Complete development and regulatory approval of DMT310 for acne. We recently completed a Phase 2b clinical trial of DMT310 for the treatment of moderate-to-severe acne. We plan to hold an End of Phase 2 meeting with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, in the second half of 2022, and subject to the end of this Phase 2 meeting, we plan to initiate two pivotal Phase 3 clinical trials for DMT310 in the second half of 2022, with top-line results expected in the first half of 2024. Assuming we receive positive clinical results, we would expect to submit a new drug application, or NDA, for DMT310 for the treatment of moderate-to-severe acne in the second half of 2024.

 

-87-


Table of Contents
   

Complete a proof-of-concept, or POC, trial of DMT310 for the treatment of psoriasis. In March 2021, we initiated a Phase 1b POC trial in patients with mild-to-moderate psoriasis and expect top-line results in the second half of 2021. We believe the anti-inflammatory properties of DMT310 on IL-17A and IL-17F, the major effector cytokines in the pathogenesis of psoriasis, may result in a topical product that can be used to treat psoriasis. Assuming positive clinical results, we expect to initiate a Phase 2 trial in the first half of 2022, with results expected in the first half of 2023. If successfully developed and commercialized, we believe DMT310 would be the first once-weekly topical product available to treat mild-to-moderate psoriasis.

 

   

Complete a Phase 2 trial of DMT310 in rosacea. Based on the data obtained from our Phase 2b trials in acne and the anti-inflammatory effects seen in-vitro, we plan to initiate a Phase 2 trial for DMT310 in rosacea in the second half of 2021, with top-line results expected in the second half of 2022. Assuming we receive positive clinical results, we would expect to initiate two Phase 3 trials in the first half of 2023, with results expected in the second half of 2024. We believe this will help bolster our pipeline and could establish the broader use of DMT310 in inflammatory skin diseases.

 

   

Complete a POC trial for our DMT410 program in aesthetic conditions. In November 2020, we initiated a Phase 1b POC trial of DMT410 for the treatment of multiple aesthetic conditions, and expect top-line results in the second quarter of 2021. We believe this trial may provide further positive data for the DMT410 regimen to topically deliver botulinum toxin for skin conditions and diseases.

 

   

Explore mutually beneficial partnership opportunities for our DMT410 program in hyperhidrosis and aesthetic conditions. Based on the results for DMT410 in hyperhidrosis and the future results in the ongoing aesthetic trial, we plan to pursue mutually beneficial partnerships with botulinum toxin companies, to target topical treatment of skin diseases and aesthetic conditions utilizing our DMT410 program.

 

   

Acquire or in-license additional dermatology programs to our portfolio that complement our current product candidates. We continuously evaluate potential partnering opportunities that will bolster our current product candidate portfolio and provide substantial value to our organization. We intend to focus on early to mid-stage development product candidates to generate clinical data and potentially move to later stages of development and ultimately on to commercialization.

 

   

Maximize the value of our portfolio by commercializing our product candidates in territories where we can do so effectively and partner for other territories to help us reach new markets. If we receive FDA approval for our product candidates, we plan to maximize the territories where they could be sold by partnering with established companies in new territories outside of the U.S. market, if possible.

 

   

Further strengthen our intellectual property portfolio, path to new chemical entity, or NCE, exclusivity, raw material supply and advance our regulatory filings. We plan to continue to strengthen our IP portfolio, seek NCE exclusivity for DMT310, maintain our exclusive supply agreement for our raw material requirements, and continue to protect our proprietary information. We believe these activities will be our primary competitive advantages if our product candidates receive regulatory approval.

The dates reflected in the foregoing are estimates only, and there can be no assurances that the events included will be completed on the anticipated timeline presented, or at all. Further, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in the development of DMT310 or DMT410, or any other product candidate we may develop in the future, or that DMT310 or DMT410, or any other product candidate we may develop in the future, will receive FDA approval for any indication.

Dermatology Market Overview

We are currently focused on the medical and aesthetics dermatology markets, which include multiple common and undertreated skin diseases and conditions such as acne, rosacea, psoriasis, hyperhidrosis, and multiple aesthetic conditions, some with no currently approved products, including the reduction of fine lines,

 

88


Table of Contents

pore size, sebum production and increase in luminosity and overall skin quality. We believe these diseases and conditions cause significant negative impacts on patients’ quality of life, including physical and emotional trauma and social stigmatism, causing patients to constantly seek better treatment options to help alleviate their conditions. We also believe these markets have not experienced the same level of development and advances as other markets, as there have been few novel or innovative topical products recently approved other than reformulations or combinations of existing compounds. We believe our product candidates will be well situated within the market and offer the innovative solutions to the underserved medical and aesthetic dermatology markets.

The U.S. medical dermatology market has experienced significant growth in recent years based on the new treatment options and greater patient access to care. Based on current market data, the U.S. medical dermatology market (excluding biologics) was valued at over $16 billion dollars in prescription pharmaceutical sales in 2020.

The American Society of Plastic Surgeons estimates that over 15.4 million cosmetic procedures were performed in the U.S. in 2016, of which about 7 million used botulinum toxin. There are many factors that continue to drive growth in the aesthetics dermatology market such as greater patient acceptance, including from an increase in younger patients, and the discretionary cash that patients are willing to spend on aesthetic care. We also believe patients have a growing willingness to pay out-of-pocket for effective skin treatments in order to achieve their desired personal aesthetic look, which further supports the demand and pricing in those markets.

Based on the foregoing, we believe the dermatology market, both aesthetics and medical, offers a low-cost commercialization opportunity compared to many other prescription based specialty markets, due to the relatively small number of specialists in the dermatology field. According to the American Academy of Dermatology, in 2020 there were approximately 18,000 dermatologists in the U.S. We plan to target a subset of these dermatologists, who are larger prescribers of competitive products and who treat a large percentage of patients with our approved indications by creating a targeted sales force, in order to cover a significant portion of our target physicians. We believe the combination of a prescription based and cash-pay based product lines is an attractive business opportunity, as it incorporates multiple aspects of the dermatology market that move independent of the greater healthcare market.

Background of Our Spongilla Technology

Spongilla Lacustris Overview

Spongilla lacustris, or Spongilla, is a freshwater sponge from the Spongillidea family that grows in freshwater rivers and lakes in commercial quantities in select regions of the world. It becomes dormant during the winter months and regrows each year to growth forms ranging from encrusting, to digitate, to branched, depending on its habitat’s growth conditions. While it grows in many parts of the northern hemisphere, there are only certain locations where it grows in the quantities and of the quality to viably support a commercial pharmaceutical product. One such location is the Volga River in central Russia, where we have signed an exclusive supply agreement with one of the larger known suppliers of Spongilla raw material for DMT310, which guarantees our supply of Spongilla raw material. Traditionally, locals would harvest small amounts of Spongilla for its perceived medicinal properties and use it as a folk medicine to treat a variety of inflammatory conditions, including arthritis. Over the last 18 years, our exclusive supplier has refined its harvesting methods and procedures and is now capable of supplying a high quality raw material. Our supplier has the capacity to collect and process large quantities of Spongilla per year. We believe our supplier will be able to supply a raw material in the quantities and of the quality necessary to support our clinical and commercial needs.

The traditional use of Spongilla in Russia has provided a large amount of safety data. In 2003, the Russian Ministry of Health indicated that Spongilla has been used by over one million people per year, with few reported safety issues. In 2017, we submitted this safety information, along with various other publications and non-clinical studies, in an Investigational New Drug, or IND, application to the FDA’s Division of Dermatology

 

-89-


Table of Contents

and Dental Products with reference to the FDA’s Botanical Drug Development Guidelines for Industry, or Botanical Guidelines. This submission enabled the FDA to approve our IND for DMT310, allowing us to proceed directly into a Phase 2 clinical trial in patients due in part to historical human exposure. While we are still required to complete a majority of required non-clinical and pharmacokinetic studies, we were able to strategically conserve resources while gathering human clinical efficacy and safety data prior to beginning such work.

Spongilla’s Multiple Mechanism of Actions

While Spongilla is technically a part of the animal kingdom, it grows and acts more similarly to a plant in that it can completely regenerate every year, even in harsh environmental conditions. This unique property of Spongilla not only allows us to reference the Botanical Guidelines, but also helps ensure the regrowth of sufficient supply of raw material each year. In addition to causing a regrowth of the sponge each year, the harsh environmental conditions the sponge lives in helps contribute to our Spongilla technologies’ multiple mechanisms of actions. Based on knowledge gained from over almost 20 years of harvesting Spongilla, our supplier has learned the necessary environmental conditions and Spongilla characteristics that must be present for optimal raw material harvest and to ensure the raw material contains the necessary properties for an effective pharmaceutical product. These particular properties include both mechanical and chemical components that are a naturally occurring part of the sponge raw material and contribute to our Spongilla technology’s mechanisms of action in the treatment of skin diseases and conditions.

The mechanical components of DMT310 come from the Spongilla’s skeletal structure, which is made up of a large number of siliceous spicules that are bound together by organic material, as seen in Image 1 below. These spicules are smooth, rod-like shapes which come to a point on each end, and if the Spongilla is harvested under certain proprietary environmental conditions, the spicules can average between 150-300 micrometers in length and about 10-15 micrometers in diameter. While there are other types of freshwater and marine sponges, many of their spicules can be covered in barbs or hooks which we believe would get stuck in the skin or are blunt on each end, making skin penetration difficult.

 

LOGO

Image 2: Siliceous Spicules Present in Spongilla

After harvesting and further processing in the U.S., the shape and size of our spicules make them the ideal mechanism to penetrate the stratum corneum, the skins barrier, and temporarily create a micro-channel into the dermis without penetrating into the subcutaneous tissue, where the larger blood vessels are located. These newly created microchannels temporarily open the skin’s barrier to allow for the targeted delivery of large and small chemical compounds into the dermis. Most topically applied products currently contain various penetration

 

-90-


Table of Contents

enhancers that help force the active molecule through the stratum corneum and into the dermis, such as Dimethyl Sulfoxide (DMSO). However, these penetration enhancers are only able to help smaller molecules penetrate and are usually unable to aid larger molecules, such as botulinum toxin, in topical delivery. These penetration enhancers can also cause unwanted side effects such as dry skin or garlic like taste, breath and body odor. We believe our Spongilla technology is differentiated by enabling the delivery of both small and large molecules through topical application with less irritation and side effects than other topically applied products.

In addition to creating many microchannels in the skin, we believe the penetration of the spicules can open closed comedones allowing oxygen into the anaerobic environment of the clogged pilosebaceous glands, where C.acnes and other bacteria survive. Lastly, we believe the spicules promote collagen production within the skin which accelerates the skin’s rejuvenation period, thus bringing refreshed skin to the surface at a quicker rate than the skins normal turnover cycle. Typically, the skin takes between three to four weeks to bring a new layer to the surface, while we believe our Spongilla technology may allow this process to complete in less than one week. We believe this decreases the time to treat inflammatory skin diseases and conditions while also enhancing the look of a patient’s skin.

Our Spongilla technology also contains multiple active chemical compounds that we believe may aid in our product candidates’ treatment of multiple dermatology skin diseases and conditions. We believe part of Spongilla’s natural defense mechanism is the creation of organic material to fight off natural enemies present in the water in which it grows. This organic material binds its spicules together to form the skeletal structure of the sponge. Based on multiple in-vitro studies, we believe the organic compounds within the sponge, when separated from the spicules, have both anti-inflammatory and antimicrobial properties. We have observed anti-inflammatory activity including reduction of C. acnes, stimulated IL-8 production and the downregulation of the production of IL-17A and IL-17F in human cell lines. Additionally, in our in-vitro studies, we observed the inhibition of lipogenesis of sebocytes, which may translate to a reduction in sebum production and oiliness of the skin in patients.

While we believe each of the mechanical or chemical components of our Spongilla technology may be beneficial in treating various diseases in its own right, we believe the impact of each mechanism may be greatly enhanced when combined with the other. The large number spicules contained in each treatment create many microchannels through the stratum corneum, allowing for sufficient penetration and delivery of the chemical components in the treatment area to fight inflammation and bacteria.

FDA Botanical Drug Development Guidance for Industry

Most currently approved topical dermatology products are reviewed solely by the FDA’s Office of Dermatology and Dental Products and follow a standard approval pathway. However, due to our lead product candidate, DMT310, being derived from a natural source, it will be reviewed by the FDA Office of Dermatology and Dental Products with input from the FDA Botanical Review Division. While Spongilla is not a botanical, the FDA has allowed us to reference the Botanical Guidance for raw material quality control and batch to batch consistency through development and into commercialization. We believe our ability to reference the Botanical Guidance and receive input from the Botanical Review Division on DMT310 provides us with key advantages in DMT310’s regulatory pathway to approval, if achieved. These advantages include being able to move into human clinical studies upon the FDA’s acknowledged receipt of our IND letter and subsequent study may proceed, saving us substantial financial resources to achieve human clinical data. Additionally, while we believe that our sponge contains multiple active chemical compounds, based on our regulatory analysis of the feedback from the FDA and the Botanical Guidance, we believe we are only required to provide identifiable and quantifiable active components to show quality control and batch to batch consistency. We believe this will make it more difficult for a potential competitor to copy DMT310 and produce a similar product due to their inability to know every component of our product candidate. Thus, we believe a competitor with a similar product or product candidate would have to conduct all of the manufacturing, development, and regulatory steps we must complete for approval. However, there can be no assurance that we successfully navigate the development of DMT310 or that DMT310 will receive FDA approval.

 

-91-


Table of Contents

Our Product Candidates

DMT310

Our lead product candidate, DMT310, is a unique, once-weekly, naturally derived topical product, first being developed for the treatment of moderate-to-severe acne vulgaris, or acne. It is derived from freshwater Spongilla lacustris, or Spongilla, which grows under certain environmental conditions in select locations throughout the northern hemisphere. Our Spongilla raw material is harvested by our exclusive partner in Russia abiding by strict protocols which our supplier has developed over 20 years. The result of these strict protocols is a consistent chemical structure that is reproducible year after year, which is critical in producing a material able to be used in a pharmaceutical product. After harvesting, the Spongilla is further processed in the U.S. into a uniform powder that is packaged into sachets. Immediately prior to treatment the patient will mix the powder with a diluent (hydrogen peroxide) to form a paste which the patient can then apply to the treatment area to treat the multiple facets of acne. DMT310 utilizes the Spongilla’s mechanical spicules to help resurface a patient’s skin while also creating microchannels through the stratum corneum to allow the penetration of the Spongilla’s naturally created organic compounds. We believe these organic compounds are able to travel through the newly created microchannels into the dermis and sebaceous gland where both inflammatory and non-inflammatory acne lesions originate. DMT310 targets treatment of the multiple facets of acne by combining the substantial mechanical and chemical activity of Spongilla into an easy to apply product that only needs to be applied once-weekly. If approved by the FDA, we believe the combination of the mechanical and chemical properties of DMT310 has the potential for a more rapid time to treatment effect with fewer treatments, less side effects and better tolerability than other currently marketed topical acne products.

DMT310 for Treatment of Acne Vulgaris

Market Opportunity. Acne is characterized by areas of scaly red skin, non-inflammatory blackheads and whiteheads, inflammatory lesions, papules and pustules and occasionally cysts and scarring that occur on the face, neck, chest, back, shoulders, and upper arms. It affects approximately 50 million people in the U.S., with about 85% of teenagers experiencing some form of acne. The U.S. prescription acne market had approximately $2.3 billion in prescription pharmaceutical sales in 2019, according to IQVIA Inc. market data.

A majority of patients experience some form of acne during their teenage years and for some, their acne may diminish over time, or at least tends to decrease by age 25. There is, however, no way to predict how long it will take for acne to disappear entirely, with some individuals suffering from acne well into their 30s, 40s and beyond. While not life-threatening, acne causes significant trauma for those suffering from it due to social stigmas, substantial risk of permanent facial scarring, lowered self-esteem and social withdrawal. Therefore, we believe early and aggressive treatment with an effective once-weekly product may lessen the overall long-term impact of this disease and may lead to an increase in a patient’s quality of life.

Due to acne’s negative impact on a patient’s quality of life and negative impact on facial aesthetic, patients suffering from acne tend to be highly motivated to rid themselves of acne and we believe more willing to pay more out-of-pocket for higher priced and highly effective treatments. It is our belief that patients seeking an easy to use and effective topical product will tolerate less favorable reimbursement rates than for other prescription products for other indications, allowing for favorable pricing if we are able to eventually obtain approval for and successfully commercialize DMT310 for acne. Furthermore, if approved, we believe that DMT310’s natural characteristics may allow us to expand our addressable acne market to include those patients who value using naturally derived products, such as DMT310.

The overall acne market can currently be broken into three separate classes based on the severity of the acne:

 

   

Mild Acne: characterized by few papules or pustules; typically treated with over-the-counter products or topical prescription therapies.

 

92


Table of Contents
   

Moderate Acne: characterized by multiple papules and pustules with moderate inflammation; typically treated with a combination of oral and topical prescription therapies.

 

   

Severe Acne: characterized by substantial papules and pustules, with many nodules and/or cysts and significant inflammation; currently treated with oral and topical combination treatments and photodynamic therapy as a third-line treatment option.

Limitations of Current Standard of Care. While current treatment options may be effective for some patients, there are many limitations and drawbacks of current acne products which cause poor patient adherence. All currently approved topical therapies for the treatment of acne must be applied once or even twice a day in order to allow an accumulation of product within the skin to effectively treat the disease. This requirement to apply multiple times per day becomes very onerous and time consuming for patients, causing many patients to fail to comply with the strict application regimen and/or skip multiple treatments. Proper use and application schedules are particularly important for topical acne products and poor patient adherence may lead to reduced treatment effect and ultimately discontinuation of treatment due to lack of effect.

Many current acne products, such as retinoids, must be applied at least once-a-day and may cause significant stinging, burning and peeling after each application. These tolerability issues, which may start occurring after the first application, and the substantial discomfort they cause, lead many patients to discontinue the necessary daily application schedule. It is well known that benzoyl peroxide, or BPO, leads to drying of the skin and that retinoids result in many local skin reactions including erythema, burning, and peeling, after the first treatment. It has been observed in the combination study of adapalene/BPO, where more than 20% of the subjects reported moderate or severe erythema and stinging/burning.

Lastly, most topical products have an unavoidable latency period of 6-8 weeks until patients have a definite improvement. This means they may have to endure 30 to 60 applications before observing that their acne is improving (assuming to a daily, or twice daily regimen), all while dealing with the burning, stinging and peeling that may accompany these topical products. We believe that teenagers, which make up the largest segment of the acne market, become impatient with the lack of rapid perceived effect leading to premature discontinuation of treatment. The lack of rapid treatment effect, side effects, and onerous application schedules all greatly contribute to patient compliance issues and could ultimately lead to treatment failure. We believe patients are more concerned with efficacy outcomes than costs, thus we believe patients will be more willing to pay higher out of pocket costs.

Our Solution for Moderate-to-Severe Acne. If approved, we believe DMT310’s once-weekly application regimen will increase patient compliance, potentially increasing the likelihood of improved acne results. Using our multifaceted, once-weekly Spongilla treatment technology, we are developing DMT310 to create a paradigm shift in how acne is treated by dermatologists by attempting to make DMT310 the preferred treatment option for all acne patients. We have designed DMT310 to treat the multiple factors of acne while also attempting to increase patient compliance.

If approved, we believe DMT310 has the potential to remedy many of the negative characteristics associated with current topical therapies for moderate-to-severe acne vulgaris, including cumbersome treatment regimens, negative side effects (including burning, stinging, itching or dryness, which may occur as early as the first treatment and continue daily thereafter), and delayed time to effectiveness (which may take up to eight weeks). DMT310 is designed to be applied only once a week, rather than once or twice a day. We believe a once-weekly schedule may be conducive to high patient compliance. In addition, in our recent Phase 2b acne trial, on average, patients experienced an approximately 45% reduction in inflammatory acne lesions after just four treatments, with continued improvement throughout the 12-week trial. Further, approximately 90% of patients had no, or mild, tolerability issues at the end of the 12-week trial and no patients experienced any severe tolerability issues.

In addition, in our Phase 2b trial we observed that DMT310 started showing a statistically significant difference from placebo after just four treatments while also having a rapid reduction on inflammatory and

 

-93-


Table of Contents

non-inflammatory lesions. We believe this rapid visible response encouraged patients to continue to adhere to the once-weekly application schedule leading to a continued reduction in their lesions until the end of trial at week 12. Thus, we believe that a topical product that needs to be applied once-weekly with a quicker time to perceived treatment effect and fewer tolerability issues has the opportunity to exhibit greater treatment success due to improved patient adherence leading to loyal and repeat users.

DMT310 for the Treatment of Mild-to-Moderate Psoriasis

We believe that DMT310 could be a treatment for mild-to-moderate psoriasis based on the anti-inflammatory properties and safety data demonstrated by DMT310 in its Phase 2b trial for acne vulgaris, the in-vitro effect seen on IL-17A and IL-17F, as well as its ease of application to smaller surface areas.

Psoriasis is characterized by “plaques,” or raised red areas of skin covered with a silver or white layer of dead skin cells referred to as “scales.” Psoriatic plaques can appear on any area of the body, but most often appear on the scalp, knees, elbows, trunk, and limbs, and the plaques are often itchy and sometimes painful. The psoriasis lesions are characterized by hyperproliferation of keratinocytes and a lymphocyte-rich infiltrate consisting primarily of T cells. In the dermis and epidermis, T lymphocytes interact with antigen-presenting cells and secrete Th1 and Th17 cytokines. These activated T cells and the inflammatory cytokines they secrete are believed to induce the skin lesions seen in psoriasis. In addition to the broad anti-inflammatory properties we have observed in our clinical acne studies, DMT310’s ability exhibited in-vitro a dose dependent inhibition of both IL-17A and IL-17F, key cytokines implicated in the pathogenesis of psoriasis. Thus, DMT310 may provide a method to topically deliver targeted anti-inflammatory therapy directly to psoriatic lesions with good local tolerability in a once-weekly application regimen.

Market Opportunity. Patients are either underdiagnosed, undertreated or left untreated. This leaves patients seeking new treatment options. Psoriasis is a chronic, inflammatory skin disorder estimated to affect up to 3.2% of the world’s population. Plaque-type psoriasis is the most common form of psoriasis, occurring in more than 80-90% of cases of psoriasis with approximately 80% of patients experiencing the mild disease form and 20% experiencing moderate-to-severe form of the disease. In addition to the disfigurement caused by psoriatic lesions, patients also may experience pruritus, or itching, which can be particularly common and bothersome for patients. Not only does psoriasis cause direct clinical challenges, patients also suffer a negative impact on their quality of life. Patients can suffer substantial psychological impacts from their disease, including, social stigmas, feelings of rejections and shame, discrimination in the workplace, and reduced productivity, among many others. These patients are commonly looking for a safe and effective product to treat their disease.

Limitations of Current Standard of Care. The vast majority of psoriasis patients are first treated with topical therapies due to the reduced systemic exposure. However, patients often feel that topical treatments are one of the negative aspects of psoriasis, which we believe is partly due to the limited options like, coal tar, retinoids, calcineurin inhibitors and corticosteroids. The drawback to topical steroids is they can only be used for a short period of time and are associated with Hypothalamic pituitary adrena axis suppression, skin atrophy (thinning), striae (stretch marks), and telangiectasia (spider veins), among other side effects. Furthermore, some of these side effects are irreversible, persisting even after therapy is discontinued. Consequently, high-potency topical steroids are not recommended for chronic use and physicians generally will not prescribe them for treatment on the face. Also, rebound is a known challenge with steroids, where after steroid discontinuation, the psoriasis returns even worse than it was before steroid treatment was initiated.

While biologic therapies, including drugs such as Enbrel, Cosentyx, Humira, and Stelara, are available for treatment, their use remains highly restricted to patients with moderate-to-severe disease. In the U.S., with less than 20% of patients having moderate-to-severe psoriasis, we believe a vast majority of the psoriasis market are left without long-term effective treatment options. While additional data has caused an uptake of biologics, they still remain limited due to multiple factors, including that they are indicated only for use in moderate-to-severe patients, high costs, consequent reimbursement and access restrictions, frequent high patient co-pays, perceived

 

-94-


Table of Contents

risk of side effects, and patient fear of injection. We believe physicians would be more likely to prescribe a topical product for psoriasis long before biologic treatment, especially among milder psoriasis patients.

Non-biologic systemic therapy options for psoriasis exist, but their use is also limited due to unfavorable side effects. Apremilast (Otezla), an oral PDE4 inhibitor, generated more than $1 billion in sales in all indications in 2019, but has only achieved a small patient share in psoriasis due to limitations on its use to moderate-to-severe patients, modest symptomatic improvement, and frequent adverse events, we believe there is still a great need for mild-to-moderate patients.

Due to the shortcomings of existing topical therapies and the lack of options providing robust symptomatic improvement with chronic treatment, as well as the inherent challenges of treating psoriasis. Therefore, to increase patient compliance, we believe there remains a need for a safe, effective and easily applicable topical treatment for chronic disease, that has a low risk of side effects and is well tolerated, and that can be used on all anatomical areas.

Our solution for Mild-to-Moderate Psoriasis. Similar to the needs of patients with acne, we believe patients suffering with psoriasis might comply better to a treatment that is easy to apply and requires less application time than current treatment options. DMT310, if approved, could be used as a first line therapy for patients with mild-to-moderate psoriasis. We believe the spicules within DMT310 will help break up the psoriatic lesions, while the anti-inflammatory components of DMT310 and Spongilla assist with the healing of the lesions. Due to the historical use of Spongilla and the human safety data collected to date in our other clinical studies, we believe DMT310 may be suitable for chronic psoriasis.

DMT310 extracts have been shown in-vitro to have a dose dependent inhibition of IL-17A and IL-17F secretion. In the dermis and epidermis, T lymphocytes interact with antigen-presenting cells and secrete Th1 and Th17 cytokines, including interferon-gamma (IFN-g), interleukin (IL)-2, IL-17, IL-22, and tumor necrosis factor alpha (TNF-α). These activated T cells and the inflammatory cytokines they secrete are believed to induce the skin lesions seen in psoriasis and be a fundamental contributor in the disease’s immune pathway. We know that there are multiple approved IL-17A inhibitors on the market, such as secukinumab (Cosentyx®, Novartis) and ixekizumab (Taltz®, Eli Lilly and Co.), but these are both biologics and only indicated for patients with moderate-to-severe psoriasis who are candidates for systemic therapy. The limited patient population who are actually candidates for these biologic treatments is a small percentage of the overall psoriasis market. Therefore, a topical product that can inhibit the IL-17 pathway in the skin with minimal systemic exposure would be an ideal option for both physicians and patients.

Based on clinical and nonclinical data generated to date for DMT310, and anecdotal evidence of DMT310’s effect on psoriatic lesions, we initiated a Phase 1b, open label, POC study in mild-to-moderate psoriasis patients in the first quarter of 2021. This trial will include once-weekly applications of DMT310 for 12 weeks in 30 mild-to-moderate psoriasis patients with lesions covering 2% to 30% of their body surface area. The primary endpoints in this trial will include the Physician’s Global Assessment which is a 6-point scale measuring the physician’s assessment of psoriasis severity of the target lesion site, the Psoriasis Area Severity Index scale is also a 6-point scale measuring the psoriatic disease severity taking into account qualitative lesion characteristics (erythema, thickness, and scaling) and degree of surface area involvement and the Pruritus Visual Analog Scale consists of the patient’s measurement of pruritus, or itch, in addition to normal tolerability and safety assessments. We expect to receive top-line data in the second half of 2021. Conditioned upon the receipt of positive data from this POC study, we plan to move quickly into a larger Phase 2, placebo controlled, clinical trial in 2022.

DMT310 for the Treatment of Moderate-to-Severe Rosacea

Based on the positive clinical data we observed against inflammatory lesions in our Phase 2b acne trial and the many similarities between acne vulgaris and papulopustular rosacea, we are developing our DMT310 product

 

-95-


Table of Contents

for the treatment of papulopustular rosacea, or rosacea. We believe the broad anti-inflammatory results seen by DMT310 in clinical trials for acne may also be seen in papulopustular rosacea patients, as it is also a disease of papules and pustules on the face. We believe there currently remains a high unmet need in rosacea for a safe and effective treatment and we believe a once-weekly, naturally derived topical product could be an ideal candidate to fill this void.

Market Opportunity. Rosacea is a chronic, inflammatory skin disorder characterized by repeated remissions and exacerbations of facial redness and inflammatory lesions that can be challenging to treat. The pathogenesis of rosacea is not completely understood, but factors such as microbial overgrowth, vascular abnormalities, and abnormally high levels of cathelicidin in the skin have been suggested to be involved. Rosacea is further divided into four subtypes; erythematotelangiectatic, papulopustular, rhinophymatous, and ocular, with many patients having a combination of the various subtypes.

There are over 16 million patients diagnosed with one or more forms of rosacea in the U.S. and it typically affects women, although more severe forms tend to affect men due lack of treatment. Depending on the presenting symptoms and their severity, treatment ranges from oral antibiotics to topical preparations including brimonidine, oxymetazoline, azelaic acid and others, all with substandard efficacy and associated side effects including stinging and burning, pruritus, as well as dryness and erythema. These issues with current treatment options can often lead to discontinuation of treatment and a prolongation of symptoms and patients suffering. Even with such drawbacks to current therapies, current topical products most commonly used to treat rosacea generate approximately $374 million in aggregate annual revenues in the U.S. in 2019, while the oral drugs typically prescribed for more severe cases are oral antibiotics and generate about $305 million in aggregate annual revenues in the U.S. in 2019 according to IQVIA Inc. market data.

Current rosacea treatments have some of the same limitations and compliance issues as current acne products, like cumbersome applications regimens and unwanted side effects. We believe this creates a large opportunity in the market for products that are easy to apply, such as DMT310.

Limitations of Current Standard of Care. Since rosacea is a complex chronic disease combination therapy is typically required. Current topical treatment options for rosacea must be applied once or twice a day, and rosacea can have a significant impact on a patient’s quality of life due both to the unwanted cosmetic appearance of the disease and to intolerable and painful symptoms associated with the disease. Moreover, with a once or twice a day application schedule, patients may experience side effects (such as dryness, stinging, burning, irritation and pruritis) after each treatment, resulting in poor patient compliance. Similar to acne, compliance with a product’s application regimen is critical in the treatment success of rosacea, especially because rosacea tends to intensify in the presence of certain environmental triggers. If left untreated, the hypertrophied tissue may require surgery to reshape and debulk the excess tissue. Despite the negative impact of the disease, very few rosacea patients seek treatment. We believe this is due to the limited treatment options available for these patients. Therefore, we believe an easy to apply once-weekly treatment with minimal side effects and good tolerability could help alleviate some of the drawbacks with the current standard of care.

Our Solution for Moderate-to-Severe Rosacea. Similar to the needs of patients with acne, based on a recent survey of rosacea patients, many indicated a low level of satisfaction with current treatment options leading to intermittent use of current therapies. We believe that a once-weekly product derived from a natural source that effectively treats the inflammation associated with papulopustular rosacea may be the ideal solution for patients suffering from this disease. The formation of rosacea lesions is thought to be driven by early recruitment of TH1 and TH17 lymphocytes which ultimately causes neutrophil infiltration and lesion formation. Once the T-cells arrive to area, T cell derived cytokines such as IL-17 may, together with UV radiation, activate keratinocytes to produce the chemokines CXCL1 and CXCL8 and these chemokine cause neutrophils to migrate to the area, leading to the formation of inflammatory lesions. TH17 cells preferentially express the chemokine receptor CCR6, and its specific ligand CCL20 is upregulated by UVB irradiation stimulation in keratinocytes. This stimulation of the immune response by UV radiation may explain why sunlight exposure and IL-17 may exacerbate the lesions of rosacea.

 

-96-


Table of Contents

In addition to the promotion of neutrophil infiltration, IL-17 also promotes angiogenesis via the induction of VEGF, producing erythema and subsequent telangiectasia. Based on in-vitro data, DMT310 has shown a dose dependent inhibition of IL-17A and IL-17F along with potent anti-inflammatory properties seen in our Phase 2b acne trial. We believe the combination of these features, coupled with a once-weekly application schedule, could allow for DMT310 to be a leading treatment option for patients suffering with rosacea.

We plan to initiate a Phase 2 clinical trial of DMT310 for the treatment of moderate-to-severe rosacea in the second half of 2021. This trial will enroll approximately 180 patients across the U.S., where patients will be treated once-weekly with a topical application of either DMT310 or placebo. Patients will be followed for 12 weeks and the primary endpoints will include Investigator’s Global Assessment and inflammatory lesion counts along with tolerability and safety assessments. Conditioned upon the receipt of positive data from this Phase 2 trial, which we expect in the middle of 2022, we plan to hold an End of Phase 2 meeting with the FDA and then plan to initiate a Phase 3 program to prepare for an NDA submission. We expect to initiate the Phase 3 program in the first half of 2023, with top-line trial results expected in the second half of 2024. We will leverage the nonclinical studies completed for our acne program to help support the NDA submission for rosacea. There can be no assurance that DMT310 will receive FDA approval in rosacea.

DMT400 for the Topical Delivery of Macromolecules

DMT400 is our combination treatment regimen that utilizes the unique mechanical features of our Spongilla technology to facilitate the intradermal delivery of macromolecules, such as botulinum toxin, monoclonal antibodies or dermal fillers, by topical application rather than with a needle. These macromolecules are highly effective and approved for the treatment of multiple medical and aesthetic skin conditions, but currently are not approved in a topical form because the molecular structures are too large to penetrate the stratum corneum, the skin’s outermost defense barrier. Thus, all current macromolecule treatment options for skin conditions and diseases must be injected sometimes requiring numerous injections. We believe that DMT400’s topical application regimen may provide patients with a topical treatment option for both medical and aesthetic dermatology conditions.

DMT400 works by first topically applying our proprietary sponge powder to the treatment area wherein the mechanical spicules of the sponge penetrate the skin thereby creating microchannels into the dermis. Unlike a derma roller or other microneedle technology, our unique spicules remain in the skin for one to two days allowing the microchannel to remain open rather than close, as they would after using a derma roller, during which time a macromolecule can be applied topically to the skin. We believe this topical application with the newly created microchannels will facilitate the delivery of the macromolecule, through the microchannel and into the dermis, without the need for injections. This targeted delivery to the dermis rather than delivery to the systemic circulation, may decrease the systemic spread of these macromolecules thus potentially reducing side effects while increasing targeted application.

DMT410 for the Treatment of Primary Axillary Hyperhidrosis

We initially tested our DMT400 treatment with our DMT410 program, which consists of a topical application of our proprietary sponge powder followed by a topical application of botulinum toxin. DMT410 was initially tested in a Phase 1b POC study of 10 patients with primary axillary hyperhidrosis. Hyperhidrosis is a life-altering disorder of excessive sweating out of proportion with thermoregulatory requirements. While many patients may exhibit this excessive sweating in response to specific triggers, such as emotional stress, others may exhibit symptoms spontaneously. Typically, the diagnosis of hyperhidrosis is based partly on subjective measures that measure how the excessive sweating affects a patient’s quality of life. Physicians also gravimetrically measure the amount of sweat produced, though there is no standardized threshold which defines hyperhidrosis. It is believed to affect an estimated 15 million people in the U.S. alone. According to a 2016 update on the prevalence and severity of hyperhidrosis in the U.S., axillary (underarm) hyperhidrosis, is the most common form of the disorder. Yet, since social embarrassment associated with the diagnosis is considerable, where about half of affected individuals do not currently seek treatment.

 

-97-


Table of Contents

Our Solution for Primary Axillary Hyperhidrosis. While primary axillary hyperhidrosis is idiopathic, the mechanism is thought to be neurogenic overactivity of the eccrine glands in the affected area. Based on the summary basis for approval of BOTOX®, we know that botulinum toxin type A has a clinical effect on hyperhidrosis, which acts by disrupting sympathetic stimulation to the eccrine glands resulting in considerably reduced axillary sweating from four to 12 months. However, current treatment with botulinum toxin requires a multitude of injections into each axilla due to the substantial size of the molecule and its inability to be applied topically. Given the nature of the target tissue being more sensitive, and the number of injections required, it is believed that injection site pain is a major cause for the lack of compliance. Thus, we believe a topical application regimen, capable of penetrating the stratum corneum to deliver botulinum toxin into the dermis, may be able to exhibit similar efficacy with greater compliance and adoption. This is why we believe DMT410 could potentially be a favorable treatment option for these patients due to its ability to aid in the topical delivery of botulinum toxin without the need for 10-20 injections. There can be no assurance that DMT410 will receive FDA approval for hyperhidrosis.

DMT410 for the Treatment of Aesthetic Conditions

In addition to the use of DMT410 in the treatment of hyperhidrosis and other medical dermatology conditions, we also believe DMT410 has an opportunity to be used for the treatment of multiple aesthetic conditions. Botulinum toxin type A is approved for the treatment of a variety of aesthetic conditions, but injections can be difficult and painful, which may lead to poor adoption of this therapy. Typically, botulinum toxin is injected at therapeutic doses into the muscles of the face resulting in localized reduction in muscle activity. This reduction of muscle activity leads to muscle relaxation and temporary flattening of the mechanical components causing the facial lines or wrinkles. In addition to botulinum toxin’s effect on the muscles of the face, it also has shown to affect more superficial aesthetic indications that may improve the global aesthetic assessment of a person’s skin; however, botulinum toxin is not currently approved for these indications likely due to the difficulty of successfully delivering sufficient quantities of toxin into the dermis through intradermal injections over a large enough surface area. Unlike intramuscular or subcutaneous injections, intradermal injections are much more difficult and technique sensitive, and can either lead to ineffectiveness or unintended facial weakness. Additionally, the areas of the face requiring intradermal injections are much more sensitive and thus can be more painful for patients. Therefore, we believe a product candidate like DMT410, which may be able to successfully deliver botulinum toxin to the dermis over a larger area, would be an option for a variety of new aesthetic indications. We believe DMT410 may be able to provide patients with a topical treatment option without the pain and discomfort typically associated with injections of botulinum toxin.

Clinical Progress of our Lead Product Candidates

DMT310 Phase 2b Clinical Results

In June 2020, we received results from our randomized, double-blind, placebo controlled, Phase 2b clinical trial of once-weekly treatments for twelve weeks of DMT310 for acne. We enrolled 181 moderate to severe acne patients at 14 sites across the U.S. Patients were required to be 12 years of age or older, have at least 20 non-inflammatory lesions, 20 inflammatory lesions, no more than 2 nodules or cysts and be a moderate or severe (meaning a 3 or 4) on the Investigators Global Assessment, or IGA, scale of acne. The IGA scale consists of a 5-point scale, 0-4, with 0 being clear, 1 being almost clear and 4 being severe acne as graded by the treating physician. Patients were randomly divided into two treatment groups, either to receive DMT310 or placebo. Patients were required to apply the product, whether DMT310 or placebo, to the entire face, once-weekly for 12 weeks with the first two weeks of treatment applied in office under the supervision of trained study staff, then the remaining 10 weekly treatments were applied at home by the patient.

The primary clinical endpoints of the trial included the absolute reduction in inflammatory lesions from baseline. The secondary clinical endpoints included:

 

   

the absolute reduction in non-inflammatory lesions from baseline;

 

-98-


Table of Contents
   

the IGA with a responder being a patient with a 2-grade change in IGA scale and being a 0 or 1 at study exit; and

 

   

safety and tolerability.

All statistical analyses and data shown for our Phase 2b study are on the intent-to-treat, or ITT, population. The ITT population included all randomized subjects in the group to which they were randomized. regardless of study drug received or if they completed the study. The ITT approach provides an unbiased comparison among the treatment groups.

The trial was completed in June 2020 and showed a statistically significant and we believe, a clinically meaningful effect for all efficacy endpoints of the trial, namely reduction in inflammatory and non-inflammatory lesions and IGA responders. Notably, the treatment effect for all efficacy endpoints was statistically significant at the four-week mark, after only four treatments, and continued to be statistically significant for week eight and week 12 when compared with placebo. Patients saw a rapid and sustained therapeutics treatment effect in percentage change in inflammatory lesions with a 45% reduction in inflammatory lesions at week four and reached 62% reduction in inflammatory lesions at week 12 compared to 24% and 42% reduction of inflammatory lesions for placebo at weeks four and 12, respectively. The effect on non-inflammatory lesions were also statistically significant after four weeks, with the therapeutic effect of an approximately 36% reduction in non-inflammatory lesions at week four reaching a therapeutic effect of 58% at 12 weeks, which was statistically significant when compared with placebo. In addition, both inflammatory and non-inflammatory percent reduction in lesion counts had P-values of less than 0.001 at week four and week 12 when compared to placebo.

We also saw an early statistically significant separation in IGA with 15% of patients in the DMT310 group considered responders on the IGA scale, or who had an IGA score of 0, “clear,” or 1, “almost clear,” after only 4 treatments as compared with just over 2% of patients on placebo. This statistical separation continued for the remainder of the trial where at the completion of the trial, or week 12, 44% of patients in the DMT310 group, compared with 17% in the placebo group were IGA responders. This difference was statistically significant with a P-value of less than 0.001.

No reported drug-related severe adverse events were reported in the trial. The drug also appeared to be tolerable by a majority of patients with greater than 92% of patients experiencing no or mild tolerability with no severe dryness, scaling, erythema, or burning/stinging reported at week 12. Of those patients who did report tolerability issues, they also reported that the issues were usually transient and resolved quickly without intervention. Based on this data, after meeting with the FDA, we expect to proceed to Phase 3 clinical trials with the same clinical endpoints and the same formulation of DMT310 for moderate-to-severe acne.

The following diagrams and tables show the absolute reduction of inflammatory and non-inflammatory lesions from baseline until the end of study, or week 12, for both DMT310 and placebo (Image 3), and percent reduction of inflammatory and non-inflammatory lesions from baseline until end of study, or week 12, for both DMT310 and Placebo (Image 4). Although reduction in non-inflammatory lesions was a secondary endpoint of this trial, it is a required metric for the Phase 3 acne studies necessary for FDA approval.

 

-99-


Table of Contents
LOGO    LOGO

Image 3: Reduction of inflammatory and non-inflammatory lesions from baseline until end of study, or week 12, for both DMT310 and Placebo

 

LOGO    LOGO

Image 4. Percent Reduction of inflammatory and non-inflammatory lesions from baseline until end of study, or week 12, for both DMT310 and Placebo

 

LOGO

 

-100-


Table of Contents

Image 5. Investigator Global Assessment response rate at Day 29, or week 4, Day 57, or week 8 and Day 85, or week 12

 

(1)

As used in the diagrams and table above, the reference to “P-value” (relative to placebo) means the probability of being wrong when asserting that a true difference exists between the results for the relevant patient group and the placebo group. For example, a “P-value” of less than 0.001 indicates that there is a less than one in 10,000 chance that the observed result in the treatment group and the observed result in the placebo group are the same. A “P-value” equal to or less than 0.05 means that a given difference is statistically significant.

(2)

“Success” is defined as an IGA score of “clear” or “almost clear” upon completion of the study.

Additionally, the safety and tolerability profile of DMT310 appeared to be acceptable with a small number of patients experiencing treatment emergent adverse events as seen in Image 6 below. In this Phase 2b trial, no subject receiving treatment with DMT310 experienced a severe local skin reaction at study end nor did any patient undergo a dose modification. Most tolerability issues were mild and resolved shortly after application without any rescue medication as seen in Image 7 below. Overall, DMT310 was generally safe and well tolerated by patients when applied once-weekly for 12 weeks.

 

System Organ Class Preferred Team

   DMT310
(N=91)
N (%)
   Placebo
(N=90)
N (%)

General disorders and administration site conditions

   5(5.5)    2(2.2)

Application site erythema

   4(4.4)    1(1.1)

Application site pruritus

   2(2.2)    2(2.2)

Application site dryness

   1(1.1)    0(0.0)

Application site exfoliation

   1(1.1)    0(0.0)

 

-101-


Table of Contents

Image 6. Treatment Emergent Adverse Events

 

LOGO

Image 7: Local Tolerability

DMT310 next steps

We are currently preceding with the necessary non-clinical pharmacokinetic studies and once complete we plan to schedule an End of Phase 2 meeting with the FDA in the second half of 2022 to discuss and finalize the protocol for the Phase 3 clinical trials in moderate-to-severe acne. Once we receive approval from the FDA, we plan to initiate a pivotal Phase 3 program for DMT310 for the treatment of moderate-to-severe acne in late 2022. We expect this Phase 3 program to include two, multi-center, placebo-controlled trials with identical clinical endpoints to our recently successful Phase 2b clinical trial of DMT310 for the treatment of moderate-to-severe acne. We expect to report top-line data from this program in 2024 and, assuming positive results, file a new drug application, or NDA, with the FDA shortly thereafter. This Phase 3 program is intended to be designed to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of the treatment of DMT310 relative to placebo for the treatment of moderate-to-severe acne. Prior to, or in parallel with our planned Phase 3 program, we intend to conduct and complete the pharmacokinetics safety study and additional non-clinical studies necessary to file the NDA. We also intend to conduct a long-term safety study. If DMT310 is approved for the treatment of acne, we believe DMT310 can eventually be an attractive prescription to over-the-counter switch, or Rx-to-OTC, target, which

 

-102-


Table of Contents

could provide a substantially larger sales opportunity. There can be no assurance that DMT310 will receive FDA approval for the treatment of acne.

DMT410 Phase 1b—Primary Axillary Hyperhidrosis

In the first quarter of 2019, we completed a Phase 1b, open-label, POC study of DMT410 for the treatment of moderate-to-severe primary axillary hyperhidrosis. In this study we treated 10 patients with one application of our proprietary sponge powder followed by one topical application of BOTOX®, reconstituted per label, to each axillae. Patients were followed for 4 weeks after which time their sweat production was measured and compared with baseline measurements. The clinical endpoints for this Phase 1b study were (i) percent of patients with less than 50% reduction in gravimetrically measured sweat production from baseline, (ii) percent of patients with gravimetric sweat production of greater than 50 mg, and (iii) percentage change in gravimetric sweat production. After 4 weeks, 80% of patients saw a decrease in gravimetric sweat production greater than 50%, 85% of patients had gravimetric sweat production of less than 50mg and patients had a 75% decrease in gravimetric sweat product from baseline. Based on this clinical data, we believe that we were able to deliver botulinum toxin into the dermis through topical application for the treatment of primary axillary hyperhidrosis.

DMT410 Phase 1b—Lateral Canthal, Glabellar and Forehead Lines

In November 2020, we enrolled our first patient in a Phase 1b open-label, POC study of DMT410 for the treatment of lateral canthal, glabellar and forehead lines along with multiple other aesthetic indications. Ten patients, age 18 or older, received one treatment of our proprietary sponge powder followed by one topical application for BOTOX®, reconstituted per label, to the upper face and are being followed for 16 weeks to determine the duration of effect. In addition to the above primary aesthetic endpoints, BOTOX® is also known to be effective for other aesthetic conditions such a reduction in pore size, sebum production, fine lines and improvement in luminosity and a patient’s global aesthetic improvement, which are included as secondary endpoints in this study. We plan to receive top-line data from this study in April 2021, and conditioned upon the receipt of successful results, we may begin exploring next steps in the development of our DMT410 program.

Manufacturing

We do not currently own or operate any manufacturing facilities and do not plan to own any in the near future. We have been relying on our third party partners for the manufacture of our products used in pre-clinical studies and clinical trials, and will likely continue to rely on these partners in the near term for the commercial manufacturing of our drug substance and drug product, if our drug product candidates are approved. Manufacturing of the active pharmaceutical ingredient, or API, for our product candidates requires a raw material that is derived from a natural source.

To date, we have obtained naturally sourced Spongilla raw material directly from our supplier based in Russia. In February 2020, we signed an exclusive supply agreement with this supplier of Spongilla raw material. Our supplier has over 18 years of experience collecting and processing Spongilla and has the capacity to collect and process large quantities of Spongilla per year. We believe our supplier is able to harvest sufficient quantities of raw material to fulfill our development and potential commercial needs, if a product candidate is approved using this raw material. However, we will explore alternative manufacturing sources, in order to ensure that we have access to sufficient manufacturing capacity to meet potential demand for any of our product candidates in a cost-efficient manner. See “Business—Material Agreements— Supply Agreement between Dermata Therapeutics LLC and Reka-Farm LLC” for more information regarding our supply of Spongilla.

Development and commercial quantities of any drug product candidates that we may develop will need to be harvested, manufactured in facilities, and processed in compliance with the requirements of the FDA and the regulatory agencies of other jurisdictions in which we are seeking approval. We currently employ internal resources to manage our manufacturing contractors. The relevant manufacturers of our drug product candidates

 

-103-


Table of Contents

have advised us that they are in compliance with both current Good Laboratory Practices, or cGLP, and current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMP.

We have relied upon our complete supply chain while supporting both our Phase 1 and Phase 2 clinical supply requirements and we are confident that our manufacturers have the ability to scale our processes to support our Phase 3 clinical studies and future commercial commitments. Our suppliers and manufactures were specifically selected based on the capabilities of their organization, their compliance to regulations, their personnel and the type and capabilities of their equipment. Testing methods for each stage of the manufacturing process form acquisition of raw materials through production of finished drug product have been developed and satisfactorily qualified per the FDA’s phase appropriate regulations relating to clinical materials for human use. Analytical methods and operational procedures related to each stage of our production operations including product release will continue to evolve and be validated as part of our overall development plan for Phase 3 clinical supplies and commercial production.

Commercialization

Given our stage of development, we do not currently have any internal sales, marketing, or distribution infrastructure or capabilities. If approved, we intend to commercialize DMT310, or any other product candidates that we may successfully develop, in the United States by building a specialized sales organization focused on dermatologists. We believe a scientifically oriented, customer-focused team of approximately 50-60 sales representatives would allow us to reach our targeted dermatologists in the U.S. with the highest potential for prescribing DMT310. In the future, we may develop and commercialize DMT310 for additional geographic regions, independently or with a strategic partner. If DMT310 is approved, and we are able to successfully commercialize it, we believe DMT310 can eventually become an attractive Rx-to-OTC switch target, which could provide a substantially larger addressable market and an expanded sales opportunity.

Competition

The medical and aesthetic pharmaceutical industries in which we plan to operate are competitive and subject to changes in practice. While we believe that our unique natural technology, knowledge, experience and resources provide us with competitive advantages, we may face competition from many different sources with respect to our current programs or any other product candidates that we may seek to develop or commercialize in the future. Possible competitors may include pharmaceutical companies, academic and medical institutions, governmental agencies and public and private research institutions. These prospective competitors have the ability to effectively commercialize, market and promote approved products, including communicating the effectiveness, safety and value of products to actual and prospective customers.

Many of our prospective competitors have substantially greater manufacturing, financial, research and development, personnel and marketing resources than we do. Our prospective competitors may also have more experience and expertise in obtaining marketing approvals from the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities. In addition to product development, testing, approval and promotion, other competitive factors in the pharmaceutical industry include industry consolidation, product quality and price, product technology, reputation, customer service and access to technical information. As a result, our prospective competitors may be able to develop competing or superior products, and compete more aggressively and sustain their competitive advantage over a longer period of time than us. Our products may be rendered obsolete or may lack economic viability in the face of competition.

The key competitive factors affecting the success of DMT310, if approved, will likely be its efficacy, safety, convenience of administration and delivery, price and the availability of reimbursement from government and other third-party payors. With respect to DMT310 for the treatment of moderate-to-severe acne, if approved, we will primarily be competing with therapies such as other topical products, oral products, in-office procedures, such as laser surgery, off-label drugs, over the counter medication and homeopathic remedies. With regards to

 

-104-


Table of Contents

DMT310 for the treatment of mild-to-moderate psoriasis, if approved, we will face competition from topical therapies, oral therapies, systemic therapies, photo therapies and homeopathic treatments. However, based on our clinical trials, we believe that DMT310 has multiple competitive advantages over current treatment alternatives with significantly less adverse side effects. Our main competition in these indications will be with products from Vyne Therapeutics, Inc, Sol-Gel Technologies Ltd., Arcutis Biotherapeutics, Inc., Almirall S.A., Galderma S.A., Pfizer Inc. See “Business – Clinical Progress of our Lead Product Candidates” for the results of our completed and ongoing clinical trials. While we are unaware of any potential similar competitive topical products to DMT310 for the treatment of acne, psoriasis and rosacea, it is possible that such potentially similar competitive products are currently being developed.

We are also in early stages of clinical development for DMT410 for treating various medical and aesthetic skin conditions, and if we obtain marketing approval in the future, we would compete with traditional therapies, such as topical products, oral products, in-office procedures, such as botulinum toxin injections, off-label drugs, over the counter medication and homeopathic remedies, as well as additional new entrants to the applicable markets.

We also expect to face competition in our efforts to identify appropriate collaborators or partners to help commercialize our product candidate portfolio in our target commercial markets.

Intellectual Property

Overview

Our commercial success depends in part on our ability to obtain and maintain proprietary protection for DMT310, DMT410 and any of our future product candidates, medical devices, methodologies, assays, drug development technologies, harvesting procedures, know-how; to operate without infringing on or otherwise violating the proprietary rights of others; and to prevent others from infringing or otherwise violating our proprietary rights. Our strategy is to protect our proprietary position by, among other things, filing U.S. and foreign patent applications related to our product candidate and other proprietary technologies, inventions and improvements that are important to the development and implementation of our business. We also rely on trade secrets, trademarks, know-how, continuing technological innovations, exclusivity agreements, nondisclosure and confidentiality agreements, license agreements, assignment of inventions and potential in-licensing opportunities to develop and maintain our proprietary position.

Patent Portfolio

Our patent estate consists of in-licensed and solely owned patent applications. Typically, we initially file U.S. provisional patent applications and then file applications directly or under the Patent Cooperation Treaty, or PCT, which is an international patent law treaty that provides a unified procedure for filing a single initial patent application to seek patent protection from an invention simultaneously in any one of the designated member jurisdictions and states, including in the U.S. Although a PCT application does not issue as a patent, it allows the applicant to seek protection in any of the member states through national-phase applications filed at a later date. We currently have multiple patent or patent applications in our patent portfolio and continue to pursue and seek additional patent coverage of all our product candidates.

DMT310

Our DMT310 portfolio includes two families, one in-licensed and one owned by Dermata. The in-licensed family includes patents and patent applications in-licensed from Villani, Inc. related to therapeutic compositions and methods for treating skin conditions. The in-licensed portfolio consists of one pending non-provisional U.S. patent application. two granted U.S. patents, and granted foreign patents in Australia, Brazil, Canada, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, Mexico, Russia, Singapore, South Korea, Spain, Switzerland and the United Kingdom.

 

-105-


Table of Contents

These patents are expected to expire between 2022 and 2023, absent any patent term adjustments or extensions. Based on the anticipated timing of any potential FDA approval of DMT310 for acne, the patents that expire in 2022 and 2023 are not material to our business , as we do no expect these patents to provide any protection for our product candidates. We expect our intellectual property portfolio to be protected by any potential NCE exclusivity for DMT310 and our other product candidates, the maintaining of our exclusive supply agreement for our raw material requirements, and our continued efforts to protect our proprietary information. We also have an additional Dermata owned PCT application related to DMT310. This PCT application refers to specific attributes of the DMT310 API and drug product as well as treatment related attributes for the treatment of acne based on the data received prior to its filing. Patents in this patent family, if granted, are expected to expire in 2039, absent any patent term adjustments or extensions.

DMT410

Our DMT410 portfolio includes two families owned by Dermata. The first family consists of one pending non-provisional U.S. patent application and six pending foreign patent applications in Australia, China, the European Patent Office, Japan, and South Korea. These patent applications relate to compositions for the treatment of skin diseases using our proprietary sponge powder in combination with multiple types of botulinum toxin for both medical and aesthetic skin conditions and diseases. Patents in this patent family, if granted, are expected to expire in 2039, absent any patent term adjustments or extensions. The second family is related to certain of our clinical methods related to sponge powder and botulinum toxin. This patent application, if pursued as a non-provisional application and ultimately granted, is expected to expire in 2041, absent any patent term adjustments or extensions.

DMT400

Our DMT400 portfolio includes two families owned by Dermata. The first family consists of a pending PCT application covering our sponge powder in combination with many approved and development stage monoclonal antibodies for the treatment of skin diseases. Patents in this patent family, if granted, are expected to expire in 2039, absent any patent term adjustments or extensions. The second family consists of a pending PCT application covering compositions for the treatment of conditions by dermal fillers in combination with our proprietary sponge powder. Patents in this patent family, if granted, are expected to expire in 2040, absent any patent term adjustments or extensions.

Although we believe our patent portfolio offers significant protection for DMT310, DMT410 and DMT400 and additional combination regimens, the protection offered by our patents may be, to some extent, more limited than the protection provided by patents which claim chemical structures which were previously unknown. Accordingly, other parties may compete with us, for example, by independently developing or obtaining competing topical formulations that design around our patent claims, but which may contain the same or similar active ingredients, or by seeking to invalidate our patents.

The term of individual patents depends upon the laws of the countries in which they are obtained. In most countries in which we file, the patent term is 20 years from the earliest priority date of filing of a non-provisional patent application. However, the term of United States patents may be extended for delays incurred due to compliance with U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, requirements or by delays encountered during prosecution that are caused by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or the USPTO. For example, the Hatch-Waxman Act permits a patent term extension for FDA-approved drugs of up to five years beyond the expiration of the patent. The length of the patent term extension is related to the length of time the drug is under regulatory review. Patent extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval, and only one patent applicable to an approved drug may be extended. Similar provisions are available in Europe and other jurisdictions to extend the term of a patent that covers an approved drug. In the future, if and when our product candidates receive FDA approval, we expect to apply for patent term extensions on patents covering those product candidates. We intend to seek patent term extensions in any jurisdiction where these are available and where we also have a patent that may be eligible; however there is no

 

-106-


Table of Contents

guarantee that the applicable authorities, including the United State Patent and Trademark Office and United States FDA, will agree with our assessment of whether such extensions should be granted, and even if granted, the length of such extensions.

Other Intellectual Property

In addition to patent protection, we also rely heavily on trade secrets, including unpatented know-how, technology innovation, technical specifications and assays and other proprietary information in attempting to develop and maintain our competitive advantage. We believe our ability to protect our unpatented know-how and trade secrets are as important if not more important than our patent portfolio due the complex nature and lack of expiration associated with such information.

We seek trademark protection in the United States and in certain other jurisdictions where available and when we deem appropriate. We currently have registrations for Dermata in the United States and multiple other jurisdictions. We intend to file applications for trademark registrations in connection with our therapeutic candidates in various jurisdictions, including the United States.

Material Agreements

License Agreement between Dermata Therapeutics, LLC and Villani, Inc.

On March 31, 2017, we entered into a License Agreement, as amended (or, the License Agreement) with Villani, Inc. (or, Villani), whereby Villani has granted us an exclusive, sub-licensable, royalty-bearing license (or, the License) under the Licensed Patents (as defined in the License Agreement), to formulate, develop, seek regulatory approval for, make or sell products that contain Spongilla lacustris (alone or in combination with other active or inactive ingredients) for the treatment of diseases, disorders and conditions of the skin, including but not limited to acne, rosacea, psoriasis, atopic dermatitis, seborrheic dermatitis, actinic keratosis and eczema that were developed using certain licensed know-how (or, the Licensed Products). We are responsible for the development (including manufacturing, packaging, non-clinical studies, clinical trials and obtaining regulatory approval) and commercialization (including marketing, promotion, distribution, etc.) for all Licensed Products.

In partial consideration of the License, we forgave our outstanding loan to Villani in the amount of $400,000, and agreed to make future milestone payments to Villani (all payable to Villani in cash or in equity, at the option of Villani) in aggregate amounts of up to $4.25 million in development milestones and $37.0 million in sales milestones (which amounts were subsequently reduced to $1.75 million upon the achievement of specified development milestones and $18.5 million upon the achievement of specified sales milestones, pursuant to a License Amendment and Settlement Agreement, described below). If we sublicense the License, we are obligated to pay to Villani a sublicense fee of between 5% and 15% of Sublicense Revenues (as defined in the License Agreement) received by us.

The License Agreement may be terminated (i) by either party for material breach with 90 days written notice, or 30 days’ notice if for material payment breach, if such material breach is not cured within such notice period, (ii) immediately upon written notice to either party if either party initiates a voluntary bankruptcy proceeding, dissolves or winds-up its business, (iii) immediately upon written notice to either party if either party becomes subject to involuntary bankruptcy proceedings, if such proceedings are not dismissed or stayed within 90 days.

The License Agreement includes customary terms relating to, among others, indemnification, intellectual property protection, confidentiality, remedies and warranties.

On June 4, 2019, we entered into a License Amendment and Settlement Agreement (or the License and Settlement Agreement) with Villani. Pursuant to the License and Settlement Agreement, we made milestone payments to Villani in an aggregate amount of $750,000, and in exchange for certain know-how, we issued to Villani 5,221,156 units of our Series 1c Preferred Units (which will be converted into 5,221,156 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering), which was equal to 5% of our total capitalization (on a fully-

 

-107-


Table of Contents

diluted basis) at the time of issuance. At the time of issuance, these units were valued at $730,962. Pursuant to the License and Settlement Agreement, we also agreed to lower certain milestone payments due to Villani as explained above. To date, the $750,000 milestone payment is the total amount paid to Villani pursuant to the License Agreement and the License and Settlement Agreement.

Pursuant to the License and Settlement Agreement, we agreed to decrease the royalty rate payable to Villani to amounts equal to single-digit percentage of net sales of Licensed Products and HMW Combination Products (as defined in the License and Settlement Agreement), subject to certain adjustments as set forth in the License and Settlement Agreement. Royalties shall be payable, on a country-by-country and Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product basis, for the period of time from the effective date of the License Agreement until the later of (i) the expiration of the last to expire valid claim in such country (which is set to expire in 2023), (ii) the expiration of regulatory exclusivity for such Licensed Product in such country, and (iii) 15 years from the date of the first commercial sale of the Licensed Product in such country.

Supply Agreement between Dermata Therapeutics LLC and Reka-Farm LLC

On February 27, 2020, we entered into an exclusive Supply Agreement (or, the Supply Agreement) with Reka-Farm, LLC (or, Reka-Farm), whereby Reka-Farm will supply us with the Spongilla raw materials necessary for use in the development of our product candidates. The Supply Agreement has an indefinite term unless and until terminated. For the term of the Supply Agreement, Reka-Farm is prohibited from supplying Spongilla for development and sale of any other product outside of the Russian Federation, other than Cosmetic Products (as defined in the Supply Agreement).

Pursuant to the Supply Agreement, we shall provide Reka-Farm with two-year rolling forecasts of our Spongilla raw material requirements, and such forecasts shall be provided to Reka-Farm on a semi-annual basis, beginning on January 1, 2021 (each, a Forecast). Pursuant to the Supply Agreement, Reka-Farm has guaranteed its ability to supply us with the required amounts of Spongilla as specified in each Forecast for the first 12 months of each Forecast. All Forecasts are non-binding on us. If Reka-Farm is unable to supply us with Spongilla raw material in accordance with a Forecast, all available quantities of Spongilla then available to Reka-Farm shall be made available to us on a first priority basis until all amounts of Spongilla set forth in the Forecast are supplied.

Pursuant to the Supply Agreement, we pay a pre-negotiated price per kilogram for Spongilla supplied by Reka-Farm, and we are required to pay to Reka-Farm a royalty payments of less than one percent of the Net Sales (as defined in the Supply Agreement) of any products we develop containing Spongilla raw material supplied by Reka-Farm.

The Supply Agreement may be terminated (i) by either party for material breach with 90 days written notice, if such material breach is not cured within such notice period and (ii) by us for any reason or no reason upon 90 days written notice to Reka-Farm.

The Supply Agreement includes customary terms relating to, among others, indemnification, intellectual property protection, confidentiality, remedies, warranties, as well as certain quality requirements.

Employees

As of the date of this prospectus, we have seven full time employees, with two employees working in the general and administrative department, two engaged in non-clinical and clinical development, two working in the chemistry, manufacturing and controls department, and one employee working in the regulatory affairs and quality control department.

Legal Proceedings

We are not currently subject to any material legal proceedings. However, we may from time to time become a party to various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business.

 

-108-


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers, key employees and directors as of the date of this prospectus:

 

Name      Age     

Position

Executive Officers      
Gerald T. Proehl    62    President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
Thomas H. Insley    70    Chief Financial Officer
Christopher J. Nardo, M.P.H., Ph.D.    56    Senior Vice President, Development
Maria Bedoya Toro Munera, Ph.D., M.B.A.    68    Senior Vice President, Regulatory Affairs & Quality Assurance
Directors      
David Hale (2)(3)    72    Lead Director
Wendell Wierenga, Ph.D. (2)    75    Director
Kathleen Scott (1)(4)    52    Director
Stephen J. Mento, Ph.D. (1)(3)(4)    69    Director
Mary Fisher (1)(4)    59    Director
Andrew Sandler, M.D. (2)(3)(4)    56    Director

 

(1)

Member of the Audit Committee.

(2)

Member of the Compensation Committee.

(3)

Member of the Nominating and Governance Committee.

(4)

Will be elected to the board of directors effective immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Management

Gerald T. Proehl became a director and our President and Chief Executive Officer in December 2014 and became our Chairman in April 2021. Mr. Proehl has more than 30 years of experience within the pharmaceutical industry. From January 2002 until January 2014, Mr. Proehl was President and CEO of Santarus, Inc., where he led the sale of Santarus, Inc. to Salix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. for $2.6 billion. Prior to Santarus, Inc., Mr. Proehl worked for Hoechst Marion Roussel, Inc. for 14 years, where he served in various capacities, including VP of Global Marketing. While at Hoechst, he was responsible for marketing products in multiple therapeutic areas, including cardiology, allergy/respiratory, immunology, and neurology. Mr. Proehl holds a B.S. in Education from State University of New York at Cortland, an M.A. in Exercise Physiology from Wake Forest University, and an M.B.A. from Rockhurst University. Mr. Proehl currently serves on the board of one public company, Tenax Therapeutics, Inc. (NYSE: TENX). Mr. Proehl was selected as an officer and director due to his leadership experience at other companies and his history of founding and operating specialty pharmaceutical companies.

Thomas H. Insley became our Chief Financial Officer in August 2015. From March, 2011 to October 2017, he served as Chief Financial Officer for Intrepid Therapeutics, Inc., and from June 2003 to August 2010, he served as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary for SkinMedica, Inc. Prior to SkinMedica, from July 2002 to May 2003, he served as Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary for Molecular Imaging Corporation. From July 1972 to October 2001, he served with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the last five years of that period as Managing Partner of the San Diego, California office. Mr. Insley obtained a B.A. in Accounting from Franklin & Marshall College. He holds a Certified Public Accountant license in the State of California.

Christopher J. Nardo, M.P.H., Ph.D. became our Senior Vice President of Development in June 2015. Dr. Nardo has more than 15 years of experience in the pharmaceutical industry. From September 2010 to May

 

-109-


Table of Contents

2015, Dr. Nardo served in positions of increasing responsibility at Allergan, PLC, initially leading clinical development of BOTOX® for the treatment of Over Active Bladder from Phase 3 to product approval and launch, and ultimately leading clinical development for the aesthetic group within the Dermatology Therapeutic Area, as well as serving as Global Development Team Leader for the Allergan/Medytox collaboration including serving as the Chair of the AGN/MTX Joint Development Committee. From 2006 to 2010, Dr. Nardo served as Vice President, Clinical Operations and Biostatistics at Spectrum Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (NASDAQ: SPPI). Prior to that, Dr. Nardo held various clinical development leadership positions at CancerVax Corporation, The Immune Response Corporation, and Procter and Gamble Company (NYSE: PG). Dr. Nardo obtained a Ph.D. in Epidemiology from the Gillings School of Public Health at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, his M.P.H. in Epidemiology and Biostatistics from the School of Public Health at San Diego State University, and his B.S. in Biology at Loyola Marymount University.

Maria Bedoya Toro Munera, Ph.D., M.B.A. became our Senior Vice President of Regulatory Affairs and Quality Assurance in January 2016. Dr. Bedoya Toro Munera has more than 30 years of experience in regulatory compliance, quality control and quality assurance within the pharmaceutical industry. From 2014 until its sale to Celgene in 2015, Dr. Bedoya Toro Munera served as Senior Vice President, Regulatory Affairs and Quality Assurance at Receptos Inc. Prior to Receptos, Inc., Dr. Bedoya Toro Munera served as Senior Vice President of Regulatory Affairs and Quality Assurance at Santarus, Inc. from June 2007 to January 2014. She previously served as Senior Director Regulatory Affairs at Eisai Medical Research Inc., from November 2006 to May 2007, moving to Eisai from Ligand Pharmaceuticals, Inc. when Ligand divested their oncology products to Eisai in November 2006. Dr. Bedoya Toro Munera worked as Senior Director Global Regulatory Affairs and Compliance at Ligand from 2003 to 2006. From 2000 to 2003, she served as Director Global Regulatory Affairs at Baxter Hyland Immuno. From 1998 to 2000, Dr. Bedoya Toro Munera worked at BASF Bioresearch Corporation as Director, Regulatory Affairs/Quality, and from 1996 to 1998, she worked as Director, Quality Assurance and Regulatory Compliance at Amylin Pharmaceuticals. From 1988 to 1996, Dr. Bedoya Toro Munera worked at Rhone-Poulenc Rorer in a number of increasingly responsible positions in regulatory compliance, quality assurance, quality control and compliance. Dr. Bedoya Toro Munera holds an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago, and a Ph.D. in bio-analytical chemistry from Ohio University. In addition, she has a M.A. in bio-analytical chemistry and a B.S. in chemistry from Western Michigan University.

Non-Employee Directors

David Hale is our co-founder and has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2014, and as Lead Director since April 2021. Mr. Hale is Chairman and CEO of Hale BioPharma Ventures, LLC a private company focused on the formation and development of biotechnology, specialty pharma, diagnostic and medical device companies. Mr. Hale is a serial entrepreneur who has been involved in the formation and development of a number of successful biomedical companies. He served as the Chairman of Santarus, Inc., a specialty biopharmaceutical company, since 2004 and a member of Santarus’ board since 2000, prior to its acquisition by Salix Pharmaceuticals, Ltd. in 2014, and as Chairman of SkinMedica, Inc., prior to its sale to Allergan in 2012, Micromet, Inc., prior to its sale to Amgen Inc. in 2012, Somaxon Pharmaceuticals, Inc., prior to its sale to Pernix Therapeutics Holdings Inc. in 2013, Crisi Medical Systems, Inc., prior to its sale to Becton Dickinson & Company in 2015, and Agility Clinical, Inc. prior to its sale to Precision Medicine Inc. in 2017.

Mr. Hale currently sits on the board of directors of two public companies, including Oncternal Therapeutics, Inc. (NASDAQ: ONCT), since 2019, and BIOCEPT, Inc. (NASDAQ: BIOC), since 2011.

Mr. Hale is a co-founder and Chairman of Adigica Health, Inc., Zerigo Health, Inc., Oncternal Therapeutics, Inc., Neurana Pharmaceuticals, Inc. He is also co-founder and Director of Neurelis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Recros Medica, Inc., a co-founder of Cadence Inc., Evoke Pharma Inc., Elevation Pharmaceutical Inc. and Zogenix Inc.

Mr. Hale is a co-founder and serves on the Board of Directors of BIOCOM and CONNECT and is a former member of the Board of the Biotechnology Industry Organization (BIO), and the Biotechnology Institute. He has

 

-110-


Table of Contents

served on the Board of Rady Children’s Hospital since 1986, including Chairman of the Board from 2011 to 2015, and is founder and Chairman of the Rady Children’s Institute of Genomic Medicine. He is a member of the UCSD Rady School of Management Dean’s Advisory Council and a Director of the San Diego Economic Development Corporation. Mr. Hale was selected as a director due to his industry and executive business experience.

Wendell Wierenga, Ph.D. became a director in September 2016. From June 2011 to January 2014, Dr. Wierenga served as Executive Vice President, Research and Development at Santarus, Inc., a public biopharmaceutical company that was acquired by Salix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. in January 2014. From July 2004 to May 2011, Dr. Wierenga served as Executive Vice President, Research and Development at Ambit Biosciences Corporation and Neurocrine Biosciences, Inc. (NASDAQ: NBIX). Prior to Neurocrine, from August 1999 to June 2004 he served as the Chief Executive Officer for Syrrx, Inc. where he built an early stage biotech company which was acquired by Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited in 2005. From 1990 to 2000, Dr. He also was Sr. VP of Research at Parke Davis/Warner Lambert, when it was acquired by Pfizer Inc. and prior to that held various positions in research at Upjohn Pharmaceuticals from 1974-1990. Dr. Wierenga earned his Ph.D. in chemistry from Stanford University and his B.A. from Hope College in Holland, Michigan. He is currently the chair of the Board of Directors of Crinetics (NASDAQ: CRNX) and is also a member of the Board of Directors of Cytokinetics, Inc. (NASDAQ: CYTK). Most recently was on the Board of Directors for Anacor Pharmaceuticals Inc. and XenoPort, Inc. prior to their sales to Pfizer Inc. and Arbor Pharmaceuticals, LLC, respectively. Dr. Wierenga was selected as a director due to his industry and executive business experience.

Kathleen Scott will join our board of directors immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Ms. Scott is currently the Chief Financial Officer of Neurana Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a privately held biotech company. Prior to Neurana, Ms. Scott was the Chief Financial Officer of Recros Medica from August 2014 to April 2021, Adigica Health from February 2016 to March 2021, Clarify Medical from August 2014 to December 2016, Oncternal Therapeutics from March 2016 to May 2016, MDRejuvena from August 2014 to August 2016, and BioSurplus from March 2010 to November 2014. Prior to BioSurplus, Ms. Scott was a Partner at RA Capital Advisors, a San Diego private investment bank providing financial advisory services. Ms. Scott spent over 15 years with RA Capital Advisors, from December 1994 to July 2010, completing billions of dollars of mergers, acquisitions, divestitures, and restructurings for a broad range of corporate clients. Ms. Scott started her career as an auditor in Arthur Andersen’s San Diego office, focusing on both public and private clients. Ms. Scott is board chair of the YMCA of San Diego County and is a CPA and CFA charter holder. Ms. Scott graduated magna cum laude from UCLA with a B.S. in economics/business. Ms. Scott was selected as a director due to her extensive industry and financial experience.

Steven J. Mento, Ph.D. will join our board of directors immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Since July 2005, Dr. Mento has served as a director on the board of directors of Conatus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and from July 2005 to December 2012, Dr. Mento served as chairman of Conatus’ board of directors. Dr. Mento was a co-founder of Conatus and served as its President and Chief Executive Officer from July 2005 until its merger with Histogen Inc. (NASDAQ: HSTO) in May 2020. Dr. Mento has over 30 years of combined experience in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries. From 1997 to 2005, Dr. Mento was President, Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors of Idun Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dr. Mento guided Idun during its transition from a discovery focused organization to a drug development company with multiple products in or near human clinical testing. In April 2005, Idun was sold to Pfizer Inc. Previously, Dr. Mento served as President of Chiron Viagene, Inc. (subsequently Chiron Technologies, Center for Gene Therapy) from 1995 to 1997, and Vice President of Chiron Corporation from 1995 to 1997. Dr. Mento was Vice President of research and development at Viagene from 1992 to 1995. Prior to Viagene, Dr. Mento held various positions at American Cyanamid Company from 1982 to 1992, including as Director of Viral Vaccine Research and Development at Lederle-Praxis Biologicals, a business unit of American Cyanamid. Dr. Mento currently serves on the board of directors of Histogen, BIOCOM California and various academic and charitable organizations. He previously served on the boards of Biotechnology Innovation Organization, BIO Emerging Companies Section Governing Board, BIO Health

 

-111-


Table of Contents

Section Governing Board, and Sangamo Biosciences, Inc. Dr. Mento holds a Ph.D. and M.S., both in Microbiology, from Rutgers University, and a B.A. in Microbiology from Rutgers College. Dr. Mento was selected as a director due to his experience in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, including executive leadership experience at several pharmaceutical companies.

Mary Fisher will join our board of directors immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Ms. Fisher currently serves as Chief Executive Officer, Chair and a Director at Colorescience Inc., a science-based skincare company and former division of SkinMedica, Inc. While at SkinMedica, Ms. Fisher served as Chief Executive Officer from April 2008 to December 2012, where she led the successful sale of the company to Allergan, Inc. for $350 million. Prior to joining SkinMedica, from June 2000 to July 2007, Ms. Fisher served as the Chief Operating Officer of Acorda Therapeutics, Inc. (NASDAQ: ACOR). She previously held management and leadership positions at Cephalon, Inc. from March 1994 to March 1999, Immunex Corp. from November 1990 to March 1994, and Boehringer Ingelheim from 1981 to 1990. She previously served on the Board of Directors at ZELTIQ Aesthetics, Inc. from September 2012 to April 2017, and Ovascience from June 2013 to August 2018. Ms. Fisher currently sits on the Board of Sientra since January 2019. Ms. Fisher was selected as a director due to her extensive business and professional experience.

Andrew Sandler, M.D. will join our board of directors immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Since September 2017, Dr. Sandler has served as Chief Medical Officer at Kiadis Pharma N.V. Prior to Kiadis, Dr. Sandler was Senior Vice President, Medical Affairs at Medivation (acquired by Pfizer) from January 2016 to June 2017. Dr. Sandler held various additional roles including Chief Medical Officer and Seattle Site Head at Dendreon Pharmaceuticals from October 2010 to April 2015. Prior to Dendreon, Dr. Sandler was Chief Medical Officer at Spectrum Pharmaceuticals from September 2008 to April 2010, and Vice President, Head of Global Medical Affairs, Oncology for Bayer Healthcare Pharmaceuticals from February 2008 to February 2010. Dr. Sandler also held various positions at Berlex Oncology/Schering AG from October 2003 to August 2008, and Seagen, Inc. from October 1999 to June 2003. Dr. Sandler was a Fellow in Hematology/Medical Oncology at the University of California, San Francisco (UCSF) from July 1994 to June 1996. He did his Internship, Residency, and Chief Residency at Mt. Sinai Hospital in New York, NY from July 1990 to June 1994. Dr. Sandler attended and received his MD degree from Mount Sinai School of Medicine (Icahn School of Medicine at Mt. Sinai) from July 1986 to June 1990. In addition, he graduated from the University of Rochester with a B.S. degree in Neuroscience in 1986. Dr. Sandler was selected as a director due to his experience in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries as well as his leadership experience.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of the directors or executive officers.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Our board of directors may establish other committees to facilitate the management of our business. The composition and functions of each committee are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors. Each of these committees operate under a charter that has been approved by our board of directors, which will be available on our website.

Audit Committee. Our Audit Committee will consist of Kathleen Scott, Steven J. Mento, Ph.D. and Mary Fisher, with Ms. Scott serving as the Chairwoman of the Audit Committee. Our board of directors has determined that the three directors currently serving on our Audit Committee are independent within the meaning of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules and Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. In addition, our board of directors has determined

 

112


Table of Contents

that Kathleen Scott qualifies as an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of SEC regulations and The Nasdaq Marketplace Rules.

The Audit Committee oversees and monitors our financial reporting process and internal control system, reviews and evaluates the audit performed by our registered independent public accountants and reports to the board of directors any substantive issues found during the audit. The Audit Committee is directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of our registered independent public accountants. The Audit Committee reviews and approves all transactions with affiliated parties.

Compensation Committee. Our Compensation Committee will consist of Wendell Wierenga, Ph.D., David Hale and Andrew Sandler, with Dr. Wierenga serving as the Chairman of the Compensation Committee. Our board of directors has determined that the three directors currently serving on our Compensation Committee are independent under the listing standards, are “non-employee directors” as defined in rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and are “outside directors” as that term is defined in Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

The Compensation Committee provides advice and makes recommendations to the board of directors in the areas of employee salaries, benefit programs and director compensation. The Compensation Committee also reviews and approves corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our President, Chief Executive Officer, and other officers and makes recommendations in that regard to the board of directors as a whole.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will consist of David Hale, Steven Mento and Andrew Sandler, M.D., with Mr. Hale serving as the Chairman of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee nominates individuals to be elected to the board of directors by our stockholders. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee considers recommendations from stockholders if submitted in a timely manner in accordance with the procedures set forth in our bylaws and will apply the same criteria to all persons being considered. All members of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee are independent directors as defined under the Nasdaq listing standards.

Board Composition

Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will consist of seven members. Our directors will hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their resignation or removal.

In accordance with the terms of our restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will become effective upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, class I, class II and class III, with each class serving staggered three-year terms. Upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors in that class will be eligible to be elected for a new three-year term at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which their term expires. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

   

The Class I directors will be Andrew Sandler, M.D. and Mary Fisher; their terms will expire at the 2021 annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2022.

 

   

The Class II directors will be David Hale and Steven J. Mento; their terms will expire at the 2022 annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2023.

 

   

The Class III directors will be Gerald T. Proehl, Wendell Wierenga, Ph.D. and Kathleen Scott; their terms will expire at the 2023 annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2024.

We expect that any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the

 

113


Table of Contents

directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the completion of this offering provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our board of directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the completion of this offering also provide that our directors may be removed only for cause, and that any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office.

We have no formal policy regarding board diversity. Our priority in selection of board members is identification of members who will further the interests of our stockholders through his or her established record of professional accomplishment, the ability to contribute positively to the collaborative culture among board members, knowledge of our business and understanding of the competitive landscape.

Director Independence

Upon the completion of this offering, we anticipate that our common stock will be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market (or Nasdaq). Under the listing requirements and rules of Nasdaq, independent directors must constitute a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within 12 months after its initial public offering. Under the rules of Nasdaq, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee, accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries or otherwise be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

Our board of directors has determined that David Hale, Wendell Wierenga, Ph.D., Andrew Sandler, M.D., Mary Fisher, Steven J. Mento and Kathleen Scott are “independent directors” as such term is defined by Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 5605(a)(2). We have established an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Our board of directors has determined that Kathleen Scott is an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC, and that all members of the Audit Committee are “independent” within the meaning of the applicable Nasdaq listing standards and the independence standards of Rule 10A-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Each of the members of the Audit Committee meets the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the Nasdaq Stock Market.

Role of Board in Risk Oversight Process

The chief executive officer and Chairman positions are held by Gerald T. Proehl. Mr. Proehl currently beneficially owns approximately 51.7% of the voting power of our common stock (including shares beneficially owned by Proehl Investment Ventures LLC), or     % after the closing of this offering. Periodically, our Board of directors assesses these roles and the board of directors leadership structure to ensure the interests of Dermata and our stockholders are best served. Our board of directors has determined that its current leadership structure is appropriate. Gerald T. Proehl, as one of our founders and as our chief executive officer and Chairman, has extensive knowledge of all aspects of Dermata, our business and risks.

While management is responsible for assessing and managing risks to Dermata, our board of directors is responsible for overseeing management’s efforts to assess and manage risk. This oversight is conducted

 

-114-


Table of Contents

primarily by our full board of directors, which has responsibility for general oversight of risks, and standing committees of our board of directors. Our board of directors satisfies this responsibility through full reports by each committee chair regarding the committee’s considerations and actions, as well as through regular reports directly from officers responsible for oversight of particular risks within our company. Our board of directors believes that full and open communication between management and the board of directors is essential for effective risk management and oversight.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers serves, or in the past has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any entity that has one or more executive officers who serve as members of our board of directors or our compensation committee. None of the members of our compensation committee is, or has ever been, an officer or employee of our company.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our employees, officers and directors. A current copy of the code will be posted on the Corporate Governance section of our website, which will be located at www.dermatarx.com. We intend to disclose future amendments to certain provisions of our code of business conduct and ethics, or waivers of such provisions applicable to any principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, and our directors, on our website identified above or in filings with the SEC.

Limitation of Directors Liability and Indemnification

The Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate, subject to certain conditions, the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering, limits the liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. In addition, upon the closing of this offering, we will enter into indemnification agreements with all of our directors and named executive officers whereby we will agree to indemnify those directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law, including indemnification against expenses and liabilities incurred in legal proceedings to which the director or officer was, or is threatened to be made, a party by reason of the fact that such director or officer is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of ours, provided that such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner that the director or officer reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests.

We have director and officer liability insurance to cover liabilities our directors and officers may incur in connection with their services to us, including matters arising under the Securities Act. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws also provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers who, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our officers or directors of our Company, is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative related to their board role with us.

There is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers, employees or agents in which indemnification will be required or permitted. We are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for such indemnification.

Indemnification Agreements

At the closing of this offering, we plan on entering into Indemnification Agreements with each of our current directors and executive officers. The Indemnification Agreements will provide for indemnification against expenses, judgments, fines and penalties actually and reasonably incurred by an indemnitee in connection

 

-115-


Table of Contents

with threatened, pending or completed actions, suits or other proceedings, subject to certain limitations. The Indemnification Agreements will also provide for the advancement of expenses in connection with a proceeding prior to a final, non-appealable judgment or other adjudication, provided that the indemnitee provides an undertaking to repay to us any amounts advanced if the indemnitee is ultimately found not to be entitled to indemnification by us. The Indemnification Agreements will set forth procedures for making and responding to a request for indemnification or advancement of expenses, as well as dispute resolution procedures that will apply to any dispute between us and an indemnitee arising under the Indemnification Agreements.

 

-116-


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following tables and accompanying narrative disclosure set forth information about the compensation earned by our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2020. Our named executive officers, who are our principal executive officer and the two most highly-compensated executive officers (other than our principal executive officer) serving as executive officers as of December 31, 2020, were:

 

   

Gerald T. Proehl, President and Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

Christopher J. Nardo, M.P.H, Ph.D., Senior Vice President, Development; and

 

   

Maria Bedoya Toro Munera, Ph.D., M.B.A., Senior Vice President, Regulatory Affairs and Quality Assurance.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our Named Executive Officers for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019:

 

Name & Principal Position

   Year      Salary      Option
Awards (1)
    Total  

Gerald T. Proehl

     2020      $ 27,040        —       $ 27,040  

President and Chief Executive Officer

     2019      $ 24,960             (1)    $ 24,960  
          

Christopher J. Nardo, M.P.H., Ph.D.

     2020      $ 270,000        —       $ 270,000  

Senior Vice President, Development

     2019      $ 265,000      $       (1)    $ 265,000  
          

Maria Bedoya Toro Munera, Ph.D., M.B.A.

     2020      $ 27,040        —       $ 27,040  

Senior Vice President, Regulatory Affairs and Quality Assurance

     2019      $ 24,960      $       (1)    $ 24,960  

 

(1)

Prior to our conversion into a Delaware corporation, we granted awards of Class B common units pursuant to a Profits Interest Plan, subject to the terms of Dermata Therapeutics, LLC’s Limited Liability Company Agreement. These Class B common unit awards were intended to constitute profits interests for U.S. federal income tax purposes to our employees (including our Named Executive Officers), non-employee consultants and non-employee directors and those of our affiliates. During the year ended December 31, 2019, our Named Executive Officers were issued Class B Common Units as “profits interests” in Dermata Therapeutics, LLC. All of the Class B Common Units issued in 2019 and 2020 represent a profits interest, as that term is defined in Revenue Procedure 93-27, 1993-2 C.B. 343, as clarified by Revenue Procedure 2001-43, 2001-2 C.B. 191. As of December 31, 2020, these profits interests were worthless. As a result of our conversion into a Delaware corporation, on March 31, 2021, (i) Mr. Proehl was issued stock options to purchase an aggregate of 3,414,000 shares of our common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.28 per share to $0.308 per share; (ii) Dr. Nardo was issued stock options to purchase an aggregate of 1,332,500 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.28 per share; and (iii) Dr. Munera was issued stock options to purchase an aggregate of 670,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.28 per share. All stock options were issued under our 2021 Plan and are subject to time-based vesting. See Note 8 to our financial statements for more information.

Employment Arrangements with our Named Executive Officers.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will become party to employment agreements with each of our officers listed below. Each of these officers are currently party to customary confidentiality and intellectual property assignment agreements with us.

Gerald T. Proehl

Upon the closing of this offering, we will enter into an employment agreement with Mr. Proehl. Under the terms of Mr. Proehl’s employment agreement, he will hold the position of President and Chief Executive Officer

 

-117-


Table of Contents

and receive a base salary of $350,000 annually. In addition, Mr. Proehl will be eligible to receive an annual bonus, with a target amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of Mr. Proehl’s base salary. The actual amount of each annual bonus will be based upon the level of achievement of our corporate objectives and Mr. Proehl’s individual objectives, in each case, as established by us and Mr. Proehl for the calendar year with respect to which the annual bonus relates. The determination of the level of achievement of the corporate objectives and Mr. Proehl’s individual performance objectives for a year shall be made by us in our reasonable discretion. In addition, pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Proehl will be eligible to receive, from time to time, equity awards under our existing equity incentive plan, or any other equity incentive plan we may adopt in the future, and the terms and conditions of such awards, if any, will be determined by our board of directors or Compensation Committee, in their discretion. Mr. Proehl will also be eligible to participate in any executive benefit plan or program we adopt.

Once entered into, we may terminate Mr. Proehl’s employment at any time without Cause (as that term is defined in Mr. Proehl’s employment agreement) upon four weeks prior written notice to Mr. Proehl. Mr. Proehl may terminate his employment for Good Reason (as that term is defined in Mr. Proehl’s employment agreement) upon 60 days written notice to us, upon which notice we have 30 days to cure the conditions that Mr. Proehl considers to be Good Reason, subject to certain conditions set forth in his employment agreement.

If Mr. Proehl’s employment is terminated without Cause or for Good Reason, Mr. Proehl will be entitled to receive (i) his earned but unpaid base salary through the final day of his employment, (ii) expenses reimbursable under the employment agreement incurred on or prior to the last day of his employment, (iii) any amounts or benefits that are vested amounts or benefits that Mr. Proehl is entitled to receive under any of our equity compensation plans, (iv) severance payments equal to 12 months of Mr. Proehl’s base salary, and (v) a pro-rated payment equal to the annual bonus the board of directors determines is due.

If Mr. Proehl’s employment is terminated with Cause or without Good Reason, he will be entitled to receive (i) his earned but unpaid base salary through the final day of his employment, (ii) expenses reimbursable under the employment agreement incurred on or prior to the last day of his employment, and (iii) any amounts or benefits that are vested amounts or benefits that Mr. Proehl is entitled to receive under any of our equity compensation plans.

We may terminate Mr. Proehl’s employment at any time for Cause upon written notice to Mr. Proehl. Mr. Proehl may voluntarily terminate his employment at any time without Good Reason upon four weeks prior written notice to us.

Christopher J. Nardo, M.P.H., Ph.D.

Upon the closing of this offering we will enter into an employment agreement with Dr. Nardo. Under the terms of Dr. Nardo’s employment agreement, he will hold the position of Senior Vice President, Development and receive a base salary of $260,000 annually. In addition, Dr. Nardo will be eligible to receive an annual bonus, with a target amount equal to forty percent (40%) of Dr. Nardo’s base salary. The actual amount of each annual bonus will be based upon the level of achievement of our corporate objectives and Dr. Nardo’s individual objectives, in each case, as established by us and Dr. Nardo for the calendar year with respect to which the annual bonus relates. The determination of the level of achievement of the corporate objectives and the Dr. Nardo’s individual performance objectives for a year shall be made by us in our reasonable discretion. In addition, pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, Dr. Nardo will be eligible to receive, from time to time, equity awards under our existing equity incentive plan, or any other equity incentive plan we may adopt in the future, and the terms and conditions of such awards, if any, will be determined by our board of directors or Compensation Committee, in their discretion. Dr. Nardo will also be eligible to participate in any executive benefit plan or program we adopt.

We may terminate Dr. Nardo’s employment at any time without Cause (as that term is defined in Dr. Nardo’s employment agreement) upon two weeks prior written notice to Dr. Nardo. Dr. Nardo may terminate

 

-118-


Table of Contents

his employment for Good Reason (as that term is defined in Dr. Nardo’s employment agreement) upon 60 days written notice to us, upon which notice we have 30 days to cure the conditions that Dr. Nardo considers to be Good Reason, subject to certain conditions set forth in his employment agreement.

If Dr. Nardo’s employment is terminated without Cause or for Good Reason, Dr. Nardo will be entitled to receive (i) his earned but unpaid base salary through the final day of his employment, (ii) expenses reimbursable under the employment agreement incurred on or prior to the last day of his employment, (iii) any amounts or benefits that are vested amounts or benefits that Dr. Nardo is entitled to receive under any of our equity compensation plans, and (iv) severance payments equal to 12 months of Dr. Nardo’s base salary.

If Dr. Nardo’s employment is terminated with Cause or without Good Reason, he is entitled to receive (i) his earned but unpaid base salary through the final day of his employment, (ii) expenses reimbursable under the employment agreement incurred on or prior to the last day of his employment, and (iii) any amounts or benefits that are vested amounts or benefits that Dr. Nardo is entitled to receive under any of our equity compensation plans.

We may terminate Dr. Nardo’s employment at any time for Cause upon written notice to Dr. Nardo. Dr. Nardo may voluntarily terminate his employment at any time without Good Reason upon two weeks prior written notice to us.

Maria Bedoya Toro Munera, Ph.D., M.B.A.

Upon the closing of this offering we will enter into an employment agreement with Dr. Bedoya Toro Munera. Under the terms of Dr. Bedoya Toro Munera’s employment agreement, she will hold the position of Senior Vice President, Regulatory Affairs & Quality Assurance and receive a base salary of $150,000 annually. In addition, Dr. Bedoya Toro Munera will be eligible to receive an annual bonus, with a target amount equal to forty percent (40%) of Dr. Bedoya Toro Munera’s base salary. The actual amount of each annual bonus will be based upon the level of achievement of our corporate objectives and Dr. Bedoya Toro Munera’s individual objectives, in each case, as established by us and Dr. Bedoya Toro Munera for the calendar year with respect to which the annual bonus relates. The determination of the level of achievement of the corporate objectives and the Dr. Bedoya Toro Munera’s individual performance objectives for a year shall be made by us in our reasonable discretion. In addition, pursuant to the terms of her employment agreement, Dr. Bedoya Toro Munera is eligible to receive, from time to time, equity awards under our existing equity incentive plan, or any other equity incentive plan we may adopt in the future, and the terms and conditions of such awards, if any, will be determined by our board of directors or Compensation Committee, in their discretion. Dr. Bedoya Toro Munera is also eligible to participate in any executive benefit plan or program we adopt.

We may terminate Dr. Bedoya Toro Munera’s employment at any time without Cause (as that term is defined in Dr. Bedoya Toro Munera’s employment agreement) upon two weeks prior written notice to Dr. Bedoya Toro Munera. Dr. Bedoya Toro Munera may terminate her employment for Good Reason (as that term is defined in Dr. Bedoya Toro Munera’s employment agreement) upon 60 days written notice to us, upon which notice we have 30 days to cure the conditions that Dr. Bedoya Toro Munera considers to be Good Reason, subject to certain conditions that will be set forth in her employment agreement.

If Dr. Bedoya Toro Munera’s employment is terminated without Cause or for Good Reason, Dr. Bedoya Toro Munera is entitled to receive (i) her earned but unpaid base salary through the final day of his employment, (ii) expenses reimbursable under the employment agreement incurred on or prior to the last day of her employment, (iii) any amounts or benefits that are vested amounts or benefits that Dr. Bedoya Toro Munera is entitled to receive under any of our equity compensation plans, and (iv) severance payments equal to 12 months of Dr. Bedoya Toro Munera’s base salary.

If Dr. Bedoya Toro Munera’s employment is terminated with Cause or without Good Reason, she is entitled to receive (i) her earned but unpaid base salary through the final day of his employment, (ii) expenses

 

-119-


Table of Contents

reimbursable under the employment agreement incurred on or prior to the last day of her employment, and (iii) any amounts or benefits that are vested amounts or benefits that Dr. Bedoya Toro Munera is entitled to receive under any of our equity compensation plans.

We may terminate Dr. Bedoya Toro Munera’s employment at any time for Cause upon written notice to Dr. Bedoya Toro Munera. Dr. Bedoya Toro Munera may voluntarily terminate her employment at any time without Good Reason upon two weeks prior written notice to us.

Director compensation

There was no cash or equity compensation paid to our directors for the year ended December 31, 2020. We have adopted a compensation policy pursuant to which our board members receive $40,000 per year ($60,000 for Lead Director), each member of the Audit Committee receives $7,500 per year ($15,000 for the Chair), each member of the Compensation Committee receives $5,000 per year ($10,000 for the Chair), and each member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee receives $3,750 per year ($7,500 for the Chair). Any compensation to be paid under this policy may be made in stock options, at our discretion.

We have also adopted an equity compensation policy pursuant to which board members shall automatically be granted stock options to purchase 20,000 shares of our common stock upon joining the board of directors, and on January 1 of each year, each then serving non-employee director shall be automatically granted stock options to purchase 10,000 shares of our common stock. These stock options shall have a term of ten years and shall have an exercise price equal to 100% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant. All options to be granted under this policy will be granted pursuant to our 2021 Plan.

Outstanding equity awards at fiscal year-end table

There were no outstanding equity awards at December 31, 2020. Prior to our conversion into a Delaware corporation, we granted awards of Class B common units pursuant to a Profits Interest Plan, subject to the terms of Dermata Therapeutics, LLC’s Limited Liability Company Agreement. These Class B common unit awards were intended to constitute profits interests for U.S. federal income tax purposes to our employees (including our Named Executive Officers), non-employee consultants and non-employee directors and those of our affiliates. All of the Class B Common Units issued in 2019 and 2020 represent a profits interest, as that term is defined in Revenue Procedure 93-27, 1993-2 C.B. 343, as clarified by Revenue Procedure 2001-43, 2001-2 C.B. 191. As of December 31, 2020, these profits interests were worthless. As a result of our conversion into a Delaware corporation, on March 31, 2021, (i) Mr. Proehl was issued stock options to purchase an aggregate of 3,414,000 shares of our common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.28 per share to $0.308 per share; (ii) Dr. Nardo was issued stock options to purchase an aggregate of 1,332,500 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.28 per share; and (iii) Dr. Munera was issued stock options to purchase an aggregate of 670,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.28 per share. All stock options were issued under our 2021 Plan and are subject to time-based vesting. See Note 8 to our financial statements for more information.

Employee benefits plans

We currently provide broad-based health and welfare benefits that are available to all of our employees, including our Named Executive Officers, including medical, dental, and vision insurance.

401(k) Plan

We sponsor a 401(k) savings plan (or, the 401(k) Plan) for all eligible employees. Under the 401(k) Plan, we may make discretionary matching contributions to the 401(k) Plan to be allocated to employee accounts based upon employee deferrals and compensation. To date, we have not made any matching contributions into the 401(k) Plan.

 

-120-


Table of Contents

Limitation of Directors Liability and Indemnification

The Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate, subject to certain conditions, the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholder for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties. The amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be adopted upon the closing of this offering limits the liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. In addition, upon closing of this offering we will enter into indemnification agreements with all of our directors and named executive officers whereby we will agreed to indemnify those directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law, including indemnification against expenses and liabilities incurred in legal proceedings to which the director or officer was, or is threatened to be made, a party by reason of the fact that such director or officer is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of ours, provided that such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner that the director or officer reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests.

We have director and officer liability insurance to cover liabilities our directors and officers may incur in connection with their services to us, including matters arising under the Securities Act. The amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be adopted upon closing of this offering will also provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers who, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our officers or directors of our Company, is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative related to their board role with us.

There is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers, employees or agents in which indemnification will be required or permitted. We are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for such indemnification.

Indemnification Agreements

Upon the closing of this offering, we will enter into Indemnification Agreements with each of our current directors and executive officers. The Indemnification Agreements provide for indemnification against expenses, judgments, fines and penalties actually and reasonably incurred by an indemnitee in connection with threatened, pending or completed actions, suits or other proceedings, subject to certain limitations. The Indemnification Agreements also provide for the advancement of expenses in connection with a proceeding prior to a final, nonappealable judgment or other adjudication, provided that the indemnitee provides an undertaking to repay to us any amounts advanced if the indemnitee is ultimately found not to be entitled to indemnification by us. The Indemnification Agreement sets forth procedures for making and responding to a request for indemnification or advancement of expenses, as well as dispute resolution procedures that will apply to any dispute between us and an indemnitee arising under the Indemnification Agreements.

2021 Equity Incentive Plan

General

On March 24, 2021, our board of directors and stockholders adopted the 2021 Plan which provides for the grant of incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options to purchase shares of our common stock and other types of awards. The general purpose of the 2021 Plan is to provide a means whereby eligible employees, officers, non-employee directors and other individual service providers develop a sense of proprietorship and personal involvement in our development and financial success, and to encourage them to devote their best efforts to our business, thereby advancing our interests and the interests of our stockholders. By means of the 2021 Plan, we seek to retain the services of such eligible persons and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for our success and the success of our subsidiaries.

 

-121-


Table of Contents

Description of the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan

The following description of the principal terms of the 2021 Plan is a summary and is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the 2021 Plan.

Administration. In general, the 2021 Plan will be administered by the Compensation Committee of the board of directors. The Compensation Committee will determine the persons to whom options to purchase shares of common stock, stock appreciation rights (or SARs), restricted stock units, restricted or unrestricted shares of common stock, performance shares, performance units, incentive bonus awards, other stock-based awards and other cash-based awards may be granted. The Compensation Committee may also establish rules and regulations for the administration of the 2021 Plan and amendments or modifications of outstanding awards. The Compensation Committee may delegate authority to the chief executive officer, other executive officers, 10% or greater stockholders and/or employees of the Company or our subsidiaries to grant options and other awards to employees (other than themselves), subject to applicable law and the 2021 Plan. No options, stock purchase rights or awards may be made under the 2021 Plan on or after March 31, 2031 (or, the expiration date), but the 2021 Plan will continue thereafter while previously granted options, SARs or other awards remain outstanding.

Eligibility. Persons eligible to receive options, SARs or other awards under the 2021 Plan are those employees, officers, directors, consultants, advisors and other individual service providers of our Company and our subsidiaries who, in the opinion of the Compensation Committee, are in a position to contribute to our success, or any person who is determined by the Compensation Committee to be a prospective employee, officer, director, consultant, advisor or other individual service provider of the Company or any subsidiary. As the date of this prospectus, we had seven full-time employees, of which three are executive officers. As awards under the 2021 Plan are within the discretion of the Compensation Committee, we cannot determine how many individuals in each of the categories described above will receive awards.

Shares Subject to the 2021 Plan. The aggregate number of shares of common stock available for issuance in connection with options and other awards granted under the 2021 Plan is 12,163,479.

The number of shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2021 Plan will automatically increase on January 1st of each year commencing with January 1, 2022 and on each January 1 thereafter until the expiration date, in an amount equal to one percent (1%) of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on December 31st of the preceding calendar year, unless the board of directors takes action prior thereto to provide that there will not be an increase in the share reserve for such year or that the increase in the share reserve for such year will be of a lesser number of shares of common stock than would otherwise occur.

“Incentive stock options”, or ISOs, that are intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or, the Code) may be granted under the 2021 Plan with respect to all of the 12,163,479 shares of common stock authorized for issuance under the 2021 Plan. None of the additional shares of common stock available for issuance pursuant to the previous paragraph may be subject to ISOs.

If any option or SAR granted under the 2021 Plan terminates without having been exercised in full or if any award is forfeited, or if shares of common stock are withheld to cover withholding taxes on options or other awards or applied to the payment of the exercise price of an option or purchase price of an award, the number of shares of common stock as to which such option or award was forfeited, withheld or paid, will be available for future grants under the 2021 Plan. Awards settled in cash will not count against the number of shares available for issuance under the 2021 Plan.

No non-employee director may receive awards in any calendar year having an accounting value in excess of $500,000 (inclusive of any cash awards to the non-employee director for such year that are not made pursuant to the 2021 Plan); provided that in the case of a new non-employee director, such amount is increased to $750,000 for the initial year of the non-employee director’s term.

 

-122-


Table of Contents

The number of shares authorized for issuance under the 2021 Plan and the foregoing share limitations are subject to customary adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, similar transactions or any other change affecting our common stock.

Terms and Conditions of Options. Options granted under the 2021 Plan may be either ISOs or “nonstatutory stock options” that do not meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code. The Compensation Committee will determine the exercise price of options granted under the 2021 Plan. The exercise price of stock options may not be less than the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant (or 110% of fair market value in the case of ISOs granted to a ten-percent stockholder).

If on the date of grant the common stock is listed on a stock exchange or is quoted on the automated quotation system of the Nasdaq Stock Market, the fair market value will generally be the closing sale price on the date of grant (or the last trading day before the date of grant if no trades occurred on the date of grant). If no such prices are available, the fair market value will be determined in good faith by the Compensation Committee based on the reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method.

No option may be exercisable for more than ten years (five years in the case of an ISO granted to a ten-percent stockholder) from the date of grant. Options granted under the 2021 Plan will be exercisable at such time or times as the Compensation Committee prescribes at the time of grant. No employee may receive ISOs that first become exercisable in any calendar year in an amount exceeding $100,000. The Compensation Committee may, in its discretion, permit a holder of an option to exercise the option before it has otherwise become exercisable, in which case the shares of our common stock issued to the recipient will continue to be subject to the vesting requirements that applied to the option before exercise.

Generally, the option price may be paid in cash or by certified check, bank draft or money order. The Compensation Committee may permit other methods of payment, including (a) through delivery of shares of our common stock having a fair market value equal to the purchase price, (b) by a full recourse, interest bearing promissory note having such terms as the Compensation Committee may permit, or (c) a combination of these methods, as set forth in an award agreement or as otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee is authorized to establish a cashless exercise program and to permit the exercise price (or tax withholding obligations) to be satisfied by reducing from the shares otherwise issuable upon exercise a number of shares having a fair market value equal to the exercise price.

No option may be transferred other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and during a recipient’s lifetime an option may be exercised only by the recipient. However, the Compensation Committee may permit the holder of an option, SAR or other award to transfer the option, right or other award to immediate family members, a family trust for estate planning purposes or by gift to charitable institutions. The Compensation Committee will determine the extent to which a holder of a stock option may exercise the option following termination of service with us.

Stock Appreciation Rights. The Compensation Committee may grant SARs under the 2021 Plan. The Compensation Committee will determine the other terms applicable to SARs. The exercise price per share of a SAR will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Compensation Committee. The maximum term of any SAR granted under the 2021 Plan is ten years from the date of grant. Generally, each SAR will entitle a participant upon exercise to an amount equal to:

 

   

the excess of the fair market value on the exercise date of one share of our common stock over the exercise price, multiplied by

 

   

the number of shares of common stock covered by the SAR.

Payment may be made in shares of our common stock, in cash, or partly in common stock and partly in cash, all as determined by the Compensation Committee.

 

-123-


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units. The Compensation Committee may award restricted common stock and/or restricted stock units under the 2021 Plan. Restricted stock awards consist of shares of stock that are transferred to a participant subject to restrictions that may result in forfeiture if specified conditions are not satisfied. Restricted stock units confer the right to receive shares of our common stock, cash, or a combination of shares and cash, at a future date upon or following the attainment of certain conditions specified by the Compensation Committee. The restrictions and conditions applicable to each award of restricted stock or restricted stock units may include performance-based conditions. Dividends or distributions with respect to restricted stock may be paid to the holder of the shares as and when dividends are paid to stockholders or at the time that the restricted stock vests, as determined by the Compensation Committee. If any dividends or distributions are paid in stock before the restricted stock vests they will be subject to the same restrictions. Dividend equivalent amounts may be paid with respect to restricted stock units either when cash dividends are paid to stockholders or when the units vest. Unless the Compensation Committee determines otherwise, holders of restricted stock will have the right to vote the shares.

Performance Shares and Performance Units. The Compensation Committee may award performance shares and/or performance units under the 2021 Plan. Performance shares and performance units are awards, denominated in either shares or U.S. dollars, which are earned during a specified performance period subject to the attainment of performance criteria, as established by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee will determine the restrictions and conditions applicable to each award of performance shares and performance units.

Incentive Bonuses.    The Compensation Committee may grant incentive bonus awards under the 2021 Plan from time to time. The terms of incentive bonus awards will be set forth in award agreements. Each award agreement will have such terms and conditions as the Compensation Committee determines, including performance goals and amount of payment based on achievement of such goals. Incentive bonus awards are payable in cash and/or shares of our common stock.

Other Stock-Based and Cash-Based Awards.    The Compensation Committee may award other types of equity-based or cash-based awards under the 2021 Plan, including the grant or offer for sale of shares of our common stock that do not have vesting requirements and the right to receive one or more cash payments subject to satisfaction of such conditions as the Compensation Committee may impose.

Effect of Certain Corporate Transactions.    The Compensation Committee may, at the time of the grant of an award provide for the effect of a change in control (as defined in the 2021 Plan) on any award, including (i) accelerating or extending the time periods for exercising, vesting in, or realizing gain from any award, (ii) eliminating or modifying the performance or other conditions of an award, or (iii) providing for the cash settlement of an award for an equivalent cash value, as determined by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee may, in its discretion and without the need for the consent of any recipient of an award, also take one or more of the following actions contingent upon the occurrence of a change in control: (a) cause any or all outstanding options and SARs to become immediately exercisable, in whole or in part; (b) cause any other awards to become non-forfeitable, in whole or in part; (c) cancel any option or SAR in exchange for a substitute option; (d) cancel any award of restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares or performance units in exchange for a similar award of the capital stock of any successor corporation; (e) redeem any restricted stock for cash and/or other substitute consideration; (f) cancel or terminate any award for cash and/or other substitute consideration in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property equal to the amount, if any, that would have been attained upon the exercise of such award or realization of the participant’s rights as of the date of the occurrence of the change in control, but if the change in control consideration with respect to any option or SAR does not exceed its exercise price, the option or SAR may be canceled without payment of any consideration; or (g) make such other modifications, adjustments or amendments to outstanding awards as the Compensation Committee deems necessary or appropriate.

Amendment, Termination.    The board of directors may at any time amend the 2021 Plan for the purpose of satisfying the requirements of the Code, or other applicable law or regulation or for any other legal purpose,

 

-124-


Table of Contents

provided that, without the consent of our stockholders, the board of directors may not (a) increase the number of shares of common stock available under the 2021 Plan, (b) change the group of individuals eligible to receive options, SARs and/or other awards, or (c) extend the term of the 2021 Plan.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences

Following is a summary of the U.S. federal income tax consequences of option and other grants under the 2021 Plan. Optionees and recipients of other rights and awards granted under the 2021 Plan are advised to consult their personal tax advisors before exercising an option or SAR or disposing of any stock received pursuant to the exercise of an option or SAR or following the vesting and payment of any award. In addition, the following summary is based upon an analysis of the Code as currently in effect, existing laws, judicial decisions, administrative rulings, regulations and proposed regulations, all of which are subject to change and does not address state, local, foreign or other tax laws.

Treatment of Options

The Code treats incentive stock options and nonstatutory stock options differently. However, as to both types of options, no income will be recognized to the optionee at the time of the grant of the options under the 2021 Plan, nor will our Company be entitled to a tax deduction at that time.

Generally, upon exercise of a nonstatutory stock option (including an option intended to be an incentive stock option but which has not continued to so qualify at the time of exercise), an optionee will recognize ordinary income tax on the excess of the fair market value of the stock on the exercise date over the option price. Our Company will be entitled to a tax deduction in an amount equal to the ordinary income recognized by the optionee in the fiscal year which includes the end of the optionee’s taxable year. We will be required to satisfy applicable withholding requirements in order to be entitled to a tax deduction. In general, if an optionee, in exercising a nonstatutory stock option, tenders shares of our common stock in partial or full payment of the option price, no gain or loss will be recognized on the tender. However, if the tendered shares were previously acquired upon the exercise of an incentive stock option and the tender is within two years from the date of grant or one year after the date of exercise of the incentive stock option, the tender will be a disqualifying disposition of the shares acquired upon exercise of the incentive stock option.

For incentive stock options, there is no taxable income to an optionee at the time of exercise. However, the excess of the fair market value of the stock on the date of exercise over the exercise price will be taken into account in determining whether the “alternative minimum tax” will apply for the year of exercise. If the shares acquired upon exercise are held until at least two years from the date of grant and more than one year from the date of exercise, any gain or loss upon the sale of such shares, if held as capital assets, will be long-term capital gain or loss (measured by the difference between the sales price of the stock and the exercise price). Under current federal income tax law, a long-term capital gain will be taxed at a rate which is less than the maximum rate of tax on ordinary income. If the two-year and one year holding period requirements are not met (a “disqualifying disposition”), an optionee will recognize ordinary income in the year of disposition in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the fair market value of the stock on the date of exercise minus the exercise price or (ii) the amount realized on disposition minus the exercise price. The remainder of the gain will be treated as long-term capital gain, depending upon whether the stock has been held for more than a year. If an optionee makes a disqualifying disposition, our Company will be entitled to a tax deduction equal to the amount of ordinary income recognized by the optionee.

In general, if an optionee, in exercising an incentive stock option, tenders shares of common stock in partial or full payment of the option price, no gain or loss will be recognized on the tender. However, if the tendered shares were previously acquired upon the exercise of another incentive stock option and the tender is within two years from the date of grant or one year after the date of exercise of the other option, the tender will be a disqualifying disposition of the shares acquired upon exercise of the other option.

 

-125-


Table of Contents

As noted above, the exercise of an incentive stock option could subject an optionee to the alternative minimum tax. The application of the alternative minimum tax to any particular optionee depends upon the particular facts and circumstances which exist with respect to the optionee in the year of exercise. However, as a general rule, the amount by which the fair market value of the common stock on the date of exercise of an option exceeds the exercise price of the option will constitute an item of “adjustment” for purposes of determining the alternative minimum taxable income on which the alternative tax may be imposed. As such, this item will enter into the tax base on which the alternative minimum tax is computed, and may therefore cause the alternative minimum tax to become applicable in any given year.

Treatment of Stock Appreciation Rights

Generally, the recipient of a SAR will not recognize any income upon grant of the SAR, nor will our Company be entitled to a deduction at that time. Upon exercise of a SAR, the holder will recognize ordinary income, and our Company generally will be entitled to a corresponding deduction, equal to the excess of fair market value of our common stock at that time over the exercise price.

Treatment of Stock Awards

Generally, absent an election to be taxed currently under Section 83(b) of the Code (or, a Section 83(b) Election), there will be no federal income tax consequences to either the recipient or our Company upon the grant of a restricted stock award or award of performance shares. At the expiration of the restriction period and the satisfaction of any other restrictions applicable to the restricted shares, the recipient will recognize ordinary income and our Company generally will be entitled to a corresponding deduction equal to the fair market value of the common stock at that time. If a Section 83(b) Election is made within 30 days after the date the restricted stock award is granted, the recipient will recognize an amount of ordinary income at the time of the receipt of the restricted shares, and our Company generally will be entitled to a corresponding deduction, equal to the fair market value (determined without regard to applicable restrictions) of the shares at such time, less any amount paid by the recipient for the shares. If a Section 83(b) Election is made, no additional income will be recognized by the recipient upon the lapse of restrictions on the shares (and prior to the sale of such shares), but, if the shares are subsequently forfeited, the recipient may not deduct the income that was recognized pursuant to the Section 83(b) Election at the time of the receipt of the shares.

The recipient of an unrestricted stock award, including a performance unit award, will recognize ordinary income, and our Company generally will be entitled to a corresponding deduction, equal to the fair market value of our common stock that is the subject of the award when the Award is made.

The recipient of a restricted stock unit generally will recognize ordinary income as and when the units vest and are settled. The amount of the income will be equal to the fair market value of the shares of our common stock issued at that time, and our Company will be entitled to a corresponding deduction. The recipient of a restricted stock unit will not be permitted to make a Section 83(b) Election with respect to such award.

Treatment of Incentive Bonus Awards and Other Stock or Cash Based Awards

Generally, the recipient of an incentive bonus or other stock or cash based award will not recognize any income upon grant of the award, nor will our Company be entitled to a deduction at that time. Upon payment with respect to such an award, the recipient will recognize ordinary income, and our Company generally will be entitled to a corresponding deduction, equal to the amount of cash paid and/or the fair market value of our common stock issued at that time.

Potential Limitation on Company Deductions

Section 162(m) of the Code generally disallows a tax deduction for compensation in excess of $1 million paid in a taxable year by a publicly held corporation to its chief executive officer and certain other “covered

 

-126-


Table of Contents

employees.” Our Board and the Compensation Committee intend to consider the potential impact of Section 162(m) on grants made under the 2021 Plan, but reserve the right to approve grants of options and other awards for an executive officer that exceed the deduction limit of Section 162(m).

Tax Withholding

As and when appropriate, we shall have the right to require each optionee purchasing shares of common stock and each grantee receiving an award of shares of common stock under the 2021 Plan to pay any federal, state or local taxes required by law to be withheld.

 

-127-


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following is a description of transactions since January 1, 2019 to which we have been a participant in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our voting securities, or any members of their immediate family, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements which are described under “Executive Compensation.”

Sales of Preferred Units

In March 2021, we issued an aggregate of 686,742 Series 1d Preferred Units at $0.83 per unit for gross proceeds of approximately $570,000. Proehl Investment Ventures, LLC purchased 307,228 Series 1d Preferred Units. Mr. Proehl, our President and Chief Executive Officer and the Chairman of the board of directors, is the managing member of Proehl Investment Ventures, LLC.

LLC Conversion

In March 2021, in connection with the conversion of Dermata Therapeutics, LLC into a Delaware corporation, Proehl Investment Ventures, LLC received 35,791,829 shares of our preferred stock, warrants exercisable for 573,750 shares of our preferred stock with an exercise price of $1.00 per share, 18,805,000 shares of our common stock, and Hale Biopharma Ventures, LLC received an aggregate of 5,089,162 shares of our preferred stock, warrants exercisable for 62,500 shares of our preferred stock with an exercise price of $1.00 per share and stock options exercisable for 5,220,000 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $0.28 per share. Mr. Hale, a member of the board of directors, is the managing member of Hale Biopharma Ventures, LLC.

Stockholders’ Agreement

On March 24, 2021, in connection with the conversion of Dermata Therapeutics, LLC into a Delaware corporation, we entered into a Stockholders’ Agreement (as amended, the Stockholders’ Agreement) with all of our then-existing stockholders, including Proehl Investment Ventures, LLC and Hale Biopharma Ventures, LLC. The Stockholders’ Agreement among other things, provides for certain restrictions on transfer of our shares of capital stock, sets forth agreements and understandings with respect to how shares of our capital stock held by the stockholders party thereto will be voted on, or tendered in connection with, an acquisition of the Company and to provide for certain voting rights with respect to the election of directors. In addition, pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, holders of our Series 1a Preferred Stock are entitled to purchase, at any time prior to March 14, 2026, such number of shares of our Series 1a Preferred Stock as such Series 1a Stockholder shall request, up to an aggregate number of shares of Series 1a Preferred Stock not to exceed the product of 25% and the aggregate number of shares Series 1a Preferred Stock then held by such Series 1a Stockholder (or the Series 1a Preferred Warrant Rights). The shares of Series 1a Preferred Stock purchased pursuant to any Series 1a Preferred Warrant Right has a per share purchase price of $1.00 (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization). Upon the consummation of this offering, each Series 1a Preferred Stock Warrant will be exercisable for the same number of shares of our Common Stock with the same per share exercise price of $1.00 per share. The Stockholders’ Agreement will automatically terminate upon the earliest of (a) immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, and (b) the consummation of a sale of the Company, subject to certain conditions.

Convertible Note Financing

In July 2020, we held the first closing of the Notes for an aggregate principal amount of $2,330,000, including $575,000 from Proehl Investment Ventures, LLC, Wendell Wierenga, and Munera Family Trust. In October 2020, we held the second closing of the Notes for an aggregate principal amount of $670,000, including $420,000 from Proehl Investment Ventures, LLC. In February 2021, we held the third closing of the Notes for an

 

-128-


Table of Contents

aggregate principal amount of $1,556,000, including $1,095,000 from Proehl Investment Ventures, LLC, Wendell Wierenga, and Hale Biopharma Ventures, LLC. On March 15, 2021, we completed the conversion of $4,391,000 of Notes into 5,379,247 Series 1d Units. Proehl Investment Ventures, LLC and Hale Biopharma Ventures, LLC hold an aggregate principal amount of $1,745,000 and $250,000 of Notes, respectively. Mr. Proehl, our President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors, is the managing member of Proehl Investment Ventures, LLC. Mr. Hale, a member of the board of directors, is the managing member of Hale Biopharma Ventures, LLC. In addition, Wendell Wierenga, a member of our board of directors, holds $45,000 principal amount of the Notes.

The Notes have an interest rate of 4.0 % per annum, are unsecured, mature on December 31, 2021 and provide for conversion into our common stock upon the earlier of (i) qualified Series A Financing (as defined in the Notes) which results in aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of at least Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000), or (ii) the closing of this offering. If not converted earlier, upon the closing of this offering, the Notes will convert into shares of our common stock at a conversion price equal to 80% of the per share purchase price in this offering. The principal amount and accrued but unpaid interest under each note will automatically convert into shares of our common stock at the stated conversion price per share.

If not converted prior to the closing of this offering, at the closing of this offering the aggregate principal amount and any accrued but unpaid interest on the Notes will automatically convert into an aggregate of                shares of our common stock at a conversion price of $                per share (which is 80% of the assumed offering price of $            , the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

Upon conversion in connection with this offering, Proehl Investment Ventures, LLC, Hale Biopharma Ventures, LLC and Mr. Wierenga will receive an aggregate of        ,        and        shares of our common stock, respectively, based upon a conversion price of $                per share (which is 80% of the assumed offering price of $                , the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Upon closing of this offering, we will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and executive officers. These agreements will require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. We also intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our future directors and executive officers.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

In anticipation of becoming a public company upon completion this offering, we plan to adopt a policy that our executive officers, directors, nominees for election as a director, beneficial owners of more than 5% of any class of our common stock, any members of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons and any firms, corporations or other entities in which any of the foregoing persons is employed or is a partner or principal or in a similar position or in which such person has a 5% or greater beneficial ownership interest, or related parties, are not permitted to enter into a transaction with us without the prior consent of our board of directors acting through the audit committee or, in certain circumstances, the chairman of the audit committee. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with a related party, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and such related party would have a direct or indirect interest must first be presented to our audit committee, or in certain circumstances the chairman of our audit committee, for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our audit committee is to consider the material facts of the transaction, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances, the extent of the benefits to us, the availability of other sources of comparable products or services and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction.

 

-129-


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock as of the date of this prospectus by:

 

   

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

each of our named executive officers; and

 

   

all of our current executive officers and directors as a group.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Under these rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares of common stock as to which the individual or entity has sole or shared voting power or investment power. Applicable percentage ownership is based on 110,220,317 shares of common stock outstanding as of the date of this prospectus, after giving effect to the conversion of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 71,044,171 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by an individual or entity and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to options held by such person that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus are considered outstanding, although these shares are not considered outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The following table does not give effect to any shares that may be acquired by our stockholders, directors or executive officers pursuant to the reserved share program.

Each of the stockholders listed has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by the stockholder unless noted otherwise, subject to community property laws where applicable.

 

           Percentage of Shares Beneficially
Owned
 

Name of Beneficial Owner (1)

   Number of Shares
Beneficially Owned
Prior to Offering (2)
    Prior to Offering     After
Offering
 

5% or Greater Stockholders

      

Proehl Investment Ventures LLC

     55,170,579 (3)(4)      49.8             %  

Hale BioPharma Ventures LLC

     10,371,662 (8)(9)      9.4  

Named Executive Officers and Directors Other Than 5% or Greater Stockholders

      

Gerald T. Proehl

     58,238,919 (3)(4)(5)      51.7     %  

Christopher J. Nardo, M.P.H., Ph.D.

     1,137,083 (6)      1.0 %*      %  

Maria Bedoya Toro Munera, Ph.D., M.B.A.

     2,727,296 (7)      2.1     %  

David Hale

     11,013,329 (8)(9)(10)      9.9     %  

Wendell Wierenga Ph.D.

     471,745 (11)                   %  

Kathleen Scott

     50,000 (12)                   %  

Steven J. Mento Ph.D.

              (13)      —         %  

Mary Fisher

              (14)      —         %  

Andrew Sandler M.D.

              (15)     

All Directors, Director Nominees and Officers as a Group (10 persons)

     73,927,615       64.2     %  

 

*

Less than 1%.

(1)

Unless noted otherwise, the address of all listed stockholder is 3525 Del Mar Heights Rd., #322 San Diego, CA 92130. Each of the stockholder listed has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by the stockholder unless noted otherwise, subject to community property laws where applicable.

 

-130-


Table of Contents
(2)

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which is generally determined by voting power and/or dispositive power with respect to securities. Unless otherwise noted, the shares of common stock listed above are owned as of the date of this prospectus, and are owned of record by each individual named as beneficial owner and such individual has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares of common stock owned by each of them.

(3)

Gerald T. Proehl, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Proehl Investment Ventures LLC. Due to Mr. Proehl’s ownership of Proehl Investment Ventures LLC, he may be deemed to have sole voting and dispositive control over the shares of our common stock held by Proehl Investment Ventures LLC. As a result, Mr. Proehl may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of our common stock held by Proehl Investment Ventures LLC.

(4)

Includes (i) 18,805,000 shares of common stock, (ii) 35,791,829 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our preferred stock, and (iii) 573,750 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus.

(5)

Includes (i) 810,000 shares of common stock held by Mr. Proehl, (ii) 1,836,294 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options held by Mr. Proehl exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus, (iii) 120,481 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our preferred stock held by Mr. Proehl as Trustee of the Allison Taylor Proehl 2020 Irrevocable Trust, (iv) 60,240 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our preferred stock held by Mr. Proehl as Trustee of the Meghan Proehl Wilder 2020 Irrevocable Trust, and (v) 241,325 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our preferred stock held by Mr. Proehl as Trustee of the Sean Michael Proehl Irrevocable Trust Dated December 18, 2020. Does not include 1,577,706 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options held by Mr. Proehl that are not exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus.

(6)

Includes (i) 515,000 shares of common stock, (ii) 572,083 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options held by Dr. Nardo exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus, and (iii) 50,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our preferred stock held by Dr. Nardo as Co-Trustee of the Nardo Family Trust Dated October 3, 2001. Does not include 760,417 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options held by Dr. Nardo that are not exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus.

(7)

Includes (i) 625,000 shares of common stock held by Dr. Munera, (ii) 503,333 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options held by Dr. Munera exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus, (iii) 400,000 shares of common stock held by Dr. Munera as Co-Trustee of the Munera Family Trust, (iv) 1,198,963 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our preferred stock held by Dr. Munera as Co-Trustee of the Munera Family Trust. Does not include 171,875 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options held by Dr. Munera that are not exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus.

(8)

David Hale, our Lead Director, is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Hale BioPharma Ventures LLC. Due to Mr. Hale’s control of Hale BioPharma Ventures LLC, he may be deemed to have sole voting and dispositive control over the shares of our common stock held by Hale BioPharma Ventures LLC. As a result, Mr. Hale may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of our common stock held by Hale BioPharma Ventures LLC.

(9)

Includes (i) 5,220,000 shares of common stock, (ii) 62,500 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus, and (iii) 5,089,162 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our preferred stock.

(10)

Includes (i) 75,000 shares of common stock held by Mr. Hale, (ii) 316,667 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options held by Mr. Hale exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus, (iii) 250,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus held by a limited partnership of which Mr. Hale serves as the General Partner and as such, has voting and dispositive control over the shares of common stock. Does not include 33,333 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options held by Mr. Hale that are not exercisable within 60 days of the date this prospectus.

(11)

Includes (i) 100,000 shares of common stock, (ii) 55,078 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our preferred stock held by Dr. Wierenga, and (iii) 316,667 shares of common stock issuable upon

 

-131-


Table of Contents
  exercise of stock options held by Dr. Wierenga exercisable within 60 days of this prospectus. Does not include 33,333 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options that are not exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus.
(12)

Includes 50,000 shares of our common stock held by Ms. Scott as Trustee of the Scott 2008 Trust dated 3/28/08. Ms. Scott has been nominated to join our board of directors and will be elected to our board of directors immediately upon the effectiveness of this registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Upon Ms. Scott’s election to the board of directors, Ms. Scott will be granted a stock option exercisable for 20,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to our non-employee director compensation policy. The table above does not include the 20,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the stock option which will not be exercisable within 60 days of this prospectus.

(13)

Dr. Mento has been nominated to join our board of directors and will be elected to our board of directors immediately upon the effectiveness of this registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Upon Dr. Mento’s election to the board of directors, Dr. Mento will be granted a stock option exercisable for 20,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to our non-employee director compensation policy. The table above does not include the 20,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the stock option which will not be exercisable within 60 days of this prospectus.

(14)

Ms. Fisher has been nominated to join our board of directors and will be elected to our board of directors immediately upon the effectiveness of this registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Upon Ms. Fisher’s election to the board of directors, Ms. Fisher will be granted a stock option exercisable for 20,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to our non-employee director compensation policy. The table above does not include the 20,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the stock option which will not be exercisable within 60 days of this prospectus.

(15)

Dr. Sandler has been nominated to join our board of directors and will be elected to our board of directors immediately upon the effectiveness of this registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Upon Dr. Sandler’s election to the board of directors, Dr. Sandler will be granted a stock option exercisable for 20,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to our non-employee director compensation policy. The table above does not include the 20,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the stock option which will not be exercisable within 60 days of this prospectus.

 

-132-


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

The following description summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock, as they will be in effect following this offering. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. We expect to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the completion of this offering, and this description summarizes provisions that are expected to be included in these documents. For a complete description, you should refer to our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

The following is a summary of all material characteristics of our capital stock as set forth in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each of which will be effective upon completion of this offering. The summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, all of which are incorporated by reference as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

Authorized Capitalization

Upon completion of this offering, we will have        shares of capital stock authorized under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, consisting of        shares of common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share and        shares of preferred stock with a par value of $        per share. As of the date of this prospectus, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 71,044,171 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering, there are 110,220,317 shares of common stock outstanding. Such share amounts assume the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock and convertible promissory notes into common stock, which will occur upon completion of this offering. In addition, as of the date of this prospectus, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 8,163,479 shares of our common stock under the 2021 Plan, at an exercise price equal to $0.28 per share. Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock are available for issuance without further action by our stockholders, unless such action is required by applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which our securities may be listed or traded in the future.

Common Stock

Holders of our common stock are entitled to such dividends as may be declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available for such purpose. The shares of common stock are neither redeemable nor convertible. Holders of common stock have no preemptive or subscription rights to purchase any of our securities.

Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each such share outstanding in the holder’s name. No holder of common stock is entitled to cumulate votes in voting for directors.

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive pro rata our assets, which are legally available for distribution, after payments of all debts and other liabilities. All of the outstanding shares of our common stock are fully paid and non-assessable. The shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will also be fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to        shares of preferred stock in one or more classes or series and to fix the designations, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof, without further vote or action by the stockholders. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting

 

-133-


Table of Contents

rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting, or the designation of, such class or series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon our liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company or other corporate action. Immediately after completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Stock Options

As of the date of this prospectus, we had reserved the following shares of common stock for issuance pursuant to stock options under the 2021 Plan described below:

 

   

8,163,479 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under stock option agreements issued pursuant to the 2021 Plan with exercise prices of $0.28 per share; and

 

   

4,000,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2021 Plan.

Convertible Promissory Notes

As of the date of this prospectus, we had outstanding Notes in an aggregate principal amount of approximately $175,000 with an interest rate of 4.0 % per annum. The Notes are unsecured, mature on December 31, 2021 and provide for conversion into our common stock upon the earlier of (i) Qualified Series A Financing (as defined in the Notes) which results in aggregate gross proceeds to us of at least ten million dollars ($10,000,000), or (ii) the closing of this offering. If not converted earlier, the Notes will convert into shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering at a conversion price equal to 80% of the per share purchase price in this offering. The principal amount and accrued but unpaid interest under each note will automatically convert into shares of our common stock at the stated conversion price per share.

If not converted earlier, at the closing of this offering the aggregate principal amount and any accrued but unpaid interest on all notes will automatically convert into an aggregate of                shares of our common stock at a conversion price of $            per share (which is 80% of the assumed offering price of $            , the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Underwriters’ Warrants

We have agreed to sell to the representative of the underwriters of this offering, or its permitted designees, for nominal consideration, warrants to purchase            shares of our common stock as additional consideration to the underwriters in this offering. The underwriters’ warrants will have an exercise price equal to 115% of the public offering price in this offering and shall be exercisable for a period of five years following the commencement of sales in this offering and will contain customary “cashless” exercise and registration rights provisions. The warrants shall not be exercisable for a period of six months from the date of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. See “Underwriting.”

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

The provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws described below may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us.

 

-134-


Table of Contents

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

 

   

before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

   

on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, Section 203 defines business combination to include the following:

 

   

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

   

any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

 

   

subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

   

any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

   

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loss, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, to become effective following completion of the offering, provide for:

 

   

classifying our board of directors into three classes;

 

   

authorizing the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval;

 

   

limiting the removal of directors by the stockholders;

 

   

requiring a supermajority vote of stockholders to amend our bylaws or certain provisions our certificate of incorporation;

 

   

prohibiting stockholder action by written consent, thereby requiring all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

 

   

eliminating the ability of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders;

 

-135-


Table of Contents
   

establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon at stockholder meetings; and

 

   

establishing Delaware as the exclusive jurisdiction for certain stockholder litigation against us.

Potential Effects of Authorized but Unissued Stock

Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, we will have shares of common stock and preferred stock available for future issuance without stockholder approval. We may utilize these additional shares for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, to facilitate corporate acquisitions or payment as a dividend on the capital stock.

The existence of unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock may enable our board of directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management or to issue preferred stock with terms that could render more difficult or discourage a third-party attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, thereby protecting the continuity of our management. In addition, the board of directors has the discretion to determine designations, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences of each series of preferred stock, all to the fullest extent permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law and subject to any limitations set forth in our certificate of incorporation. The purpose of authorizing the board of directors to issue preferred stock and to determine the rights and preferences applicable to such preferred stock is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing desirable flexibility in connection with possible financings, acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third-party to acquire, or could discourage a third-party from acquiring, a majority of our outstanding voting stock.

Choice of Forum

Unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any stockholder to bring (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Company or the Company’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer of the Company arising pursuant to, or a claim against the Company or any director or officer of the Company, with respect to the interpretation or application of any provision of, the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, except for, in each of the aforementioned actions, any claims to which the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware determines it lacks jurisdiction. This provision will not apply to claims arising under the Exchange Act, or for any other federal securities laws which provide for exclusive federal jurisdiction. However, the exclusive forum provision provides that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. Therefore, this provision could apply to a suit that falls within one or more of the categories enumerated in the exclusive forum provision and that asserts claims under the Securities Act, inasmuch as Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. There is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such an exclusive forum provision with respect to claims under the Securities Act.

We note that there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce the provision and that investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Although we believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

 

-136-


Table of Contents

Transfer Agent

The name, address and telephone number of our stock transfer agent is Direct Transfer, LLC, 500 Perimeter Park Dr., Suite D, Morrisville, NC 27560, (919) 744-2722.

 

-137-


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our common stock, and a liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities. Furthermore, because only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to existing contractual and legal restrictions on resale as described below, there may be sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse. This may adversely affect the prevailing market prices for our shares of common stock, and our ability to raise equity capital in the future. Although we have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “DRMA,” we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock.

Based on the number of shares outstanding as of the date of this prospectus, upon completion of this offering,                shares of common stock will be outstanding, or                if the over-allotment option is exercised in full. Of the shares to be outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering, the                shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act unless purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

The remaining shares of common stock will be “restricted securities” under Rule 144.

Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

Date Available for Sale

  

Shares Eligible for Sale

  

Description

Date of Prospectus       Shares sold in the offering that are not subject to a lock-up
90 Days after Date of Prospectus       Shares saleable under Rules 144 and 701 that are not subject to a lock-up
180 Days after Date of Prospectus       Lock-up released; shares saleable under Rules 144 and 701

In addition, of the 8,163,479 shares of our common stock that are issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of the date of this prospectus, options to purchase            shares of common stock were exercisable as of that date, and upon exercise these shares will be eligible for sale subject to the lock-up agreements described below and/or Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months, would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.

An affiliate of ours who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least one year (or six months, provided that such sale occurs after we have been subject to the reporting requirements under the

 

-138-


Table of Contents

Exchange Act for at least 90 days) would be entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of shares of our common stock then outstanding; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of shares of our common stock on the Nasdaq during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Most of our employees, executive officers or directors who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, but all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares. However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described below and under the section entitled “Underwriting” and will become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Lock-up Agreements

We, all of our directors, officers, employees and certain other holders of our common stock or securities exercisable for or convertible into our common stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering have entered into lock-up agreements with respect to the disposition of their shares. See “Underwriting — Lock-Up Agreements” for additional information.

Equity Incentive Plans

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register our shares issued or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans. The first such registration statement is expected to be filed soon after the date of this prospectus and will automatically become effective upon filing with the SEC. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us or the lock-up restrictions described above.

 

-139-


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the shares of common stock issued pursuant to this offering but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local or foreign tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the IRS, in effect as of the date of this offering. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a non-U.S. holder of our common stock. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders that hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a non-U.S. holder’s particular circumstances, including the impact of the alternative minimum tax or the unearned income Medicare contribution tax. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to holders subject to particular rules, including, without limitation:

 

   

U.S. expatriates and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

   

persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;

 

   

banks, insurance companies, and other financial institutions;

 

   

regulated investment companies or real estate investment trusts;

 

   

brokers, dealers or traders in securities or currencies;

 

   

controlled foreign corporations, “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);

 

   

tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

 

   

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

   

persons for whom our common stock constitutes “qualified small business stock” within the meaning of Section 1202 of the Code or as “Section 1244 stock” for purposes of Section 1244 of the Code;

 

   

persons subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to our common stock being taken into account in an “applicable financial statement” (as defined in the Code);

 

   

persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;

 

   

tax-qualified retirement plans; and

 

   

“qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interest of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds

If a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships

 

-140-


Table of Contents

holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED AS LEGAL OR TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Definition of a Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is not a “U.S. person,” a partnership or an entity disregarded as separate from its owner, each for United States federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one or more United States persons (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), or (2) has made a valid election under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Distributions

As described in the section entitled “Dividend Policy,” we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, such distributions of cash or property on our common stock will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below in the section relating to the sale or disposition of our common stock. Because we may not know the extent to which a distribution is a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes at the time it is made, for purposes of the withholding rules discussed below we or the applicable withholding agent may treat the entire distribution as a dividend.

Subject to the discussion below on backup withholding and foreign accounts, dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock that are not effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty).

Non-U.S. holders will be entitled to a reduction in or an exemption from withholding on dividends as a result of either (a) an applicable income tax treaty or (b) the non-U.S. holder holding our common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States and dividends being effectively connected with that trade or business. To claim such a reduction in or exemption from withholding, the non-U.S. holder must provide the applicable withholding agent with a properly executed (a) IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) claiming an exemption from or reduction of the withholding tax

 

-141-


Table of Contents

under the benefit of an income tax treaty between the United States and the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established, or (b) IRS Form W-8ECI stating that the dividends are not subject to withholding tax because they are effectively connected with the conduct by the non-U.S. holder of a trade or business within the United States, as may be applicable. These certifications must be provided to the applicable withholding agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. Non-U.S. holders that do not timely provide the applicable withholding agent with the required certification, but that qualify for a reduced rate under an applicable income tax treaty, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

If dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the non-U.S. holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), then, although exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax (provided the non-U.S. holder provides appropriate certification, as described above), the non-U.S. holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such dividends on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. In addition, a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year that are attributable to such dividends, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty and regarding any applicable treaties that may provide for different rules.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below on backup withholding and foreign accounts, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the non-U.S. holder maintains a permanent establishment fixed base in the United States to which such gain is attributable);

 

   

the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

 

   

our common stock constitutes U.S. real property interests, or USRPIs, by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation, or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Gain described in the first bullet point above will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular rates. A non-U.S. holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items.

A non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on any gain derived from the disposition, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder (even though the individual non-U.S. holder is not considered a resident of the United States) provided the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we are not currently and do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our other business assets and our non-U.S. real property interests and our other business assets, however, there can be no assurance we currently are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable

 

-142-


Table of Contents

disposition by a non-U.S. holder of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our common stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, and such non-U.S. holder owned, actually and constructively, 5% or less of our common stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period. If we are a USRPHC and either our common stock is not regularly traded on an established securities market or a non-U.S. holder holds, or is treated as holding, more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, directly or indirectly, during the applicable testing period, such non-U.S. holder’s gain on the disposition of shares of our common stock generally will be taxed in the same manner as gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, except that the branch profits tax generally will not apply. If we are a USRPHC and our common stock is not regularly traded on an established securities market, a non-U.S. holder’s proceeds received on the disposition of shares will also generally be subject to withholding at a rate of 15%. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult their tax advisors regarding the possible consequences to them if we are, or were to become, a USRPHC.

Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with payments of dividends on our common stock. Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established.

Unless you comply with certification procedures to establish that you are not a U.S. person, information returns may also be filed with the IRS in connection with the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock. You may be subject to backup withholding on payments on our common stock or on the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock unless you comply with certification procedures to establish that you are not a U.S. person or otherwise establish an exemption. Your provision of a properly executed applicable IRS Form W-8 certifying your non-U.S. status will permit you to avoid backup withholding. Amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules are not additional taxes and may be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts

Withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (such Sections are commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends (including deemed dividends) paid on our common stock, or, subject to the proposed Treasury Regulations discussed below, gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code), unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States-owned foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders.

 

-143-


Table of Contents

Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends (including deemed dividends) paid on our common stock. While withholding under FATCA would also have applied to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of stock on or after January 1, 2019, proposed Treasury Regulations eliminate FATCA withholding on payments of gross proceeds entirely. Taxpayers generally may rely on these proposed Treasury Regulations until final Treasury Regulations are issued. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our common stock.

 

-144-


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We are offering our shares of common stock described in this prospectus through the underwriters named below. Maxim Group LLC (or Maxim) is acting as the sole representative of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, each of the underwriters has severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table.

 

Underwriters

   Number of
Shares
 

Maxim Group LLC

                   

Total

  

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters must buy all of the shares of common stock if they buy any of them. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares as described below.

Our shares of common stock are offered subject to a number of conditions, including:

 

   

receipt and acceptance of our shares of common stock by the underwriters; and

 

   

the underwriters’ right to reject orders in whole or in part.

We have been advised by Maxim that the underwriters intend to make a market in our shares of common stock but that they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue making a market at any time without notice.

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses electronically.

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

We have granted the underwriters an option to buy up to an aggregate of                additional shares of common stock. The underwriters have 45 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option. If the underwriters exercise this option, they will each purchase additional shares of common stock approximately in proportion to the amounts specified in the table above.

Underwriting Discount

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $                 per share from the initial public offering price. The underwriters may offer the shares through one or more of their affiliates or selling agents. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, Maxim may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Upon execution of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters will be obligated to purchase the shares at the prices and upon the terms stated therein.

The underwriting discount is equal to the public offering price per share, less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share. The underwriting discount was determined through an arms’ length negotiation between us and the underwriters. We have agreed to sell the shares of common stock to the underwriters at the offering price of $    per share, which represents the public offering price of our shares set forth on the cover page of this prospectus less a 8.0% underwriting discount.

 

-145-


Table of Contents

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discount we will pay to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to    additional shares.

 

     No
Exercise
     Full
Exercise
 

Per share

   $                        $                    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $        $    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

We have agreed to pay Maxim’s out-of-pocket accountable expenses, including Maxim’s legal fees, up to a maximum amount of $100,000, irrespective of whether the offering is consummated. We have paid $25,000 to Maxim as an advance to be applied towards reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (which we refer to as the Advance). Any portion of the Advance shall be returned back to us to the extent not actually incurred.

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering payable by us, not including the underwriting discount, will be approximately $    million. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses incurred by them.

Underwriter’s Warrants

We have also agreed to issue to Maxim (or its permitted assignees) the warrants to purchase a number of our shares of common stock equal to an aggregate of 5% of the total number of shares of common stock sold in this offering (or Underwriter’s Warrants). The Underwriter’s Warrants will have an exercise price equal to 115% of the offering price of the shares of common stock sold in this offering and may be exercised on a cashless basis. The Underwriter’s Warrants are exercisable commencing six (6) months after the effective date of the registration statement related to this offering, and will expire five years after the commencement of sales of this offering. The Underwriter’s Warrants are not redeemable by us. We have agreed to a one time demand registration of the shares of common stock underlying the Underwriter’s Warrants for a period of five years from the commencement of sales of this offering. The Underwriter’s Warrants also provide for unlimited “piggyback” registration rights at our expense with respect to the underlying shares of common stock during the five year period from the commencement of sales of this offering. The Underwriter’s Warrants and the shares of common stock underlying the Underwriter’s Warrants, have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to Rule 5110(e)(1) of FINRA. The underwriters (or permitted assignees under the Rule) may not sell, transfer, assign, pledge or hypothecate the Underwriter’s Warrants or the securities underlying the Underwriter’s Warrants, nor will they engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the Underwriter’s Warrants or the underlying securities for a period of 180 days from the commencement of sales of this offering, except to any FINRA member participating in the offering, their officers or partners, associated persons or affiliates. The Underwriter’s Warrants will provide for adjustment in the number and price of such Underwriter’s Warrants (and the shares of common stock underlying such Underwriter’s Warrants) to prevent dilution in the event of a forward or reverse stock split, stock dividend or similar recapitalization.

Right of First Refusal

We have agreed to grant Maxim, for the fifteen (15) month period following the commencement of sales of this offering, a right of first refusal to act as sole lead manager, underwriter and/or placement agent for any and all future public or private equity, equity-linked, convertible and debt offerings (excluding commercial bank debt) during such fifteen (15) month period by us, or any successor to or any subsidiary of our company subject to such procedures as agreed upon in the underwriting agreement. The Company further grants Maxim, upon the closing of this offering, the right of first refusal to act as lead advisor with respect to transactions between the company and third parties, including, without limitation, any merger, acquisition or sale of stock or assets (in which the company may be the acquiring or the acquired entity), joint venture, strategic alliance or other similar transaction during such fifteen (15) month period.

 

-146-


Table of Contents

Lock-Up Agreements

We and our directors, officers and holders of one percent (1%) or more of our outstanding shares of common stock as of the effective date of the registration statement related to this offering (and all holders of securities exercisable for or convertible into shares of common stock) shall enter into customary “lock-up” agreements in favor of Maxim pursuant to which such persons and entities shall agree, for a period of 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement related to this offering, that they shall neither offer, issue, sell, contract to sell, encumber, grant any option for the sale of or otherwise dispose of any of our securities without Maxim’s prior written consent, including the issuance of shares of common stock upon the exercise of currently outstanding convertible securities.

Indemnification

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act. If we are unable to provide this indemnification, we have agreed to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

Other Relationships

Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

No Public Market

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our securities in the U.S. and the public offering price for our securities will be determined through negotiations between us and the underwriters. Among the factors to be considered in these negotiations will be prevailing market conditions, our financial information, market valuations of other companies that we and the underwriters believe to be comparable to us, estimates of our business potential, the present state of our development and other factors deemed relevant.

We offer no assurances that the initial public offering price will correspond to the price at which our securities will trade in the public market subsequent to this offering or that an active trading market for our securities will develop and continue after this offering.

Stock Exchange

We have applied for listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “DRMA.”

Price Stabilization, Short Positions

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our shares of common stock during and after this offering, including:

 

   

stabilizing transactions;

 

   

short sales;

 

   

purchases to cover positions created by short sales;

 

   

imposition of penalty bids; and

 

   

syndicate covering transactions.

Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases made for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our shares of common stock while this offering is in progress. Stabilization

 

-147-


Table of Contents

transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum. These transactions may also include making short sales of our shares of common stock, which involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover short positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered short sales,” which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked short sales,” which are short positions in excess of that amount.

The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option.

Naked short sales are short sales made in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares of common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchased in this offering.

The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because Maxim has repurchased shares sold by or for the account of that underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

These stabilizing transactions, short sales, purchases to cover positions created by short sales, the imposition of penalty bids and syndicate covering transactions may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result of these activities, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the NASDAQ Capital Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the shares. Neither we, nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the underwriters will engage in these stabilization transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Determination of Offering Price

Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our shares of common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiation among us and Maxim. The principal factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price include:

 

   

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to Maxim;

 

   

our history and prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

   

our past and present financial performance;

 

   

our prospects for future earnings and the present state of our development;

 

   

the general condition of the securities market at the time of this offering;

 

   

the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded shares of generally comparable companies; and

 

   

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

The estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this preliminary prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors. Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our shares of common stock or that the shares of common stock will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

 

-148-


Table of Contents

Affiliations

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriters and their affiliates may from time to time in the future engage with us and perform services for us or in the ordinary course of their business for which they will receive customary fees and expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of us. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of these securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in these securities and instruments.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the particular underwriter, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by an underwriter is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter and should not be relied upon by investors.

Selling Restrictions

Canada. The securities may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31 103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus supplement (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33 105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33 105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriters conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

European Economic Area. In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any securities may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State

 

-149-


Table of Contents

of any securities may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

   

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

   

to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

   

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of securities shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriters of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any securities, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom. Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

   

it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the securities in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

   

it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the securities in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Switzerland. The securities may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (the SIX) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the securities or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, or the securities have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of securities will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of securities has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (CISA). Accordingly, no public distribution, offering or advertising, as defined in CISA, its implementing ordinances and notices, and no distribution to any non-qualified investor, as defined in CISA, its implementing ordinances and notices, shall be undertaken in or from Switzerland, and the investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under CISA does not extend to acquirers of securities.

Australia. No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC), in relation to the offering.

 

-150-


Table of Contents

This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the Corporations Act) and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the securities may only be made to persons (the Exempt Investors) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the securities without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The securities applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring securities must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Cayman Islands. No invitation, whether directly or indirectly, may be made to the public in the Cayman Islands to subscribe for our securities.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Lowenstein Sandler LLP. Certain legal matters relating to the offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP.

 

-151-


Table of Contents

EXPERTS

Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C., independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, as set forth in their report (which includes an explanatory paragraph regarding the existence of substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern). We have included our financial statements in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on the report of Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C., given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing in giving said reports.

 

-152-


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits filed therewith. For further information about us and the common stock offered hereby, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed for the complete contents of that contract or document. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The exhibits to the registration statement should be reviewed for the complete contents of these contracts and documents.

We currently do not file periodic reports with the SEC. Upon the completion of this offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the website is www.sec.gov.

We also maintain a website at www.dermatarx.com. Upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials at our website free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus.

 

 

-153-


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Audited Financial Statements    Page No.  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2020

     F-3  

Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2020

     F-4  

Statement of Members’ Equity (Deficit) for the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2020

     F-5  

Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December  31, 2019 and 2020

     F-6  

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-7  
Interim Unaudited Financial Statements       

Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and March 31, 2021 (Unaudited)

     F-18  

Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2020 and 2021 (Unaudited)

     F-19  

Statements of Stockholders’ and Members’ Deficit for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2020 and 2021 (Unaudited)

     F-20  

Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2020 and 2021 (Unaudited)

     F-23  

Notes to Financial Statements (Unaudited)

     F-24  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and

Stockholders of Dermata Therapeutics, Inc.:

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Dermata Therapeutics, Inc. (formerly Dermata Therapeutics, LLC) (“Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the related statements of operations and comprehensive loss, members’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2020 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Going Concern Uncertainty

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company has incurred recurring losses and negative cash flows from operations and is dependent on additional financing to fund operations. These conditions raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans regarding these matters are also described in Note 2. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2016.

/s/ Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C.

San Diego, California

April 2, 2021

 

F-2


Table of Contents

DERMATA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(FORMERLY DERMATA THERAPEUTICS, LLC)

Balance Sheets

 

     December 31,  
     2019     2020  
              

Assets:

    

Current assets:

    

Cash

   $ 1,991,802     $ 530,400  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     73,679       75,053  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     2,065,481       605,453  

Fixed assets, net

     322       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,065,803     $ 605,453  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Members’ Equity:

    

Liabilities:

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 337,184     $ 104,276  

Accrued and other current liabilities

     155,040       133,477  

License and settlement liability

     500,000    

Convertible subordinated promissory notes, net of discount

       1,848,495  

Related party convertible subordinated promissory notes, net of discount

       1,140,984  

Current portion of long-term debt, net of debt discount

     730,547       556,160  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     1,722,771       3,783,392  

Long-term debt, net of debt discount

     553,191       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 2,275,962     $ 3,783,392  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies (see Note 11)

    

Members’ Equity (Deficit):

    

Series A Preferred Units, no units issued or outstanding at December 31, 2019 or 2020

     —         —    

Series 1 Preferred Units, 6,906,244 units authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2020

     6,833,877       6,833,877  

Series 1a Preferred Units, 5,000,000 and 5,018,750 units authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively

     4,361,331       4,380,081  

Series 1a Preferred Warrant Units, 1,437,978 and 1,419,228 units issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively

     723,431       723,431  

Series 1b Preferred Units, 6,500,000 units authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively

     4,119,595       4,119,595  

Series 1c Preferred Units, 44,767,474 and 46,553,188 units authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively

     6,241,592       6,491,592  

Class A Common Units, 10,430,000 units authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2020

     10,430       10,430  

Class B Common Units, 36,120,416 and 36,234,583 units authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively

     2,342,853       2,342,853  

Accumulated deficit

     (24,843,268     (28,079,798
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total members’ equity (deficit)

     (210,159     (3,177,939
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and members’ equity (deficit)

   $ 2,065,803     $ 605,453  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

DERMATA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(FORMERLY DERMATA THERAPEUTICS, LLC)

Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the Years Ended

 

     For the years ended
December 31,
 
     2019     2020  

Costs and expenses:

    

Research and development expenses

   $ (2,623,280   $ (1,607,819

General and administrative expenses

     (1,847,328     (1,565,034
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     (4,470,608     (3,172,853
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (4,470,608     (3,172,853
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income and expenses:

    

Gain from forgiveness of Payroll Protection Plan loan

     —         133,592  

Interest expense, net

     (250,748     (197,269
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

   $ (4,721,356   $ (3,236,530
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per common unit

   $ (0.12   $ (0.08
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average basic and diluted common units

     39,176,146       39,176,146  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

DERMATA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(FORMERLY DERMATA THERAPEUTICS, LLC)

Statements of Members’ Equity (Deficit) for the Years Ended

December 31, 2019 and 2020

 

    Class A Common
Units Amount
    Class B Common
Units Amount
    Series 1 Preferred
Units Amount
    Series 1a Preferred
Units Amount
    Series 1a Warrants
Units Amount
    Series 1b Preferred
Units Amount
    Series 1c Preferred
Units Amount
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total  

Balance at December 31, 2018

    10,430,000     $ 10,430       32,816,855     $ 2,342,853       6,906,244     $ 6,833,877       5,000,000     $ 4,361,331       1,437,978     $ 723,431       6,500,000     $ 4,119,595       —         —       $ (20,121,912   $ (1,730,395

Series 1c Preferred Units issued, net of issuance costs

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         44,767,474       6,241,592       —         6,241,592  

Class B Common Units issued, net of forfeitures

    —         —         3,303,561       —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Net loss

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (4,721,356     (4,721,356
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

    10,430,000     $ 10,430       36,120,416     $ 2,342,853       6,906,244     $ 6,833,877       5,000,000     $ 4,361,331       1,437,978     $ 723,431       6,500,000     $ 4,119,595       44,767,474     $ 6,241,592     $ (24,843,268   $ (210,159

Exercise of Series 1a Preferred Warrant Units

    —         —         —         —         —         —         18,750     $ 18,750       (18,750     —         —         —         —         —         —         18,750  

Series 1c Preferred Units issued

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         1,785,714       250,000       —         250,000  

Class B Common Units issued

    —         —         114,167       —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —      

Net loss

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (3,236,530     (3,236,530
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

    10,430,000     $ 10,430       36,234,583     $ 2,342,853       6,906,244     $ 6,833,877       5,018,750     $ 4,380,081       1,419,228     $ 723,431       6,500,000     $ 4,119,595       46,553,188     $ 6,491,592     $ (28,079,798   $ (3,177,939
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

DERMATA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(FORMERLY DERMATA THERAPEUTICS, LLC)

Statements of Cash Flows

 

     For the years ended
December 31,
 
     2019     2020  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (4,721,356   $ (3,236,530

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets

     1,355       322  

Amortization of debt discount costs

     141,753       97,104  

Series 1c Preferred Units issued in connection with license settlement

     730,962    

Gain from forgiveness of Payroll Protection Plan loan

       (133,592

Increase/(decrease) in cash resulting from changes in:

    

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     50,058       (1,374

Other assets

        

Accounts payable

     122,423       (232,908

Accrued and other current liabilities

     2,533       (21,563

License and settlement liability

     (250,000     (500,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operations

     799,084       (792,011
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (3,922,272     (4,028,541
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Costs associated with debt amendment

     (12,280     —    

Principal payments on debt

     (763,889     (810,185

Proceeds from Payroll Protection Plan loan

       133,592  

Proceeds from issuance of convertible note

     150,000       —    

Net proceeds from issuance of convertible subordinated promissory notes

       2,974,982  

Net proceeds from issuance of Series 1c Preferred Units

     5,360,630       250,000  

Net proceeds from exercise of Series 1a Preferred Warrant Units

     —         18,750  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     4,734,461       2,567,139  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

     812,189       (1,461,402

Cash at beginning of year

     1,179,613       1,991,802  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash at end of year

   $ 1,991,802     $ 530,400  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

    

Final loan fee related to debt amendment

   $ 100,000       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Series 1c Preferred Units issued for convertible debt and interest

   $ 151,487       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures:

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 99,014     $ 56,707  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid for taxes

   $ 1,138     $ 3,272  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

DERMATA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(FORMERLY DERMATA THERAPEUTICS, LLC)

Notes to Financial Statements

 

  1.

The Company and Business Activities

Dermata Therapeutics, Inc., (the “Company”), was formed as a Delaware limited liability company (“LLC”) under the name Dermata Therapeutics, LLC in December 2014. On March 24, 2021 the Company converted from an LLC to a Delaware C-corporation and changed its name to Dermata Therapeutics, Inc. The Company is a clinical-stage biotechnology company focused on the treatment of medical and aesthetic skin conditions.

 

  2.

Liquidity and Going Concern Uncertainty

Since its inception, the Company has not generated any revenue or commercialized any products. As of December 31, 2020, cash totaled $530,400 and the Company had an accumulated deficit of $28,079,798. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company used $3,922,272 and $4,028,541, respectively, in operations. In January, February and March, 2021, the Company received proceeds from the issuance of subordinated convertible promissory notes of $1,566,000 from the Managing Members of the Company and other investors. In addition, in March, 2021 the Company received proceeds of $570,000 from the issuance of a Series 1d Preferred Unit offering, which is expected to fund operations through mid-June, 2021 (See Note 13) The Company has not commercialized any products or generated any revenues, and anticipates that it will continue to incur net losses for the foreseeable future. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for the one-year period following the date that these financial statements were issued.

Historically, the Company’s principal sources of cash have included proceeds from the issuance of common and preferred equity units and proceeds from the issuance of debt. The Company’s principal uses of cash have included cash used in operations, payments for license rights and payments relating to purchases of property and equipment. The Company expects that the principal uses of cash in the future will be for continuing operations, funding of research and development and general working capital requirements. The Company expects that as research and development expenses continue to grow, it will need to raise additional capital to sustain operations and research and development. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result from the possible inability of the Company to continue as a going concern.

Management’s Plan to Continue as a Going Concern

In order to continue as a going concern, the Company will need, among other things, additional capital resources. Until the Company can generate significant cash from operations, management’s plans to obtain such resources for the Company include proceeds from offerings of the Company’s equity securities or debt, or transactions involving product development, technology licensing or collaboration. Management can provide no assurance that any sources of a sufficient amount of financing will be available to the Company on favorable terms, if at all. Management is currently in the process of seeking additional equity financing, however management’s current plans do not alleviate substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

 

  3.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) as found in the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”), the Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) and the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates these estimates and judgments, including those related to useful lives of long-lived assets, accrued research and development expenses and estimated fair values of equity instruments. The Company bases its estimates on various assumptions that it believes are reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Segment Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company and the Company’s chief operating decision maker view the Company’s operations and manage its business in one operating segment, which is the business of developing and commercializing pharmaceuticals. The Company operates in only one segment.

Cash

The Company places its cash with reputable financial institutions that are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC. At times, deposits held may exceed the amount of insurance provided by the FDIC. The Company has not experienced any losses in its cash and believes they are not exposed to any significant credit risk.

Fair Value Measurement

The Company uses a three-tier fair value hierarchy to prioritize the inputs used in the Company’s fair value measurements. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions. The Company believes the carrying amount of cash, accounts payable, accrued expenses and debt approximate their estimated fair values due to the short-term maturities of these financial instruments.

Fixed Assets

Fixed assets consist of furniture and fixtures and computer equipment. Fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Additions, improvements, and major renewals are capitalized. Maintenance, repairs, and minor renewals are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is determined using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which is primarily three years. Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 was $1,355 and $322, respectively

Patent Costs

Patent costs related to obtaining and maintaining patent protection in both the United States and other countries are expensed as incurred. The amounts expensed in the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 were $74,920 and $32,411, respectively.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Research and Development

Research and development costs consist of expenses incurred in connection with the development of the Company’s product candidates. Such expenses include expenses incurred under agreements with contract research organizations, manufacturing and supply scale-up expenses and the cost of acquiring and manufacturing preclinical and clinical trial supply, outsourced laboratory services, including materials and supplies used to support the Company’s research and development activities, and payments made for license fees and milestones that have not been demonstrated to have commercial value. Such expenses are expensed as incurred. The amounts expensed in the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 were $2,623,280 and $1,607,819, respectively.

Income Taxes

Through March 24, 2021, the Company operated as a limited liability company taxed as a partnership. Therefore, any income tax liability or benefit through that date accrued to the members.

Net Loss Per Common Unit

Basic net loss per unit is calculated by dividing net loss attributable to common unitholders by the weighted-average units outstanding during the period, without consideration of common unit equivalents. Diluted net loss per unit is calculated by adjusting weighted-average shares outstanding for the dilutive effect of common unit equivalents outstanding for the period. For purposes of the diluted net loss per unit calculation, preferred units, profit interests, and warrants to purchase preferred units are considered to be common unit equivalents but are excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per common unit if their effect would be anti-dilutive.

 

     December 31,  
     2019     2020  

Numerator:

    

Net loss

   $ (4,721,356   $ (3,236,530
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted-average basic and diluted common units

     39,176,146       39,176,146  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per common unit

   $ (0.12   $ (0.08
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The common unit equivalents that are not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per common unit but could potentially dilute basic earnings per share in the future are as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Series 1 Preferred 1 Preferred Units

     6,906,244        6,906,244  

Series 1a Preferred Units

     5,000,000        5,018,750  

Series 1a Preferred Warrant Units

     1,437,978        1,419,228  

Series 1b Preferred Units

     6,500,000        6,500,000  

Series 1c Preferred Units

     44,767,474        46,553,188  

Class B Common Units Profits Interests

     7,374,270        7,488,437  

Total potentially dilutive securities

     71,985,966        73,885,847  

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (“ASC 842”), which supersedes all existing lease guidance. This guidance offers specific accounting guidance for a lessee, a lessor and sale and leaseback transactions. The new standard requires lessees to recognize an operating lease with a term greater than one year on their balance sheets as a right-of-use asset and corresponding lease liability, measured at the present value of the lease payments. Lessees are required to classify leases as either finance or operating leases. If the lease is effectively a financed-purchase by the lessee, it is classified as a financing lease, otherwise, it is classified as an

 

F-9


Table of Contents

operating lease. This classification will determine whether lease expense is recognized based on an effective interest method or on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. ASC 842 provides accounting guidance for transactions that meet specific criteria for a leaseback transaction. If the criteria are not met, the transaction is considered a “failed sale” and the transaction must be accounted for as a financing arrangement. The new standard was effective for the Company as of January 1, 2019. Upon adoption, lessees must apply a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. Adoption of this new guidance did not have an impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

In July 2017, the FASB issued authoritative guidance changing the classification analysis of certain equity-linked financial instruments (or embedded features) with down round features, whereby a down round feature no longer precludes equity classification when assessing whether the instrument is indexed to an entity’s own stock, and also clarifying existing disclosure requirements for equity-classified instruments. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted this guidance with no material impact on its financial statements or disclosures.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (“ASU 2019-12”). ASU 2019-12 simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740. ASU 2019-12 also improves the consistent application, and the simplification, of other areas of Topic 740 by clarifying and amending existing guidance. ASU 2019-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact that this standard may have on its financial statements and related disclosures.

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, Debt – Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging – Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40) (“ASU 2020-06”). ASU 2020-06 eliminates the beneficial conversion and cash conversion accounting models for convertible instruments. It also amends the accounting for certain contracts in an entity’s own equity that are currently accounted for as derivatives because of specific settlement provisions. In addition, ASU 2020-06 modifies how particular convertible instruments and certain contracts that may be settled in cash or shares impact the diluted earnings per share computation. The amendments in ASU 2020-06 are effective for smaller reporting companies as defined by the SEC for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, but not earlier than fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2020-06 on its financial statements

 

  4.

Balance Sheet Details

The following provides certain balance sheet details:

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Prepaid Expenses:

     

Prepaid insurance

   $ 56,045      $ 68,003  

Prepaid clinical trial expense

     17,634        7,050  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total prepaid expenses

   $ 73,679      $ 75,053  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fixed Assets:

     

Furniture and office equipment

   $ 59,382      $ 59,382  

Computer equipment

     17,225        17,225  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     76,607        76,607  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (76,285      (76,607
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed assets, net

   $ 322      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-10


Table of Contents
     December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Accrued and Other Current Liabilities:

     

Accrued payroll

   $ 38,708      $ —    

Accrued interest payable

     5,606        49,169  

Accrued employee benefits

     3,663        —    

Accrued vacation

     107,063        84,308  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued and other current liabilities

   $ 155,040      $ 133,477  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  5.

Subordinated Convertible Promissory Notes

In July and October, 2020, the Company issued an aggregate of $3,000,000 of subordinated convertible promissory notes (“The Notes”). Notes in the amount of $1,145,000 were issued to existing investors who are also related parties (See Note 12), $1,730,000 were issued to existing investors who are not related parties and notes in the amount of $125,000 were issued to new investors. The Notes bear interest at 4% per annum and mature on July 17, 2021 which due date was extended to December 31, 2021 (See Note 13). The Notes are subordinated to the Company’s long-term debt and are convertible into a qualified Series A financing of at least $10 million at a 20% discount to the lowest price per unit paid by investors for that financing. Under authoritative accounting guidance, this contingent beneficial conversion feature will be measured and recognized when the contingency is resolved. The Notes were recorded net of debt discount costs of $25,018. The Company has accounted for the 2020 Notes as stock-settled debt and is accreting the carrying amount of the 2020 Notes to the settlement amount through maturity. The Company recognized $48,222 of interest expense and $14,497 of amortized debt discount costs in 2020 related to The Notes.

 

  6.

Long-Term Debt

In February 2017, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank (SVB) whereas SVB agreed to provide term loans to the Company in two tranches. The first tranche of $2,500,000 was drawn in February 2017 and bears interest at a rate of 1.5% above the prime rate, which was 3.25% as of December 31, 2020, payable monthly through February 9, 2021. The second tranche was not utilized.

In connection with the Loan and Security Agreement, SVB also received warrant units to purchase, at any time after February 9, 2017 and prior to February 9, 2027, 187,978 Series 1a Preferred Units or the equivalent Series A Preferred Units had they purchased Series 1a Preferred Units, if Series A Preferred Units are issued, at a price of $1.00 per unit. The estimated fair value of these warrant units of $104,630 (See Note 8), as well as costs associated with the term loan, including provision for a final payment of $225,000, was recorded as a discount to outstanding debt and is being amortized to interest expense utilizing the effective interest method over the underlying term of the loan.

In June 2019, the Company and SVB entered into a First Amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement whereby if the Company did not achieve certain capital milestones by December 1, 2019, Term Loan principal payments would be deferred from December 21, 2019 through May 1, 2020 with the deferred principal payments being payable in equal monthly installments, in addition to those principal payments already scheduled to be paid, starting on June 1, 2020 and extending through the February 9, 2021 maturity date of the Term Loan. In addition, if those principal payments were deferred for that six-month period, a non-refundable amendment fee of $100,000 would be due and payable on the earliest to occur of the Maturity Date, the prepayment of the Term Loan or the occurrence of an Event of Default. The capital milestones were not achieved by December 1, 2019 and, therefore, the defined principal repayments were deferred.

The non-refundable amendment fee of $100,000, as well as $12,280 of costs associated with the amendment, have been recorded as a discount to outstanding debt and are being amortized to interest expense utilizing the effective interest method over the remaining underlying term of the loan.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement, the Company is bound by certain affirmative and negative covenants setting forth actions that must and must not take place during the term thereof. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the Loan and Security Agreement, subject to cure periods for certain events of default, all amounts owed by the Company thereunder shall begin to bear interest at a rate of 5.0% above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto and may be declared immediately due and payable by SVB. As of December 31, 2020, the Company was in compliance with all covenants. In addition, in accordance with the terms of the First Amendment, SVB was granted a lien on all of the Company’s intellectual property rights.

Future principal payments of $231,482 under the Term Loan payable as of December 31, 2020 were due and paid in January and February 2021 (See Note 13 – Subsequent Events).

Payroll Protection Program

On April 22, 2020, the Company received proceeds of a $133,592 loan from SVB under provisions of the Small Business Administration Payroll Protection Program (PPP). This loan was forgiven in December 2020 under provisions of the PPP and the gain is included in other income on the statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

 

  7.

Equity Securities

Series 1 Preferred Units

From the Company’s formation on December 8, 2014 through 2016, the Company issued 6,906,244 Series 1 Preferred Units for net consideration of $6,833,877.

Series 1a Preferred Units

In 2016, the Company issued 5,000,000 Series 1a Preferred Units in exchange for cash of $5,000,000 and net of issuance costs of $19,868. Purchasers of the Series 1a Preferred Units also received 1,250,000 Warrant Units to purchase an additional amount of Series 1a Preferred Units (see Note 8 – Series 1a Warrants Outstanding). The estimated fair value of the warrant units has been recorded as a separate component of members’ equity (deficit) in the accompanying balance sheet with an offset to the Series 1a proceeds.

Series 1b Preferred Units

In 2018, the Company issued 6,500,000 Series 1b Preferred Units in exchange for cash of $6,500,000 and net of issuance costs of $40,405. Purchasers of the Series 1b Preferred Units also received 26,000,000 Class B Common Units, not representing a profits interest. The estimated fair value of the Class B Common units has been recorded as a component of members’ equity (deficit) in the accompanying balance sheet with an offset to the Series 1b proceeds.

Series 1c Preferred Units

On June 14, 2019, the Company closed participation in a $5,785,000 Series 1c financing from current and new investors. As of December 31, 2019, cash of $5,535,000, including $150,000 from the conversion of a convertible note issued to a Managing Member of the Company for a loan made to the Company, net of issuance costs of $25,857 had been received. The interest on the convertible note in the amount of $1,487 was also converted into Series 1c Preferred units. The remaining balance of $250,000 committed to the financing was paid in 2020. In addition, in June 2019 5,221,156 Series 1c Preferred units were issued in connection with the settlement and license agreement described in Note 11 – Commitments and Contingencies.

Class A Common Units

During 2014 and 2015, the Company issued, in exchange for consideration of $10,430, 10,430,000 Class A Common Units.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Class B Common Units

The Company has 36,234,583 Class B Common Units outstanding at December 31, 2020. This includes 2,746,146 Class B Common Units issued for consideration of $2,853 and 26,000,000 Class B Common Units issued in connection with the issuance of the Series 1b Preferred Units, which were assigned an estimated fair value of $2,340,000.

The remaining 7,488,437 Class B Common Units were issued as a profits interest as that term is defined by Revenue Procedure 93-27, 1993-2 C.B. 343, as clarified by Revenue Procedure 2001-43, 2001-2 C.B. 191, with participation thresholds from $0.001 to $0.36. For performance-based awards, if and when the achievement of the predetermined performance criteria become probable, expense will be recognized. To date stock based compensation expense has not been material. Such units may be issued as vested units or unvested units. Those units designated as Unvested Units were issued with vesting occurring over periods ranging from six to forty-eight months from the date of the award.

During 2019 and 2020, the Company issued 3,303,561 and 114,167 Class B Common Units, respectively, all of which represented a profits interest. There were 4,729,552 and 2,754,069 unvested units at December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Liquidation Preference

So long as there are no Series A Preferred Units outstanding at the time of a liquidity event, any liquidity event proceeds will be distributed as follows: first, proceeds to Series 1c Preferred Unit holders sufficient to cover two times their Series 1c investment; second, proceeds to Series 1, Series 1a, Series 1b and Series 1c Preferred Unit holders sufficient to cover interest at the rate of 8% per annum on the Series 1 Preferred Units, the Series 1a Preferred Units, the Series 1b Preferred Units and the Series 1c Preferred Units; third, proceeds to the Series 1, Series 1a, Series 1b and Series 1c Preferred Unit holders sufficient to cover the unit value of Series 1 Preferred Units, Series 1a Preferred Units, Series 1b Preferred Units and Series 1c Preferred Units; fourth, to Class A and Class B Common holders proceeds sufficient to cover their pro-rata portion of distributions made to Series 1, Series 1a, Series 1b and Series 1c Preferred Unit holders, provided that no Class B Common Units will share in any distribution until after the point at which the amount per Class A Common Unit exceeds the amount of such Class B Common Unit’s Participation Threshold; and fifth, a pro-rata distribution of the remaining proceeds to all equity holders. Upon the issuance of Series A Preferred Units, each Series 1 Preferred Unit, each Series 1a Preferred Unit, each Series 1b Preferred Unit and each Series 1c Preferred Unit will automatically convert into the number of Series A Preferred Units equal to the sum of the unit value of the Series 1, Series 1a, Series 1b or Series 1c Preferred Units plus all accumulated preferred return as of the conversion date that would be due with respect to such Series 1, Series 1a, Series 1b or Series 1c Preferred Units in the case of a liquidity event. As of December 31, 2020, no Series A Preferred Units have been issued.

Conversion Rights

Upon the first issuance by the Company of any Series A Preferred Units, each Series 1 Preferred Unit and each Series 1a Preferred Unit and each Series 1b Preferred Unit and each Series 1c Preferred Unit shall automatically be converted into the number of Series A Preferred Units equal to the sum of the Unit Value with respect to such Series 1 Preferred Unit or Series 1a Preferred Unit or Series 1b Preferred Unit or Series 1c Preferred Unit as of the conversion date divided by the product of 0.80 multiplied by the Unit Value of the Series 1 Preferred Units or Series 1a Preferred Units or Series 1b Preferred Units or Series 1c Preferred Units issued on the conversion date. The Series A Preferred Units issued to the Series 1 Preferred Members and Series 1a Preferred Members and Series 1b Preferred Members and Series 1c Preferred Members upon conversion of such Series 1 Preferred Units and Series 1a Preferred Units and such Series 1b Preferred Units and Series 1c Preferred Units shall have the same rights, privileges and preferences as the other Series A Preferred Units issued by the Company on the conversion date.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

The Company considered the classification of the Preferred Units and concluded that they were appropriately included as a component of equity since each class of Preferred Units participates in the same form of consideration received upon a change in control.

 

  8.

Series 1a Warrants Outstanding

In connection with the issuance of 5,000,000 Series 1a Preferred Units in November, 2016, each Series 1a Preferred Member received Warrant Units to purchase from the Company, at any time after November 15, 2016 and on or prior to November 15, 2021, such number of Series 1a Preferred Units as such Series 1a Preferred Member shall request, up to an aggregate number of Series 1a Preferred Units not to exceed the product of 25% and the aggregate number of Series 1a Preferred Units then held by such Series 1a Preferred Member, which is 1,231,250 units at December 31, 2020. The exercise price for each Warrant Unit is $1.00, subject to adjustment for unit splits and combinations. The warrant has a 5-year term. The Company received total proceeds of $5,000,000 for the Series 1a Preferred Units and warrants which were allocated on a relative fair value basis to the Units and warrants resulting in a relative fair value of $4,381,199 and $618,801, respectively. The estimated fair value of the Series 1a Warrant Units is recorded as a separate component of members’ equity (deficit) in the accompanying financial statements. In 2020, 18,750 of the warrants were exercised for consideration of $18,750.

In connection with the Loan and Security Agreement, SVB also received Warrant Units to purchase, at any time after February 9, 2017 and prior to February 9, 2027, 187,978 Series 1a Preferred Units or the equivalent Series A Preferred Units had they purchased Series 1a Preferred Units, if Series A Preferred Units are issued, at an exercise price of $1.00 per unit. The estimated fair value of $104,630 of the Series 1a Warrant Units is recorded as a separate component of members’ equity (deficit) in the accompanying financial statements.

 

  9.

401(k) Plan

The Company sponsors a 401(k) savings plan for all eligible employees. The Company may make discretionary matching contributions to the plan to be allocated to employee accounts based upon employee deferrals and compensation. To date, the Company has not made any matching contributions into the savings plan.

 

  10.

License Agreements

On March 31, 2017, the Company entered into a license agreement, as amended (“The License Agreement”) with Villani, Inc. (“Villani”) whereby Villani has granted the Company an exclusive, sub-licensable, royalty-bearing license (“The License”) under the Licensed Patents (as defined in the License Agreement), to formulate, develop, seek regulatory approval for, make or sell products that contain Spongilla lacustris (alone or in combination with other active or inactive ingredients) for the treatment of diseases, disorders and conditions of the skin, including but not limited to acne, rosacea, psoriasis, atopic dermatitis, seborrheic dermatitis, actinic keratosis and eczema that were developed using certain licensed know-how (“The Licensed Products”). The Company is responsible for the development (including manufacturing, packaging, non-clinical studies, clinical trials and obtaining regulatory approval and commercialization (including marketing, promotion, distribution, etc.)) for all Licensed Products.

In partial consideration of the License, the Company forgave a previous outstanding loan to Villani in the amount of $400,000. The License was amended in 2019 and, in consideration of the receipt of certain know-how and patents, the Company issued to Villani 5,221,156 Series 1c Preferred Units equal to 5% of the Company’s fully diluted capitalization, valued at $730,962. Pursuant to the License Agreement, the Company is required to make future milestone payments to Villani in an aggregate amount of up to $20.25 million upon the achievement of specified development and sales milestones, payable in cash or in equity, at the option of Villani. If the Company sublicenses the License, the Company is obligated to pay to Villani a sublicense fee of between 5% and 15% of Sublicense revenues (as defined in the License Agreement) received by the Company.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the License Agreement, the Company is required to make royalty payments to Villani in amounts equal to a single-digit percentage of net sales of Licensed Products and HMW Combination Products (as defined in the License Agreement), subject to certain adjustments as set forth in the License Agreement. Royalties shall be payable, on a country-by-country and Licensed Product-by Licensed Product basis, for the period of time from the effective date of the License Agreement until the later of (i) the expiration of the last to expire valid claim in such country (which is set to expire in 2023), (ii) the expiration of regulatory exclusivity for such Licensed Product in such country, and (iii) 15 years from the date of the first commercial sale of the Licensed Product in such country.

The License Agreement may be terminated (i) by either party for material breach with 90 days written notice, or 30 days’ notice if for material payment breach, if such material breach is not cured within such notice period, (ii) immediately upon written notice to either party if either party initiates a voluntary bankruptcy proceeding, dissolves or winds-up its business, (iii) immediately upon written notice to either party if either party becomes subject to involuntary bankruptcy proceedings, if such proceedings are not dismissed or stayed within 90 days.

The License agreement includes customary terms relating to, among others, indemnification, intellectual property protection, confidentiality, remedies and warranties.

 

  11.

Commitments and Contingencies

Employee Bonuses

In December 2016, the Company approved employee bonuses in the amount of $305,200 contingent on the closing of a one-time financing transaction in excess of $20 million. The amount was not accrued since the closing of such a financing was not probable as of December 31, 2019 or December 31, 2020. Such amount is not subject to a formal bonus plan agreement and no time limitation was ascribed to the closing of a one-time financing transaction. The Company anticipates that employees who were employed at December 31, 2016 would still need to be employed at the time of such a one-time financing transaction in order to qualify for the bonus and that the bonus, if earned, would be settled by the payment of cash.

Coronavirus Pandemic

On March 11, 2020, the World health Organization declared the outbreak of a coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic. Significant uncertainties may arise with respect to potential shutdowns of operations or government orders to cease activities due to emergency declarations, inability to operate, or employee shortages, claims for business interruption insurance, etc. Each of these matters may have a significant impact on the future results of the Company.

Legal Proceedings

In 2018, the Company and Villani were involved in a dispute with respect to the payment of certain milestones, as defined in The License Agreement. On June 4, 2019, the Company entered into a License Amendment and Settlement Agreement with Villani, also a related party, regarding Villani’s claim for a license agreement milestone payment of $250,000. That payment, and related interest, was accrued as of December 31, 2018 and payment was made in June 2019. The License Amendment and Settlement Agreement also required a milestone payment of $500,000, and accrued interest from June 20, 2020, to be made on or before October 1, 2020. The milestone payment was accrued as of December 31, 2018 and was paid, along with accrued interest from June 20, 2020, in September 2020. These amounts were accrued as of December 31, 2018 as the settlement occurred prior to the Company issuing its December 31, 2018 financial statements.

The License Amendment and Settlement Agreement also modified The License Agreement entered into in 2017 as described above in Note 10.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

In the normal course of business, the Company may be involved in legal proceedings or threatened legal proceedings. The Company is not a party to any legal proceedings or aware of any threatened legal proceedings which are expected to have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

 

  12.

Related Parties

During 2019, a Managing Member of the Company loaned the Company through a convertible note $150,000. This convertible note, and accrued interest thereon, was then converted into Series 1c Preferred units in conjunction with the Series 1c Preferred Unit financing described in Note 7 – Equity Securities.

The Chief Executive Officer of the licensor with whom the Company entered into the settlement and license agreement on June 4, 2019 is a holder of Class B Common units.

During 2020, the Managing Members and other related parties to the Company loaned the Company $1,145,000 of subordinated convertible promissory notes as described in Note 5 – Subordinated Convertible Promissory Notes.

 

  13.

Subsequent Events

In January and February, 2021, the Company paid the final principal payments of $231,482 under the SVB Loan and Security Agreement. The Company also paid the final payment fee of $225,000 in February 2021 and the amendment fee of $100,000 in March 2021.

On January 27, 2021, the Company amended the terms of The Notes to increase the maximum amount of convertible promissory notes to be issued from $3,000,000 to $5,000,000, to allow for the conversion of the convertible promissory notes into shares of common stock upon a Qualified Initial Public Offering with aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of at least $10,000,000 and to extend the maturity date to December 31, 2021. In connection with this amendment, the Company received proceeds from the issuance of new convertible promissory notes of $1,566,000 from the Managing Members of the Company and other investors.

On March 15, 2021, the Company amended its LLC Agreement to provide for Series 1d Preferred Units at a cost of $0.83 per unit. So long as there are no Series A Preferred Units outstanding, the Series 1d Preferred Units have a two times preference in liquidation over the Series 1c Preferred Units and then participate with the Series 1c, 1b and 1a Preferred Units once the Series 1c Preferred Unit preferences have been satisfied. In March 2021, the Company received proceeds of $570,000 in exchange for the issuance of 686,742 Series 1d Preferred Units. In addition, the Company further amended the terms of The Notes to allow for the conversion of The Notes into Series 1d Preferred Units. As of March 15, 2021, $4,391,000 of The Notes, along with related interest of $73,801, have been so converted in exchange for 5,379,247 Series 1d Preferred Units.

On March 24, 2021, the Company entered into a Plan of Conversion (“Conversion”) whereby the Company converted from a limited liability company (LLC) under the laws of the State of Delaware to a Delaware corporation with the name Dermata Therapeutics, Inc. In connection with the Conversion, each fully-paid Preferred and Common Unit in the LLC was converted into a like number of shares of Preferred and Common Stock of the Company with a par value $0.0001 per share. The Shares issued shall have the same rights, preferences and privileges that had accrued to the pre-converted Units.

In addition, each warrant to purchase Series 1a Preferred Units in the LLC were automatically converted into a warrant to purchase, upon the same terms and conditions, shares of Series 1a Preferred Stock of the Company and any subordinated convertible promissory notes outstanding at the time of Conversion were automatically converted into a subordinated convertible promissory note of the Company with the same terms and conditions, provided that any right to convert the subordinated convertible promissory note into membership

 

F-16


Table of Contents

interests of the LLC shall, instead, be a right to convert into equivalent shares of capital stock of the Company. Class B Common Units that were considered a profits interest were converted into Common Stock Options or warrants.

On March 24, 2021, in connection with our conversion from a limited liability company to a Delaware corporation, we issued common stock options exercisable for an aggregate of 5,688,479 shares of our common stock. These options have an exercise price of $0.28 per share.

In April 2021, the Board of Directors cancelled the employee bonuses (See Note 11).

The Company has completed an evaluation of all subsequent events through April 2, 2021, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

DERMATA THERAPEUTICS, INC. (FORMERLY

DERMATA THERAPEUTICS, LLC)

Balance Sheets

 

     December 31,
2020
    March 31,
2021
 
           (unaudited)  

Assets:

    

Current assets:

    

Cash

   $ 530,400     $ 1,330,415  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     75,053       320,770  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     605,453       1,651,185  

Fixed assets, net

     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 605,453     $ 1,651,185  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, Stockholders’ and Members’ Equity:

    

Liabilities:

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 104,276     $ 488,092  

Accrued and other current liabilities

     133,477       276,324  

Convertible subordinated promissory notes, net of discount

     1,848,495       174,766  

Related party convertible subordinated promissory notes, net of discount

     1,140,984       —    

Current portion of long-term debt, net of debt discount

     556,160       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     3,783,392       939,182  

Long-term debt, net of debt discount

     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     3,783,392       939,182  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies (see Note 12)

    

Stockholders’ and Members’ Equity (Deficit):

    

Series A Preferred Units, no units issued or outstanding at December 31, 2020

     —         —    

Series 1 Preferred Units, 6,906,244 units authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020

     6,833,877       —    

Series 1 Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001, 6,906,244 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at March 31, 2021 (unaudited)

     —         691  

Series 1a Preferred Units, 5,018,750 units authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020

     4,380,081       —    

Series 1a Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001, 5,018,750 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at March 31, 2021 (unaudited)

     —         502  

Series 1a Preferred Warrant Units, 1,419,228 and units issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020

     723,431       —    

Series 1a Preferred Stock Warrants, par value $0.0001, 1,419,228 warrants authorized, issued and outstanding at March 31, 2021 (unaudited)

     —         142  

Series 1b Preferred Units, 6,500,000 units authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020

     4,119,595       —    

Series 1b Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001, 6,500,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at March 31, 2021 (unaudited)

     —         650  

Series 1c Preferred Units, 46,553,188 units authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020

     6,491,592       —    

Series 1c Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001, 46,553,188 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at March 31, 2021 (unaudited)

     —         4,655  

Series 1d Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001, 6,065,989 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at March 31, 2021 (unaudited)

     —         606  

Class A Common Units, 10,430,000 units authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020

     10,430       —    

Class B Common Units, 36,234,583 units authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020

     2,342,853       —    

Common Stock, par value $0.0001, 39,176,146 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at March 31, 2021 (unaudited)

     —         3,918  

Additional paid-in capital (unaudited)

     —         31,085,545  

Accumulated deficit

     (28,079,798     (30,384,706
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ and members’ equity (deficit)

     (3,177,939     712,003  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ and members’ equity (deficit)

   $ 605,453     $ 1,651,185  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

DERMATA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(FORMERLY DERMATA THERAPEUTICS, LLC)

Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

 

     For the three months ended March 31,  
     2020     2021  
     (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Costs and expenses:

    

Research and development expenses

   $ (961,104   $ (680,588

General and administrative expenses

     (387,473     (1,581,185
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     (1,348,577     (2,261,773
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (1,348,577     (2,261,773
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income and expenses:

    

Interest expense, net

     (72,596     (43,135
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

     (1,421,173     (2,304,908
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per common unit

   $ (0.04   $ (0.06
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average basic and diluted common units

     39,176,146       39,176,146  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

DERMATA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(FORMERLY DERMATA THERAPEUTICS, LLC)

Statements of Stockholders’ and Member’s Equity (Deficit)

 

    Class A Common     Class B Common     Series 1 Preferred     Series 1a Preferred     Series 1a Warrants     Series 1b Preferred  
    Units     Amount     Units     Amount     Units     Amount     Units     Amount     Units     Amount     Units     Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2019

    10,430,000     $ 10,430       36,120,416     $ 2,342,853       6,906,244     $ 6,833,877       5,000,000     $ 4,361,331       1,437,978     $ 723,431       6,500,000     $ 4,119,595  

Class B Common Units issued (unaudited)

    —         —         50,000       —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Net loss (unaudited)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2020 (unaudited)

    10,430,000     $ 10,430       36,170,416     $ 2,342,853       6,906,244     $ 6,833,877       5,000,000     $ 4,361,331       1,437,978     $ 723,431       6,500,000     $ 4,119,595  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

    10,430,000     $ 10,430       36,234,583     $ 2,342,853       6,906,244     $ 6,833,877       5,018,750     $ 4,380,081       1,419,228     $ 723,431       6,500,000     $ 4,119,595  

Series 1d Preferred Units issued (unaudited)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Conversion of Common Units to Common Stock (unaudited)

    (10,430,000     (10,430     (36,234,583     (2,342,853     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Conversion of Preferred Units to Preferred Stock (unaudited)

    —         —         —         —         (6,906,244     (6,833,877     (5,018,750     (4,380,081         (6,500,000     (4,119,595

Conversion of Warrant Units to Preferred Stock Warrants (unaudited)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (1,419,228     (723,431     —         —    

Stock-based Compensation (unaudited)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Net loss (unaudited)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2021 (unaudited)

    —       $ —         —       $ —         —       $ —         —       $ —         —       $ —         —       $ —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

DERMATA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(FORMERLY DERMATA THERAPEUTICS, LLC)

Statements of Stockholders’ and Member’s Equity (Deficit) —   (Continued)

 

     Series 1c Preferred     Series 1d Preferred     Preferred Stock      Preferred Stock
Warrants
 
     Units     Amount     Units     Amount     Shares      Par Value      Shares      Par Value  
                 (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)      (unaudited)      (unaudited)      (unaudited)  

Balance at December 31, 2019

     44,767,474     $ 6,241,592       —       $ —         —        $ —          —        $ —    

Class B Common Units issued (unaudited)

     —         —         —         —         —          —          —          —    

Net loss (unaudited)

     —         —         —         —         —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2020 (unaudited)

     44,767,474     $ 6,241,592       —       $ —         —        $ —          —        $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

     46,553,188     $ 6,491,592       —       $ —         —        $ —          —        $ —    

Series 1d Preferred Units issued (unaudited)

     —         —         6,065,989       5,034,801       —          —          —          —    

Conversion of Common Units to Common Stock (unaudited)

     —         —         —         —         —          —          —          —    

Conversion of Preferred Units to Preferred Stock (unaudited)

     (46,553,188     (6,491,592     (6,065,989     (5,034,801     71,044,171        7,104        —          —    

Conversion of Warrant Units to Preferred Stock Warrants (unaudited)

     —         —         —         —         —          —          1,419,228        142  

Stock-based Compensation (unaudited)

       —         —         —         —          —          —          —    

Net loss (unaudited)

     —         —         —         —         —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2021 (unaudited)

     —       $ —         —       $ —         71,044,171      $ 7,104        1,419,228      $ 142  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

DERMATA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(FORMERLY DERMATA THERAPEUTICS, LLC)

Statements of Stockholders’ and Member’s Equity (Deficit) — (Continued)

 

     Common Stock      Additional
paid-in
     Accumulated        
     Shares      Par Value      Capital      Deficit     Total  
     (unaudited)      (unaudited)      (unaudited)               

Balance at December 31, 2019

     —        $ —        $ —        $ (24,843,268   $ (210,159

Class B Common Units issued (unaudited)

     —          —          —          —         —    

Net loss (unaudited)

     —          —          —          (1,421,173     (1,421,173
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2020 (unaudited)

     —        $ —        $ —        $ (26,264,441   $ (1,631,332
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

     —        $ —        $ —        $ (28,079,798   $ (3,177,939

Series 1d Preferred Units issued (unaudited)

     —          —          —          —         5,034,801  

Conversion of Common Units to Common Stock (unaudited)

     39,176,146        3,918        2,349,365        —         —    

Conversion of Preferred Units to Preferred Stock (unaudited)

     —          —          26,852,842        —         —    

Conversion of Warrant Units to Preferred Stock Warrants (unaudited)

     —          —          723,289        —         —    

Stock-based Compensation (unaudited)

     —          —          1,160,049        —         1,160,049  

Net loss (unaudited)

     —          —          —          (2,304,908     (2,304,908
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2021 (unaudited)

     39,176,146      $ 3,918      $ 31,085,545      $ (30,384,706   $ 712,003  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

DERMATA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(FORMERLY DERMATA THERAPEUTICS, LLC)

Statements of Cash Flows

 

     For the three months ended
March 31,
 
     2020     2021  

Cash flows from operating activities:

     (unaudited     (unaudited

Net loss

   $ (1,421,173   $ (2,304,908

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets

     322       —    

Amortization of debt discount costs

     56,983       13,892  

Stock-based compensation

     —         1,160,049  

Increase/(decrease) in cash resulting from changes in:

    

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     21,017       (245,717

Accounts payable

     (33,911     383,816  

Accrued and other current liabilities

     (2,305     216,648  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operations

     42,106       1,528,688  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (1,379,067     (776,220
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Principal payments on debt

     —         (556,482

Net proceeds from issuance of convertible subordinated promissory notes

     —         1,562,717  

Proceeds from issuance of Series 1d Preferred Units

     —         570,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     —         1,576,235  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

     (1,379,067     800,015  

Cash at beginning of period

     1,991,802       530,400  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash at end of period

   $ 612,735       1,330,415  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures:

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 16,457     $ 473  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid for taxes

   $ 800     $ 950  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

    

Conversion of convertible subordinated promissory notes to Series 1d Preferred Units

     —       $ 4,464,801  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Conversion of Common and Preferred Units and Warrants to Common and Preferred Stock and Warrants

     —       $ 29,936,660  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

DERMATA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(FORMERLY DERMATA THERAPEUTICS, LLC)

Notes to Financial Statements

 

  1.

The Company and Business Activities

Dermata Therapeutics, Inc., (the “Company”), was formed as a Delaware limited liability company (“LLC”) under the name Dermata Therapeutics, LLC in December 2014. On March 24, 2021 the Company converted from an LLC to a Delaware C-corporation and changed its name to Dermata Therapeutics, Inc. Any references in these Notes to Financial Statements to equity securities as “units” refer to pre-conversion equity securities and any references to “shares” or “stock” in these Notes to Financial Statements refer to post-conversion equity securities. The Company is a clinical-stage biotechnology company focused on the treatment of medical and aesthetic skin conditions.

 

  2.

Liquidity and Going Concern Uncertainty

Since its inception, the Company has not generated any revenue or commercialized any products. As of March 31, 2021, cash totaled $1,330,415 and the Company had an accumulated deficit of $30,384,706. For the year ended December 31, 2020 and the three months ended March 31, 2021, the Company used $4,028,541 and $776,220, respectively, in operations. The Company’s cash balances are expected to fund operations through August, 2021. The Company has not commercialized any products or generated any revenues, and anticipates that it will continue to incur net losses for the foreseeable future. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for the one-year period following the date that these financial statements were issued.

Historically, the Company’s principal sources of cash have included proceeds from the issuance of common and preferred equity units and proceeds from the issuance of debt. The Company’s principal uses of cash have included cash used in operations, payments for license rights and payments relating to purchases of property and equipment. The Company expects that the principal uses of cash in the future will be for continuing operations, funding of research and development and general working capital requirements. The Company expects that as research and development expenses continue to grow, it will need to raise additional capital to sustain operations and research and development. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result from the possible inability of the Company to continue as a going concern.

Management’s Plan to Continue as a Going Concern

In order to continue as a going concern, the Company will need, among other things, additional capital resources. Until the Company can generate significant cash from operations, management’s plans to obtain such resources for the Company include proceeds from offerings of the Company’s equity securities or debt, or transactions involving product development, technology licensing or collaboration. Management can provide no assurance that any sources of a sufficient amount of financing will be available to the Company on favorable terms, if at all. Management is currently in the process of seeking additional equity financing, however management’s current plans do not alleviate substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

 

  3.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) as found in the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”), the Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) and the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates these estimates and judgments, including those related to useful lives of long-lived assets, accrued research and development expenses and estimated fair values of equity instruments. The Company bases its estimates on various assumptions that it believes are reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Segment Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company and the Company’s chief operating decision maker view the Company’s operations and manage its business in one operating segment, which is the business of developing and commercializing pharmaceuticals. The Company operates in only one segment.

Cash

The Company places its cash with reputable financial institutions that are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC. At times, deposits held may exceed the amount of insurance provided by the FDIC. The Company has not experienced any losses in its cash and believes they are not exposed to any significant credit risk.

Fair Value Measurement

The Company uses a three-tier fair value hierarchy to prioritize the inputs used in the Company’s fair value measurements. These tiers include Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions. The Company believes the carrying amount of cash, accounts payable, accrued expenses and debt approximate their estimated fair values due to the short-term maturities of these financial instruments.

Fixed Assets

Fixed assets consist of furniture and fixtures and computer equipment. Fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Additions, improvements, and major renewals are capitalized. Maintenance, repairs, and minor renewals are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is determined using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which is primarily three years. Depreciation and amortization expense for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2021 was $322 and $0, respectively

Patent Costs

Patent costs related to obtaining and maintaining patent protection in both the United States and other countries are expensed as incurred. The amounts expensed in the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2021 were $1,669 and $87,256, respectively.

Research and Development

Research and development costs consist of expenses incurred in connection with the development of the Company’s product candidates. Such expenses include expenses incurred under agreements with contract

 

F-25


Table of Contents

research organizations, manufacturing and supply scale-up expenses and the cost of acquiring and manufacturing preclinical and clinical trial supply, outsourced laboratory services, including materials and supplies used to support the Company’s research and development activities, and payments made for license fees and milestones that have not been demonstrated to have commercial value. Such expenses are expensed as incurred. The amounts expensed in the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2021 were $961,104 and $680,588, respectively.

Income Taxes

Through March 24, 2021, the Company operated as a limited liability company taxed as a partnership. Therefore, any income tax liability or benefit through that date accrued to the members. Subsequent to March 24, 2021, the Company operates as a C-Corporation and recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. The Company recognizes future tax benefits, measured by enacted tax rates attributable to deductible temporary differences between financial statements and income tax bases of assets and liabilities, and net operating loss carry-forwards to the extent that realization of such benefits is more likely than not.

The Company records the difference between the benefit recognized and measured pursuant to the. accounting guidance on accounting for uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken on the Company’s tax return. To the extent that the assessment of such tax positions changes, the change in estimate is recorded in the period in which the determination is made. The Company establishes these liabilities based on estimates of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be due. These liabilities are established when the Company believes that certain positions might be challenged despite the Company’s belief that the tax return positions are fully supportable. The liabilities are adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the outcome of tax audits. There are no uncertain tax positions.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company measures and recognizes compensation expense for all stock-based awards made to employees, directors and non-employees, based on estimated fair values recognized using the straight-line method over the requisite service period.

The fair value of options to purchase common stock granted to employees is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes valuation model or independent outside valuations. The calculation of stock-based compensation expense requires that the Company make certain assumptions and judgments about a number of complex and subjective variables used in the Black-Scholes model, including the expected term, expected volatility of the underlying common stock and the risk-free interest rate.

Net Loss Per Common Unit/Share

Basic net loss per unit/share is calculated by dividing net loss attributable to common unitholders/shareholders by the weighted- average units/shares outstanding during the period, without consideration of common unit/share equivalents. Diluted net loss per unit/share is calculated by adjusting weighted-average shares outstanding for the dilutive effect of common unit/share equivalents outstanding for the period. For purposes of the diluted net loss per unit/share calculation, preferred units/shares, profit interests, and warrants to purchase preferred units/shares are considered to be common unit/share equivalents but are excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per common unit/share if their effect would be anti-dilutive.

 

F-26


Table of Contents
     March 31,  
     2020     2021  

Numerator:

    

Net loss

   $ (1,421,173   $ (2,304,908
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted-average basic and diluted common units/shares

     39,176,146       39,176,146  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per common unit/share

   $ (0.04   $ (0.06
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The common unit/share equivalents that are not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per common unit/share but could potentially dilute basic earnings per share in the future are as follows:

 

     March 31,  
     2020      2021  

Series 1 Preferred Units/Shares

     6,906,244        6,906,244  

Series 1a Preferred Units/Shares

     5,000,000        5,018,750  

Series 1a Preferred Warrant Units/Shares

     1,419,228        1,419,228  

Series 1b Preferred Units/Shares

     6,500,000        6,500,000  

Series 1c Preferred Units/Shares

     46,553,188        46,553,188  

Series 1d Preferred Shares

     —          6,065,989  

Class B Common Units Profits Interests

     7,488,437        —    

Common Stock Options

     —          8,163,479  

Common Stock Warrants

        1,338,812  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total potentially dilutive securities

     73,867,097        81,965,690  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (“ASU 2019-12”). ASU 2019-12 simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740. ASU 2019-12 also improves the consistent application, and the simplification, of other areas of Topic 740 by clarifying and amending existing guidance. ASU 2019-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. Adoption of this new guidance on January 1, 2021 did not have an impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, Debt – Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging – Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40) (“ASU 2020-06”). ASU 2020-06 eliminates the beneficial conversion and cash conversion accounting models for convertible instruments. It also amends the accounting for certain contracts in an entity’s own equity that are currently accounted for as derivatives because of specific settlement provisions. In addition, ASU 2020-06 modifies how particular convertible instruments and certain contracts that may be settled in cash or shares impact the diluted earnings per share computation. The amendments in ASU 2020-06 are effective for smaller reporting companies as defined by the SEC for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, but not earlier than fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Adoption of this new guidance on January 1, 2021 did not have an impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

 

F-27


Table of Contents
  4.

Balance Sheet Details

The following provides certain balance sheet details:

 

     December 31,      March 31,  
     2020      2021  

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets:

     

Prepaid insurance

   $ 68,003      $ 42,695  

Prepaid clinical trial expense

     7,050        —    

Deferred offering costs

     —          265,353  

Consulting retainer

     —          12,722  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 75,053      $ 320,770  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fixed Assets:

     

Furniture and office equipment

   $ 59,382      $ 59,382  

Computer equipment

     17,225        17,225  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     76,607        76,607  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (76,607      (76,607
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed assets, net

   $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued and Other Current Liabilities:

     

Accrued interest payable

   $ 49,169      $ 3,191  

Accrued vacation

     84,308        91,582  

Accrued printing and legal costs

     —          181,551  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued and other current liabilities

   $ 133,477      $ 276,324  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  5.

Subordinated Convertible Promissory Notes

In July and October 2020, the Company issued an aggregate of $3,000,000 of subordinated convertible promissory notes (the “Notes”). Notes in the amount of $1,145,000 were issued to existing investors who are also related parties (See Note 13), $1,730,000 were issued to existing investors who are not related parties and notes in the amount of $125,000 were issued to new investors. The Notes bear interest at 4% per annum and mature on July 17, 2021.

The Notes are subordinated to the Company’s long-term debt and are convertible into a qualified Series A financing of at least $10 million at a 20% discount to the lowest price per unit paid by investors for that financing. Under authoritative accounting guidance, this contingent beneficial conversion feature will be measured and recognized when the contingency is resolved. The Notes were recorded net of debt discount costs of $28,301. The Company recognized $28,771 of interest expense and $13,571 of amortized debt discount costs during the three months ended March 31, 2021 related to the Notes.

On January 27, 2021, the Company amended the terms of the Notes to increase the maximum amount of convertible promissory notes to be issued from $3,000,000 to $5,000,000, to allow for the conversion of the convertible promissory notes into shares of common upon a Qualified Initial Public Offering with aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of at least $10,000,000 stock at a 20% discount to the lowest price per unit paid by investors for that financing and to extend the maturity date to December 31, 2021. In connection with this amendment, Notes in the amount of $1,255,000 were issued to existing investors who are also related parties (See Note 13) and $311,000 were issued to existing investors who are not related parties.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

In March 2021, the Company further amended the terms of The Notes to allow for the conversion of The Notes into Series 1d Preferred Units at the same price as purchasers of Series 1d Preferred Units. As of March 15, 2021, $4,391,000 of The Notes, along with related interest of $73,801, have been so converted in exchange for 5,379,247 Series 1d Preferred Units. Since the Notes did not convert at a discount, there was no beneficial conversion feature.

The Company considers the above modification of the Notes to be a substantial modification requiring extinguishment accounting under ASC 470-50-40-10. Based upon an independent valuation of the reacquisition price of the Notes, the difference between the reacquisition price and the net carrying amount of the Notes immediately prior to the modification is not material to the financial statements.

 

  6.

Long-Term Debt

In February 2017, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB”) whereas SVB agreed to provide term loans to the Company in two tranches. The first tranche of $2,500,000 was drawn in February 2017 and bears interest at a rate of 1.5% above the prime rate, which was 3.25% as of December 31, 2020, payable monthly through February 9, 2021. The second tranche was not utilized.

In connection with the Loan and Security Agreement, SVB also received warrant units to purchase, at any time after February 9, 2017 and prior to February 9, 2027, 187,978 Series 1a Preferred Units or the equivalent Series A Preferred Units had they purchased Series 1a Preferred Units, if Series A Preferred Units are issued, at a price of $1.00 per unit. The estimated fair value of these warrant units of $104,630 (See Note 9), as well as costs associated with the term loan, including provision for a final payment of $225,000, was recorded as a discount to outstanding debt and is being amortized to interest expense utilizing the effective interest method over the underlying term of the loan.

In June 2019, the Company and SVB entered into a First Amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement whereby if the Company did not achieve certain capital milestones by December 1, 2019, Term Loan principal payments would be deferred from December 21, 2019 through May 1, 2020 with the deferred principal payments being payable in equal monthly installments, in addition to those principal payments already scheduled to be paid, starting on June 1, 2020 and extending through the February 9, 2021 maturity date of the Term Loan. In addition, if those principal payments were deferred for that six-month period, a non-refundable amendment fee of $100,000 would be due and payable on the earliest to occur of the Maturity Date, the prepayment of the Term Loan or the occurrence of an Event of Default. The capital milestones were not achieved by December 1, 2019 and, therefore, the defined principal repayments were deferred.

The non-refundable amendment fee of $100,000, as well as $12,280 of costs associated with the amendment, have been recorded as a discount to outstanding debt and are being amortized to interest expense utilizing the effective interest method over the remaining underlying term of the loan.

In January and February 2021, the company paid the final principal payments of $231,482 under the SVB Loan and Security Agreement. The Company also paid the final payment fee of $225,000 in February 2021 and the amendment fee of $100,000 in March 2021.

 

  7.

Equity Securities

Common Stock and Preferred Stock

On March 24, 2021, the Company entered into a Plan of Conversion (“Conversion”) whereby the Company converted from a limited liability company (LLC) under the laws of the State of Delaware to a Delaware corporation with the name Dermata Therapeutics, Inc. In connection with the Conversion, each fully-paid Preferred and Common Unit in the LLC was converted into a like number of shares of Preferred and Common Stock of the Company with a par value of $0.0001 per share. The Shares issued shall have the same rights, preferences and privileges that had accrued to the pre-converted Units.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Series 1 Preferred Units

From the Company’s formation on December 8, 2014 through 2016, the Company issued 6,906,244 Series 1 Preferred Units for net consideration of $6,833,877.

Series 1a Preferred Units

In 2016, the Company issued 5,000,000 Series 1a Preferred Units in exchange for cash of $5,000,000 and net of issuance costs of $19,868. Purchasers of the Series 1a Preferred Units also received 1,250,000 Warrant Units to purchase an additional amount of Series 1a Preferred Units (see Note 9 – Series 1a Warrants Outstanding). The estimated fair value of the warrant units has been recorded as a separate component of members’ equity (deficit) in the accompanying balance sheet with an offset to the Series 1a proceeds.

Series 1b Preferred Units

In 2018, the Company issued 6,500,000 Series 1b Preferred Units in exchange for cash of $6,500,000 and net of issuance costs of $40,405. Purchasers of the Series 1b Preferred Units also received 26,000,000 Class B Common Units, not representing a profits interest. The estimated fair value of the Class B Common units has been recorded as a component of members’ equity (deficit) in the accompanying balance sheet with an offset to the Series 1b proceeds.

Series 1c Preferred Units

On June 14, 2019, the Company closed participation in a $5,785,000 Series 1c financing from current and new investors. As of December 31, 2019, cash of $5,535,000, including $150,000 from the conversion of a convertible note issued to a Managing Member of the Company for a loan made to the Company, net of issuance costs of $25,857 had been received. The interest on the convertible note in the amount of $1,487 was also converted into Series 1c Preferred units. The remaining balance of $250,000 committed to the financing was paid in the amounts of $125,000 in May and $125,000 in June 2020. In addition, in June 2019 5,221,156 Series 1c Preferred units were issued in connection with the settlement and license agreement described in Note 12 – Commitments and Contingencies.

Series 1d Preferred Units

On March 15, 2021, the Company amended its LLC Agreement to provide for Series 1d Preferred Units at a cost of $0.83 per unit. In March 2021, the Company received proceeds of $570,000 in exchange for the issuance of 686,742 Series 1d Preferred Units.

In addition, as described in Note 5 – Subordinated Convertible Promissory Notes, as of March 15, 2021, $4,391,000 of The Notes, along with related interest of $73,801, have been converted into 5,379,247 Series 1d Preferred Units.

Class A Common Units

During 2014 and 2015, the Company issued, in exchange for consideration of $10,430, 10,430,000 Class A Common Units.

Class B Common Units

The Company had 36,234,583 Class B Common Units outstanding. This includes 2,746,146 Class B Common Units issued for consideration of $2,853 and 26,000,000 Class B Common Units issued in connection with the issuance of the Series 1b Preferred Units, which were assigned an estimated fair value of $2,340,000.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

The remaining 7,488,437 Class B Common Units were issued as a profits interest as that term is defined by Revenue Procedure 93-27, 1993-2 C.B. 343, as clarified by Revenue Procedure 2001-43, 2001-2 C.B. 191, with participation thresholds from $0.001 to $0.36. For performance-based awards, if and when the achievement of the predetermined performance criteria become probable, expense will be recognized. To date stock-based compensation expense has not been material. Such units may be issued as vested units or unvested units. Those units designated as Unvested Units were issued with vesting occurring over periods ranging from six to forty- eight months from the date of the award.

During the first quarter 2020, the Company issued 50,000 Class B Common Units, all of which represented a profits interest.

Liquidation Preference

So long as there are no Series A Preferred Units outstanding at the time of a liquidity event, any liquidity event proceeds will be distributed as follows: First, the Series 1d Preferred Units have a two times preference in liquidation over the Series 1c Preferred Units and then participate with the Series 1c, 1b and 1a Preferred Units once the Series 1c Preferred Unit preferences have been satisfied. Second, proceeds to Series 1c Preferred Unit holders sufficient to cover two times their Series 1c investment; third, proceeds to Series 1, Series 1a, Series 1b and Series 1c Preferred Unit holders sufficient to cover interest at the rate of 8% per annum on the Series 1 Preferred Units, the Series 1a Preferred Units, the Series 1b Preferred Units and the Series 1c Preferred Units; fourth, proceeds to the Series 1, Series 1a, Series 1b and Series 1c Preferred Unit holders sufficient to cover the unit value of Series 1 Preferred Units, Series 1a Preferred Units, Series 1b Preferred Units and Series 1c Preferred Units; fifth, to Class A and Class B Common holders proceeds sufficient to cover their pro-rata portion of distributions made to Series 1, Series 1a, Series 1b and Series 1c Preferred Unit holders, provided that no Class B Common Units will share in any distribution until after the point at which the amount per Class A Common Unit exceeds the amount of such Class B Common Unit’s Participation Threshold; and sixth, a pro-rata distribution of the remaining proceeds to all equity holders. Upon the issuance of Series A Preferred Units, each Series 1 Preferred Unit, each Series 1a Preferred Unit, each Series 1b Preferred Unit, each Series 1c Preferred Unit and each Series 1d Preferred Unit will automatically convert into the number of Series A Preferred Units equal to the sum of the unit value of the Series 1, Series 1a, Series 1b, Series 1c or Series 1d Preferred Units plus all accumulated preferred return as of the conversion date that would be due with respect to such Series 1, Series 1a, Series 1b, Series 1c or Series 1d Preferred Units in the case of a liquidity event. As of December 31, 2020, no Series A Preferred Units have been issued.

Conversion Rights

Upon the first issuance by the Company of any Series A Preferred Units, each Series 1 Preferred Unit and each Series 1a Preferred Unit and each Series 1b Preferred Unit and each Series 1c Preferred Unit and each Series 1d Preferred Unit shall automatically be converted into the number of Series A Preferred Units equal to the sum of the Unit Value with respect to such Series 1 Preferred Unit or Series 1a Preferred Unit or Series 1b Preferred Unit or Series 1c Preferred Unit or Series 1d Preferred Unit as of the conversion date divided by the product of 0.80 multiplied by the Unit Value of the Series 1 Preferred Units or Series 1a Preferred Units or Series 1b Preferred Units or Series 1c Preferred Units or Series 1d Preferred Unit issued on the conversion date. The Series A Preferred Units issued to the Series 1 Preferred Members and Series 1a Preferred Members and Series 1b Preferred Members and Series 1c Preferred Members and Series 1d Preferred Members upon conversion of such Series 1 Preferred Units and Series 1a Preferred Units and such Series 1b Preferred Units and Series 1c Preferred Units and Series 1d Preferred Units shall have the same rights, privileges and preferences as the other Series A Preferred Units issued by the Company on the conversion date.

The Company considered the classification of the Preferred Units and concluded that they were appropriately included as a component of equity since each class of Preferred Units participates in the same form of consideration received upon a change in control.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Stockholders’ Agreement

On March 24, 2021, in connection with the conversion of Dermata Therapeutics, LLC into a Delaware corporation, we entered into a Stockholders’ Agreement (as amended, the Stockholders’ Agreement) with all of our then-existing stockholders, including Proehl Investment Ventures, LLC and Hale Biopharma Ventures, LLC. The Stockholders’ Agreement among other things, provides for certain restrictions on transfer of our shares of capital stock, sets forth agreements and understandings with respect to how shares of our capital stock held by the stockholders party thereto will be voted on, or tendered in connection with, an acquisition of the Company and to provide for certain voting rights with respect to the election of directors. In addition, pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, holders of our Series 1a Preferred Stock are entitled to purchase, at any time prior to March 14, 2026, such number of shares of our Series 1a Preferred Stock as such Series 1a Stockholder shall request, up to an aggregate number of shares of Series 1a Preferred Stock not to exceed the product of 25% and the aggregate number of shares Series 1a Preferred Stock then held by such Series 1a Stockholder (or the Series 1a Preferred Warrant Rights). The shares of Series 1a Preferred Stock purchased pursuant to any Series 1a Preferred Warrant Right has a per share purchase price of $1.00 (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization). Upon the consummation of this offering, each Series 1a Preferred Stock Warrant will be exercisable for the same number of shares of our Common Stock with the same per share exercise price of $1.00 per share. The Stockholders’ Agreement will automatically terminate upon the earliest of (a) immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, and (b) the consummation of a sale of the Company, subject to certain conditions.

 

  8.

Stock-Based Compensation

Under the Company’s 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the “2021 Plan”), the Company may grant options to purchase common stock, restricted stock awards, performance stock awards, incentive bonus awards, other cash-based awards or directly issue shares of common stock to employees, directors and consultants of the Company. The 2021 Plan provides for the issuance of up to 12,163,479 shares, all of which may, but need not, be issued in respect of Incentive Stock Options. Options may be granted at an exercise price per share of not less than 100% of the fair market value at the date of grant. Options granted are exercisable over a maximum term of 10 years from the date of grant and generally vest over a period of four years.

On March 24, 2021 the Company granted 2,475,000 options to purchase common stock at $0.28 per share to employees, directors and consultants. Of these options, 2,275,000 vest over four years and 200,000 vest over one year. In connection with these options, the Company recorded $30,673 of stock-based compensation in the three months ended March 31, 2021. There remains an additional $566,277 of stock-based compensation expense that will be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.5 years.

On March 24, 2021, in connection with the conversion from an LLC to a C-Corporation, the Company converted 5,688,479 of Series B Common Units profits interests for which no consideration had been received into 5,688,479 options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $0.28 per share as determined by an independent valuation. The Company considers the conversion of these Series B Common Units profits interests as a modification under ASC 718, Stock Compensation, in which the fair value of the Series B Common Unit profits interests was measured at the modification date and compared to the fair value of the common stock options, with the difference of $1,339,993 resulting in incremental stock-based compensation expense. Of these options, 3,661,916 were vested at March 31, 2021 with the remaining 2,026,563 options vesting over the remaining vesting period. Therefore, the Company recorded $849,564 of stock-based compensation related to those options in the three months ended March 31, 2021. There remains an additional $490,428 of stock-based compensation expense that will be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.2 years.

The Company had also granted Series B Common Units profits interests to certain former employees and consultants. In connection with the conversion from an LLC to a C-Corporation, the Company converted 1,338,812 of vested Units to fully vested Common Stock Warrants with an exercise price of $0.28 and an exercise period of 10 years from the date of grant. These Common Stock Warrants issuances were considered a

 

F-32


Table of Contents

modification under ASC 718, similar to the common stock options discussed in the preceding paragraph. In connection with these grants, the Company recorded $279,812 of stock-based compensation in the three months ended March 31, 2021.

Of the stock-based compensation related to the above noted options and warrants, $909,822 was recorded in general and administrative expenses and $250,227 was recorded in research and development expenses.

As of March 31, 2021, there remain an additional 4,000,000 shares reserved for issuance under the 2021 Plan.

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option valuation model, which requires the use of highly subjective assumptions to determine the fair value of stock-based awards. The assumptions used in the Company’s option-pricing model represent management’s best estimates. These estimates are complex, involve a number of variables, uncertainties and assumptions and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, the Company’s stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. The assumptions and estimates that the Company uses in the Black-Scholes model are as follows:

 

   

Fair Value of Common Stock. The estimated fair value of the common stock underlying the Company’s stock option plan was determined based on an independent valuation. All options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock are intended to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per-share fair value of the Company’s common stock underlying those options on the date of grant. In the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, on each grant date, we develop an estimate of the fair value of our common stock based on the information known to the Company on the date of grant, upon a review of any recent events and their potential impact on the estimated fair value per share of the common stock and in part on input from an independent third-party valuation. That estimated fair value of the common stock was $0.28 per share.

 

   

Risk-Free Interest Rate. The Company bases the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes valuation model on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a term equivalent to that of the expected term of the options for each option group. That risk-free interest rate for the above stock option grants was 0.9%.

 

   

Expected Term. The expected term represents the period that the Company’s stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. Because of the limitations on the sale or transfer of the Company’s common stock as a privately held company, the Company does not believe its historical exercise pattern is indicative of the pattern it will experience as a publicly traded company. The Company plans to continue to use the SAB 110 simplified method until it has sufficient trading history as a publicly traded company. The weighted average expected term of the Company’s stock-based awards is 5.5 years.

 

   

Volatility. The Company determines the price volatility based on the historical volatilities of industry peers as it has no trading history for its common stock price. Industry peers consist of several public companies in the biotechnology industry with comparable characteristics, including clinical trials progress and therapeutic indications. The volatility rate used for the above stock option grants was 121%.

 

   

Dividend Yield. The expected dividend assumption is based on the Company’s current expectations about its anticipated dividend policy. To date, the Company has not declared any dividends, and therefore the Company has used an expected dividend yield of zero.

The weighted average grant date fair value of the Company’s option grants for the three months ended March 31, 2021 is $0.237.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the stock option activity for the three months ended March 31, 2021:

 

     Number of
Shares
     Weighted Average
Exercise Price
Per Share
     Weighted Average
Remaining Contract
Term
     Weighted Average
Intrinsic
Value
 
                   (in years)         

Outstanding at December 31, 2020

     —          —          —          —    

Granted

     8,163,479      $ 0.28        9.3      $ 0.00  

Cancelled/Forfeited

     —          —          —          —    

Expired

     —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

          

Outstanding at March 31, 2021

     8,163,479      $ 0.28        9.3      $ 0.00  
  

 

 

          

Vested and exercisable at March 31, 2021

     3,790,040      $ 0.28        9.3      $ 0.00  
  

 

 

          

 

  9.

Series 1a Warrants Outstanding

In connection with the issuance of 5,000,000 Series 1a Preferred Units in November, 2016, each Series 1a Preferred Member received Warrant Units to purchase from the Company, at any time after November 15, 2016 and on or prior to November 15, 2021, such number of Series 1a Preferred Units as such Series 1a Preferred Member shall request, up to an aggregate number of Series 1a Preferred Units not to exceed the product of 25% and the aggregate number of Series 1a Preferred Units then held by such Series 1a Preferred Member, which is 1,231,250 units at December 31, 2020. The exercise price for each Warrant Unit is $1.00, subject to adjustment for unit splits and combinations. The warrant has a 5-year term. The Company received total proceeds of $5,000,000 for the Series 1a Preferred Units and warrants which were allocated on a relative fair value basis to the Units and warrants resulting in a relative fair value of $4,381,199 and $618,801, respectively. The estimated fair value of the Series 1a Warrant Units is recorded as a separate component of members’ equity (deficit) in the accompanying financial statements. In June 2020, 18,750 of the warrants were exercised for consideration of $18,750.

In connection with the Loan and Security Agreement, SVB also received Warrant Units to purchase, at any time after February 9, 2017 and prior to February 9, 2027, 187,978 Series 1a Preferred Units or the equivalent Series A Preferred Units had they purchased Series 1a Preferred Units, if Series A Preferred Units are issued, at an exercise price of $1.00 per unit.

In connection with the Conversion (See Note 7 – Equity Securities), each warrant to purchase Series 1a Preferred Units in the LLC were automatically converted into a warrant to purchase, upon the same terms and conditions, shares of Series 1a Preferred Stock of the Company.

 

  10.

401(k) Plan

The Company sponsors a 401(k) savings plan for all eligible employees. The Company may make discretionary matching contributions to the plan to be allocated to employee accounts based upon employee deferrals and compensation. To date, the Company has not made any matching contributions into the savings plan.

 

  11.

License Agreements

On March 31, 2017, the Company entered into a license agreement, as amended (“The License Agreement”) with Villani, Inc. (“Villani”) whereby Villani has granted the Company an exclusive, sub-licensable, royalty- bearing license (“The License”) under the Licensed Patents (as defined in the License Agreement), to formulate, develop, seek regulatory approval for, make or sell products that contain Spongilla lacustris (alone or in

 

F-34


Table of Contents

combination with other active or inactive ingredients) for the treatment of diseases, disorders and conditions of the skin, including but not limited to acne, rosacea, psoriasis, atopic dermatitis, seborrheic dermatitis, actinic keratosis and eczema that were developed using certain licensed know-how (“The Licensed Products”). The Company is responsible for the development (including manufacturing, packaging, non-clinical studies, clinical trials and obtaining regulatory approval and commercialization (including marketing, promotion, distribution, etc.)) for all Licensed Products.

In partial consideration of the License, the Company forgave a previous outstanding loan to Villani in the amount of $400,000. The License was amended in 2019 and, in consideration of the receipt of certain know-how and patents, the Company issued to Villani 5,221,156 Series 1c Preferred Units equal to 5% of the Company’s fully diluted capitalization, valued at $730,962. Pursuant to the License Agreement, the Company is required to make future milestone payments to Villani in an aggregate amount of up to $20.25 million upon the achievement of specified development and sales milestones, payable in cash or in equity, at the option of Villani. If the Company sublicenses the License, the Company is obligated to pay to Villani a sublicense fee of between 5% and 15% of Sublicense revenues (as defined in the License Agreement) received by the Company.

Pursuant to the License Agreement, the Company is required to make royalty payments to Villani in amounts equal to a single-digit percentage of net sales of Licensed Products and HMW Combination Products (as defined in the License Agreement), subject to certain adjustments as set forth in the License Agreement. Royalties shall be payable, on a country-by-country and Licensed Product-by Licensed Product basis, for the period of time from the effective date of the License Agreement until the later of (i) the expiration of the last to expire valid claim in such country (which is set to expire in 2023), (ii) the expiration of regulatory exclusivity for such Licensed Product in such country, and (iii) 15 years from the date of the first commercial sale of the Licensed Product in such country.

The License Agreement may be terminated (i) by either party for material breach with 90 days written notice, or 30 days’ notice if for material payment breach, if such material breach is not cured within such notice period, (ii) immediately upon written notice to either party if either party initiates a voluntary bankruptcy proceeding, dissolves or winds-up its business, (iii) immediately upon written notice to either party if either party becomes subject to involuntary bankruptcy proceedings, if such proceedings are not dismissed or stayed within 90 days.

The License agreement includes customary terms relating to, among others, indemnification, intellectual property protection, confidentiality, remedies and warranties.

 

  12.

Commitments and Contingencies

Employee Bonuses

In December 2016, the Company approved employee bonuses in the amount of $305,200 contingent on the closing of a one-time financing transaction in excess of $20 million. The amount was not accrued since the closing of such a financing was not probable as of December 31, 2019 or December 31, 2020. Such amount is not subject to a formal bonus plan agreement and no time limitation was ascribed to the closing of a one-time financing transaction. The Company anticipates that employees who were employed at December 31, 2016 would still need to be employed at the time of such a one-time financing transaction in order to qualify for the bonus and that the bonus, if earned, would be settled by the payment of cash. See Note 14

Coronavirus Pandemic

On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of a coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic. Significant uncertainties may arise with respect to potential shutdowns of operations or government orders to cease activities due to emergency declarations, inability to operate, or employee shortages, claims for business interruption insurance, etc. Each of these matters may have a significant impact on the future results of the Company.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

In 2018, the Company and Villani were involved in a dispute with respect to the payment of certain milestones, as defined in The License Agreement. On June 4, 2019, the Company entered into a License Amendment and Settlement Agreement with Villani, also a related party, regarding Villani’s claim for a license agreement milestone payment of $250,000. That payment, and related interest, was accrued as of December 31, 2018 and payment was made in June 2019. The License Amendment and Settlement Agreement also required a milestone payment of $500,000, and accrued interest from June 20, 2020, to be made on or before October 1, 2020. The milestone payment was accrued as of December 31, 2018 and was paid, along with accrued interest from June 20, 2020, in September 2020. These amounts were accrued as of December 31, 2018 as the settlement occurred prior to the Company issuing its December 31, 2018 financial statements.

The License Amendment and Settlement Agreement also modified The License Agreement entered into in 2017 as described above in Note 11.

In the normal course of business, the Company may be involved in legal proceedings or threatened legal proceedings. The Company is not a party to any legal proceedings or aware of any threatened legal proceedings which are expected to have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

 

  13.

Related Parties

During 2020, the Managing Members and other related parties to the Company loaned the Company $1,145,000 of subordinated convertible promissory notes as described in Note 5 – Subordinated Convertible Promissory Notes. During the three-months ended March 31, 2021, a Managing Member and other related parties to the Company loaned the company $1,255,000 of subordinated convertible promissory notes as described in Note 5 – Subordinated Convertible Promissory Notes.

 

  14.

Subsequent Events

In April 2021, the Board of Directors cancelled the employee bonuses (See Note 12).

The Company has completed an evaluation of all subsequent events through June 10, 2021, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

 

 

Shares of Common Stock

 

LOGO

DERMATA THERAPEUTICS, INC

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

Book Running Manager

Maxim Group LLC

 

 

, 2021

Through and including    , 2021 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee and the Nasdaq Capital Market listing fee.

 

     Amount  

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

   $    

FINRA filing fee

  

Nasdaq Capital Market listing fees

  

Accountants’ fees and expenses

  

Legal fees and expenses

  

Transfer Agent’s fees and expenses

  

Printing and engraving expenses

  

Non-accountable expenses to underwriters

  

Miscellaneous

  
  

 

 

 

Total expenses

   $    
  

 

 

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

As permitted by Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, we have adopted provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors for a breach of their fiduciary duty of care as a director. The duty of care generally requires that, when acting on behalf of the corporation, directors exercise an informed business judgment based on all material information reasonably available to them. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

any act related to unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or payment of dividends; or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

These limitations of liability do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also authorizes us to indemnify our officers, directors and other agents to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law.

As permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our bylaws provide that:

 

   

we may indemnify our directors, officers, and employees to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions;

 

   

we may advance expenses to our directors, officers and employees in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions; and

 

   

the rights provided in our bylaws are not exclusive.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to be attached as Exhibit hereto, and our amended and restated bylaws, to be attached as Exhibit hereto, provide for the indemnification provisions described above

 

II - 1


Table of Contents

and elsewhere herein. We have entered into and intend to continue to enter into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and officers which may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements generally require us, among other things, to indemnify our officers and directors against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers, other than liabilities arising from willful misconduct. These indemnification agreements also generally require us to advance any expenses incurred by the directors or officers as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. In addition, we have purchased a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our directors and officers against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances. These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of our officers and directors for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

The form of Underwriting Agreement, to be attached as Exhibit 1.1 hereto, under some circumstances provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers who sign this Registration Statement and directors for specified liabilities, including matters arising under the Securities Act.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Original Issuances of Stock

On March 24, 2021, we converted from a limited liability company to a Delaware corporation and we changed our name to Dermata Therapeutics, Inc., resulting in a new capital structure consisting of common stock and preferred stock, each having a par value of $0.0001. This conversion resulted in conversion of the prior Dermata members’ interests into an aggregate of 71,044,171 shares of our preferred stock (which are convertible into 71,044,171 shares of common stock), and 39,176,146 shares of our common stock.

In connection with our conversion to a Delaware corporation, we also issued warrants exercisable for 1,419,228 shares of our preferred stock (or the Preferred Stock Warrants), and warrants exercisable for 1,338,812 shares of our common stock (or the Common Stock Warrants). The Preferred Stock Warrants have an exercise price of $1.00 per share and the Common Stock Warrants have an exercise price of $0.28 per share.

Convertible Promissory Note Offering

In July 2020, we held the first closing of the Notes for an aggregate principal amount of $2,330,000. In October 2020, we held the second closing of the Notes for an aggregate principal amount of $670,000. In February 2021, we held the third closing of the Notes for an aggregate principal amount of $1,566,000. Proehl Investment Ventures, LLC and Hale Biopharma Ventures, LLC hold an aggregate principal amount of $1,745,000 and $250,000 of Notes, respectively. Mr. Proehl, our President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors, is the managing member of Proehl Investment Ventures, LLC. Mr. Hale, a member of the board of directors, is the managing member of Hale Biopharma Ventures, LLC. In addition, Wendell Wierenga, a member of our board of directors, holds $45,000 principal amount of the Notes.

The Notes have an interest rate of 4.0 % per annum, are unsecured, mature on December 31, 2021 and provide for conversion into our common stock upon the earlier of (i) qualified Series A Financing (as defined in the Notes) which results in aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of at least Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000), or (ii) the closing of this offering. If not converted earlier, upon the closing of this offering, the Notes will convert into shares of our common stock at a conversion price equal to 80% of the per share purchase price in this offering. The principal amount and accrued but unpaid interest under each note will automatically convert into shares of our common stock at the stated conversion price per share.

If not converted prior to the closing of this offering, at the closing of this offering the aggregate principal amount and any accrued but unpaid interest on the Notes will automatically convert into an aggregate

 

II - 2


Table of Contents

of                shares of our common stock at a conversion price of $    per share (which is 80% of the assumed offering price of $    , the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

Upon conversion in connection with this offering, Proehl Investment Ventures, LLC, Hale Biopharma Ventures, LLC and Mr. Wierenga will receive an aggregate of    ,                and    shares of our common stock, respectively, based upon a conversion price of $    per share (which is 80% of the assumed offering price of $    , the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

Stock Options

On March 24, 2021, in connection with our conversion from a limited liability company to a Delaware corporation, we issued common stock options exercisable for an aggregate of 5,688,479 shares of our common stock. These options have an exercise price of $0.28 per share.

Securities Act Exemptions

We deemed the offers, sales and issuances of the securities described above under “Original Issuances of Stock,” and “Convertible Promissory Note Offering” to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, including Regulation D and Rule 506 promulgated thereunder, relative to transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. All purchasers of securities in transactions exempt from registration pursuant to Regulation D represented to us that they were accredited investors and were acquiring the shares for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof and that they could bear the risks of the investment and could hold the securities for an indefinite period of time. The purchasers received written disclosures that the securities had not been registered under the Securities Act and that any resale must be made pursuant to a registration statement or an available exemption from such registration.

We deemed the grants of stock options and issuances of common stock upon exercise of such options described above under “Stock Options” to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 of the Securities Act as offers and sales of securities under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation in compliance with Rule 701. Each of the recipients of securities in any transaction exempt from registration either received or had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about us.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description of Document

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.**
  3.1    Certificate of Incorporation of Dermata Therapeutics, Inc., as currently in effect.*
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Dermata Therapeutics, Inc., to be effective upon completion of this offering.*
  3.3    Bylaws of Dermata Therapeutics, Inc., as currently in effect.*
  3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Dermata Therapeutics, Inc. to be effective upon completion of this offering.*
  4.1    Specimen Certificate representing shares of common stock of Dermata Therapeutics, Inc.*
  4.2    Form of Underwriter’s Warrant.**
  4.3    Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant*
  5.1    Opinion of Lowenstein Sandler LLP regarding the validity of the common stock being registered.**
10.1    Form of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into by Dermata Therapeutics, Inc. with its Officers and Directors*

 

II - 3


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description of Document

10.2    Dermata Therapeutics, Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan.†*
10.3    Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award under 2021 Equity Incentive Plan.†*
10.4    Form of Incentive Stock Option Award under 2021 Equity Incentive Plan.†*
10.5    Form of Employment Agreement by and between Dermata Therapeutics, Inc. and Gerald T. Proehl.*†
10.6    Form of Employment Agreement by and between Dermata Therapeutics, Inc. and Christopher J. Nardo, M.P.H., Ph.D.*†
10.7    Form of Employment Agreement by and between Dermata Therapeutics, Inc. and Maria Bedoya Toro Munera, Ph.D., M.B.A.*†
10.8    Supply Agreement between Dermata Therapeutics LLC and Reka-Farm LLC, dated as of February 27, 2020.**#
10.9    License Agreement between Dermata Therapeutics LLC and Villani, Inc. dated as of March 31, 2017.#**
10.10    Amended and Restated Annex A to the License Agreement between Dermata Therapeutics LLC and Villani, Inc. dated as of March 31, 2017.#**
10.11    License Amendment and Settlement Agreement between Dermata Therapeutics LLC and Villani, Inc. dated as of June 4, 2019.#**
10.12    Stockholders’ Agreement, dated March 24, 2021.*
10.13    Amendment No. 1 to the Stockholders’ Agreement, dated May 27, 2021.*
23.1    Consent of Mayer Hoffman McCann, P.C.*
23.2    Consent of Lowenstein Sandler LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).**
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on the signature page of this Registration Statement).*
99.1    Consent of Mary Fisher*
99.2    Consent of Andrew Sandler, M.D.*
99.3    Consent of Steven J. Mento, Ph.D.*
99.4    Consent of Kathleen Scott*

 

*

Filed herewith

**

To be filed by amendment

Denotes management compensation plan or contract.

#

Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted because the omitted information is (i) not material and (ii) would likely cause competitive harm to the Company if publicly disclosed.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum

 

II - 4


Table of Contents

aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A (§230.430A of this chapter), shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(5) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(6) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II - 5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Diego, California, on the 10th day of June, 2021.

 

Dermata Therapeutics, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Gerald T. Proehl

    Name: Gerald T. Proehl
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned officers and directors of Dermata Therapeutics, Inc., hereby severally constitute and appoint Gerald T. Proehl and Thomas H. Insley, and each of them singly (with full power to each of them to act alone), to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement (or any other registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as full to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities held on the dates indicated:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Gerald T. Proehl

Gerald T. Proehl

  

Chief Executive Officer, Chairman (Principal Executive Officer)

  June 10, 2021

/s/ Thomas H. Insley

Thomas H. Insley

  

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  June 10, 2021

/s/ David Hale

David Hale

  

Lead Director

  June 10, 2021

/s/ Wendell Wierenga

Wendell Wierenga, Ph.D.

  

Director

  June 10, 2021

 

II - 6